Promotion Book 2011

STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULAPREPARED BY SBLC PANCHKULA (UPDATED UPTO 1ST June 2011) 1 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 2 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA (For Internal Circulation only) Promotion Booklet (Updated upto 01-06-2011) STATE BANK LEARNING CENTRE Sector-14, PANCHKULA PHONE: 0172-4569401 “While we have taken utmost care in incorporating latest information on various topics, errors and omissions are likely. Hence the readers are requested to be guided by the circulars issued by the Bank from time to time and SBLC, Panchkula is not liable for any such inadvertent mistakes and omissions, if any. We also request our readers to kindly bring to our notice, any mistakes/omissions noticed by them to make suitable corrections in the subsequent edition.” 3 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA PROMOTION BOOKLET INDEX Chapter Name of the Chapters no. Page Number 1 Policy Guidelines 1-5 2 Annual Results 6-8 3 General Banking 9-29 4 Inspection& Audit, 30-37 5 Basel-II, Capital Adequacy & Risk management 38-49 6 P-Segment Liability Products 50-68 7 P-Segment Assets Products 69-126 8 SME Liability Products 127-138 9 Micro Advances, PMEGP, SGSY, 139-142 10 SME Advances 143-201 11 NPA Management 202-208 12 Legal Aspects of Banking 209-245 13 International Banking 246-316 14 Agriculture Advances 317-386 15 Cash Deptt. Procedures & Govt. Business 387-411 16 CBS , Technology Products 412-463 17 Information Security System 464-475 18 BPR 476-480 19 Cross Selling 481-494 20 Awareness of Banking Finance & Economy 495-531 4 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA Policy Guidelines 2011-12 1. As per Policy Guidelines Net Profit of S B I has been targeted to increase by _______%, during the year 2011-12 a) c) 2. b) d) 20 30 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, Corporate Centre has fixed the target for growth in deposits for at:______ a) c) 3. 18 25 23% 18.5% b) d) 32% 15.5% Target for growth of advances (excluding food) for whole bank, as Policy Guidelines has been fixed at:_________ a) c) 20% 23% b) d) per 22% 28% 4. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, the return on equity has been targeted at….. % a) 18.50 b) 19.50 c) 15.20 d) 16.20 5 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12., increase in CASA ratio for the whole bank is to go up by ……, …… basis points. a) c) 6. b)150 d)200 ALL SME customers with limit of Rs-----cr and above are to be provided with CINB in 2011-12. a) c) 7. 120 140 1.00 2.5 b) d) 3.00 1.5 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 the Bank has to focus on increasing other income by ______%. a) 28 c) 30 b) 26 d) 40 1 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 8. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, target for growth in Housing and auto loans in NBG has been fixed at …….% & ……%. a) c) 9. the return on assets has to increase by b) d) 3 7 1.08 1.03 the overheads growth is to be restricted b) d) 5 0 (SAME LEVEL) 1.00lac 1.50lac b) d) 0.50lac 0.75lac` 20 & 25 30 & 30 b) d) 25 ,25 50 & 50 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, ------- % growth has been set for education loan a) c) 15. 2.27 3.25 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, the Forex retail purchases and retail sales must grow by ------ % & …….% . a) c) 14. 2 1.90 ratio for the whole Bank Under Green Channel counter bank seeks to achieve ------transactions by 2012 a) c) 13. b) d) As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, to-----a) c) 12. 3.50 1.15 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, ….% a) c) 11. b) 27, 22 d) 26, 35 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 Gross NPA should be ------ % a) c) 10. 20, 30 25, 32 25 45 b) d) 30 40 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, -------- number of new mobile banking users are to be added . a) c) 20lac 25 lac b) d) 10lac 30lac 2 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 16. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, ------ lac new Retail users of INB are to be added . a) c) 17. 120 200 b) d) 300 150 10 25 b) d) 20 15 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, net interest margin for the bank should be -----------a) c) 20. 50 25 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 the NRI deposits have been budgeted to increase by …%. Under the overall growth target for deposits. a) c) 19. b) d) Income from cross selling Buisness is targeted to increase by …..% in 2011-12 a) c) 18. 24 30 3.5 4.2 b) d) 3.40 2.85 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 in the growth in agriculture advances is set at ---------% a) c) 20 40 b) d) 30 25 Key to Policy Guidelines 2011-12 1 C 6 A 11 B 16 A 2 A 7 B 12 A 17 B 3 C 8 D 13 B 18 A 4 D 9 B 14 A 19 B 5 C 10 D 15 A 20 D 3 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA Policy Guidelines 2011 - 12 1. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12. Target of cash recoveries in NPA’s and also upgradation of NPAs has been budgeted at ……crores,&…..crores. a) c) 3000,5560 5000 ,6750 b) d) 4000,4500 4200, 3200 2. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12, out of total advances to micro and small enterprises ----- % should go to micro enterprises. a) 40 b) 55 c) 60 d) 45 3. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 , --------- no of Finanacial plans including General plans have been budgeted to be prepared. a) 1,20,000 c) 1,50,000 4. b) d) 1,00,000 2,00,000 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-12 , the market share of Deposits and Advances is to increase by more than ….. & ….basis points . a) c) 60, 45 45, 40 b) d) 65, 50 70, 65 5. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012, %age of transactions through alternate channels should be------%. a) 40 b) 50 c) 60 d) 45 6. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012, our capital adequacy should be above---------% a) c) 7. b) d) 15 13 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012, the average Daily Average Hits at ATMs have to Increase from a) c) 8. 12 14 365 to 370 340 to 350 b) d) 370 to 390 400 to 410 As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012, all accounts under --------are to be RINB enabled a) SME b) CSP c) Saving Plus d) Current a/c 4 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 9. As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012 the target for increase in Govt . Commission is Budgeted to increase by about ……% a) 35 b) 40 c) 33 d) 20 10. The target for Credit Linking of SHGs for the year ending 31-03-2012 has been fixed at …… Lacs a) c) 11. 4 3.5 b) d) As per Policy Guidelines 2011-2012 the target for opening of No Frill a/cs has been fixed at --------lacs a) 15 c) 10 12. 13. 3 2 b) d) 30 25 Per deposits and advances growth target set for SCE branches for the year 2011 -12 is ----- % & ------- % a) 40, 40 b)35 , 35 c) 60, 40 d)50, 30 Net NPA %age for the year 2011-12 should be -------a) 1.00 b) 2.05 c) 2 d) 1.50 Key to Policy Guidelines 2011 - 12 1 C 6 D 11 D 2 C 7 A 12 B 3 A 8 B 13 A 4 C 9 D 5 B 10 A 5 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA ANNUAL RESULTS 2010-2011 1. The % of share held by government of India in SBI” s equity is ----(a)59.63 (a)59.60 (c)59.40 (d)49.40 2. The total deposits of the bank as on 310311 have crossed ----- Cr. (a) 833000 (b)923000 (c)933000 (d)943000 3. The total advances of the bank as on 310311have crossed….cr. (a)350,000 (b)771000 (c)781000 (d)791000 4. Operatig profits of the bank have grown upto Rs. ……… cr. For the year ending 2011. (a)5000 (b)25335 (c)38351 (d)28351 5. The bank has declared a dividend of per share of Rs…….for the year ending 2011 . a)30 (b) 25 (c) 28 (d) 29 6. Interest income on loans has grown by…………% over FY 2010 . a) 22.12 7 b) 20.26 c) 18.45 d) 23 The Bank has recorded a NIM of (Net Interest Margin ) ………% for the year ending 2011 . a) 3.09 b) 3.32 c) 2.83 d) 2.73 8. Market share in deposits for the year ending 31.03.2011 is …..% a) 17.03, b)15.40 c) 17.40 d) 16.40 9. How many domestic branches of SBI are there as on 31.03.11 a) 12596 b) 135332 c) 13542 d) 12156 6 132. b) d) Rs.67% as on March 2010 to -------as on Mar.2011 are: a) 25006 c) 25003 b) d) 25005 24500 16.500 crore b) d) Rs. The net profit of State Bank of India for the year ended 31st March 2011 was:____ a) Rs. 8361. b) 24.31 d) Rs. a)28.100 crore c) Rs.03.1000 crore Rs.46 Earning per share (EPS) of State Bank of India for the year 2010-2011 was: a) Rs.16 The Buisness growth for the year ending 31. a) 48. PANCHKULA 10.64000 – Rs.29 crore Rs.52 crore c) Rs.200 crore Rs.94 c)45.45 crore The paid up capital of State Bank of India as on 31st March 2011 was: a) c) Rs. 8264. 18.Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.01 11.562.65000 crore The number of State Bank Group ATM”S as on 31st March.50000 – Rs.66 b) 47. The authorised share capital of State Bank of India as at the end of 31st Mar2011 was: a) Rs.2011 is Rs.15 c) Rs166.Crores a)250142 b) 190145 c )260139 d) 240139 7 . The CASA ratio has improved from 46.32 d) 46.88 d) 20.1000 crore 14.140. b) d) Rs.01 c) 20.08 17. 130.45000 – Rs.70000 crore Rs. Profit for the fourth Quarter ending 2011 was -------.2011 . 48000 crore 15.9381 crore Rs. 60000 crore c)Rs.52crore 12. The “paid up capital and reserves” of State Bank of India as at the end of 31st March 2011 was in the range of: a)Rs.500 crore b) d) Rs.15 b) Rs.68000 – Rs.635 crore 13.9564.………. a)12. a)11.s as at the end of a)3.% a)75. b) 11.01 The return on average assets for the year ending 2011 is -------.63 b) 2. b)76.% for the year ending c)10.63 d) 59.32 c)7 6.84 25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.60 d)6.90 c)15.% a)0.23 d)12.98.94 b) 60.48 .71 b)0.63 d)0.09 21. 2. 1.……. Bank’s Capital Adequacy Ratio as per 31032011 .78 22.90 d) 3. The return on equity for the year ending March 2011 is-------.68 KEY TO ANNUAL RESULTS 2010-2011 1 C 6 C 11 C 16 C 21 B 2 C 7 B 12 D 17 D 22 A 3 B 8 D 13 D 18 C 23 A 4 B 9 C 14 D 19 B 24 A 5 A 10 A 15 B 20 A 25 A 8 .28.% c) 2.26 b)5.98 Basel 11 is ……. 1.……. The credit deposit ratio for the year ending 2010-2011 is.65 c)0..39 c)6.03 Gross and Net NPA.05.03..95 23.78 d) 74.1. 31.69 d) 11.37 Our Bank’s Cost of Deposits has decreased to ……% as on 31. PANCHKULA 19.79 The Bank has reached a provision coverage ratio of …………% for the year ending 2011 a)64..63 c)71.2011 are …….2011 a)5.90 24.74 20.03. b)11. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. if key is accompanied by a letter stating the contents of the lockers as NIL b) The bank will not be discharged of its liability c) The bank should not accept d) Bank can accept subject to its rights under reserve 2. A authorizes B for operating his locker. he sends the key by post with an intention to surrender the locker. ‘A’ is residing abroad. in this situation---------a) Bank will be discharged of its liability. B approaches the bank for surrender there of. PANCHKULA SAFE DEPOSIT LOCKERS/SAFE CUSTODY 1. A can operate the locker with legal heirs of B For operations of locker permission of court is needed A can operate the locker None of the above Locker hirer or his legal heirs Two independent witnesses Branch officials Representative of local police ‘A’ and his wife ‘B’ have hired a locker in joint names. in this event--------: a) b) c) d) 3. You receive information of death of ‘B’. How would you react? a) b) c) d) 4. Your branch has a locker account in the joint names of ‘A’ and ‘B’ to be operated as ‘either or Survivor’. B can surrender the locker B cannot surrender the locker If contents are nil he can surrender None of the above When a locker is broken open the presence of which of the following is not must-------a) b) c) d) 5. ‘B’ informs about loss of key of the locker and asks for breaking open the locker. in this event-----: a) Bank will not accept the request b) Bank can accept on the basis of indemnity c) Bank can accept the request on the basis of indemnity bond and power of attorney in her favour from A d) None of the above 9 . ‘A’ has hired a locker with your branch. When the bank accepts articles for keeping in safe custody. The bank--------------a) Will allow operation by B till A gives a certificate to the bank to the affect that B has become insane and bank is satisfied with this. PANCHKULA 6. the bank can issue a duplicate on written request from the customer b) The contents would be seized c) The bank can issue a duplicate after obtaining indemnity bond. the relationship between the banker and the customer is that of-----------a) b) c) d) Trustee and beneficiary Bailor and bailee Chief and agent Bailee and Bailor 10 . b) Will not allow operation by her c) Only joint operations here after d) None of the above 9. it can be allotted to any new hirer The surrendered locker can be allotted to new hirer only after 3 years from date of surrender None of the above A minor An illiterate person To clubs. Cannot be allotted to any other person After interchanging the lock of the locker with any other empty locker.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. What would be the course of action in case of loss of safe custody receipt by the customer----------: a) If satisfied. societies & associations All of the above A and his wife B are having locker with ‘either or survivor’ clause. A locker on hire can not be given to which of the following-----------: a) b) c) d) 8. the surrendered locker-------------a) b) c) d) 7. When a hirer surrenders a locker. A informs that his wife has gone insane and requests the bank not to allow her to operate the locker. d) Duplicate cannot be issued as it is not a negotiable instrument 10. ‘A’. in this event---------. while keeping a sealed packet in safe custody gives instruction to the bank that the packet should be delivered to the ‘B’ after his death. a) Bank will not deliver to him b) Bank will deliver to him after attaining proper introduction and discharge c) Bank will neither deliver him nor let him have the details d) Bank will deliver to the father who had handed over the certificates to the Bank 12. Immediately after attaining majority the son approaches the bank with a request that the certificates be delivered to him as he is major now.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. bank --------a) b) c) d) 15. Articles left in safe custody cannot be delivered on the basis of a succession certificate because----: a) These are not included in debt and securities as defined under Indian succession act 1925 b) It is not allowed under RBI act c) It is not permitted under negotiable instruments act d) None of the above 13. In this event. PANCHKULA 11. the nomination facility is available under a) b) c) d) Negotiable instruments act 1981 Banking Regulations act 1949 RBI act 1934 Indian contract act 1872 11 . The Bank -----------a) b) c) d) 14. Will not accept the articles Can accept and keep articles in safe custody Can accept if it is a fixed deposit in his name None of the above Can accept the articles Should not accept the packet Can accept with power of attorney in favour of B None of the above In case of accepting articles in safe custody. A customer keeps NSCs in the name of his minor son in safe custody with the bank. A minor wants to keep certain articles in safe custody. Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. Seal of the Bank Seal of the depositor Both the above None of the above The relationship between the bank and hirer of a locker is that of------------: a) c) 19. Ans. Q.a. None of the above 20. X.a. joint custody of the accountant and cash officer sole custody of accountant KEY : Safe Deposit Lockers/Safe custody Q. approaches your branch to deposit in safe custody. b) d) Rs. 750/.p. since it is a term deposit issued by another bank. It can be accepted. Debtor-Creditor Licensor -Licensee b) d) Bailor-Bailee Principal-agent Locker hiring Charges for a locker (small type) in a Urban Branch are------: a) c) Rs.p. 550 p. if the customer provides indemnity bond It can be accepted in normal course It cannot be accepted.a. this has primary lien on deposit. Safe custody receipt in respect of branch duplicate keys is kept in the a) b) c) d) joint custody of the branch manager and manager cash sole custody of the branch manager in his hand safe. his term deposit receipt (issued by other bank). 1 a 11 b 2 c 12 a 3 b 13 c 4 d 14 b 5 c 15 b 6 b 16 c 7 a 17 b 8 c 18 c 9 c 19 c 10 d 20 b 12 . 1000/. Mr. How would you react----------------------a) b) c) d) 17. provided the other bank has no objection to this It can be accepted. PANCHKULA 16. The packets or boxes accepted for keeping in safe custody must bear which one of the following seals------------: a) b) c) d) 18. As per extant instructions regarding payment of balances in the deceased constituents accounts. 0. the persons who would have normally known of his existence have not heard of him / known of his existence: a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 5. no separate affidavit (COS 539) would be required for an aggregate amount upto Rs. 1 lac separate stamped affidavit (COS 539) would be required. a person appointed by court to manage his estate is called: a) An executor b) An attorney c) An administrator d) A trustee A box was kept as a safe deposit article at your branch. 13 ..______ a) Rs. PANCHKULA DISPOSAL OF ASSETS OF DECEASED CONSTITUENTS 1. The legal heir to the estate of the deceased has now requested you to deliver the article to him. Which of the following documents is to be obtained? a) Succession certificate b) Letter of administration c) Affidavit -cum-indemnity bond d) A simple receipt signed by the heir 6. 2 lacs d) Rs. When a person dies without leaving behind a will. which should be signed by: a) One person b) Two persons c) Three person d) four persons 4... 1 lac c) Rs. 3 lacs 3..50 lacs b) Rs. for an aggregate amount above Rs. A person will be declared as legally dead.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d) A person died after leaving a will 2. if for a period of_.year or more. As per extant instructions regarding payment of balances in the deceased constituents accounts. The term intestate is used with reference to -----------a) Settlement of claim in case of a deceased customer b) Payment to the nominee in case of a deceased customer c) A person died without leaving a will. d) A petition approved by a court. 10 As per extant instructions as regards to payment of balances in the deceased constituents accounts. 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.1. deposits and shares/securities) b) Gold Silver etc.000 d) Rs. b) A document which authorises to receive property c) An order by a court. Within the State Within India. A Probate is-------------------------a) Will of the deceased. An ‘Executor’ is-------------: a) A person appointed by the court to sell the assets of a deceased person. 50. d) A registered will of the deceased. b) The last will of a person certified by legal heirs c) A copy of will certified by a court for settlement of property of the deceased. Within the Distt. 8. A succession certificate issued by a court of law is operative ---------a) b) c) d) 13. d) None of the above. A will is Probated by the Court under which of the following Act-------------------a) Indian Succession Act b) Banking Regulation Act c) Indian Contract Act d) Hindu Succession Act 9. PANCHKULA 7. 000 b) Rs.000 11 A succession certificate is--------------a) A document in the form of a court certificate which authorises a person to succeed to the properties of a deceased person.----------a) Rs.000 c) Rs. At a place specified in the certificate. 10. no surety would be required for an aggregate amount upto Rs. d) None of the above. A succession certificate is issued in respect of which of the following-----: a) Debts and Securities due to the deceased (i. c) Gold offered as security of loan. b) A person who is named in the will of a deceased person to manage his estate c) A person appointed by the legal heirs to execute their orders.e. 12. 14 . Act Registration with RBI under BR Act No Registration is required In case the nominee predeceases the account holder. One person Two persons A Bank Official Nominee Registration with Revenue authorities Registration with Co. Which of the following statement is not correct----------? a) Nomination can be made by illiterate depositor b) Nomination can be made in joint Accounts also c) Only one person can be nominated in deposit accounts d) Two persons can be nominated in the Joint Deposit Accounts 15. who can make the nomination-----a) b) c) d) 17. The natural guardian or legal guardian The minor himself No nomination in minor deposits None of the above Nomination. the nomination---------------a) b) c) d) Automatically Stands cancelled Requires request for cancellation Legal representation is required Will require renewal 19. PANCHKULA 14. Nomination can be made in favour of------------: a) Institutions/Societies b) Joint Nominee c) Individuals d) Blood Relation only 20 The person who makes a Will is a) Legatee b) Testator c) Executor d) None of the above 15 . Nomination by illiterate to be witnessed by------------a) b) c) d) 16 For a deposit account in the name of a minor.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. cancellation of Nomination and change in nomination require--------a) b) c) d) 18. The person who inherits property under a Will is a) Legatee b) Testator c) Executor d) None of the above 22. The document that alters. A will to be valid must be ------a) Should be stamped b) Attracts advalorem c) No stamp duty is required d) To be executed on a stamp paper 24. Which of the following documents you will call for in permitting removal of the contents of the locker in case of death of locker hirer who has not nominated any one? a) Heir ship certificate b) Succession certificate c) Certificate of administration general d) Letter of administration 16 . A will to be valid must be ------a) Attested or witnessed by 2 or more witnesses b) Attested or witnessed by one witness is sufficient c) Attested or witnessed by 4 or more witnesses d) Need not be attested or witnessed 23. While opening account in the name of an executor we must obtain---a) Original Will b) Probate c) Succession Certificate d) Letter of Administration 26. adds or explains a will and is deemed to be part of a will is------a) b) c) d) Annexure Add-on will Codicil None of these 25. PANCHKULA 21. Balance in the account of a deceased constituent can be attached by a a) Garnishee order issued by the Court b) Attachment order of Revenue Authority c) None of these 27.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. What is the procedure of delivering the gold ornaments pledged to the bank without legal representation? a) The Letter of Indemnity is to be obtained on the appropriate form b) The receipt of the claimants is to be obtained in the Gold Loan Ledger under authentication of the joint custodians c) A separate receipt detailing the items delivered is to be obtained from the claimants d) All the above 31. As per RBI instruction the claims up to a threshold limit of Rs-----------. PANCHKULA 28.50lac c)2. ________ can be settled without legal representation if there is no dispute and Bank has no reasonable doubt about the claimant and all legal heirs join in indemnifying. Payment to the claimants of deceased claim cases is made---------a) by credit to the accounts of claimants b) by adding the name of the claimants to the accounts of the deceased constituent c) to be made through Bankers’ Cheque.50lac 32.00lac b) 0.00lac d)1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. As per RBI instructions claim upto Rs.will be entertained without insisting for valid death certificate in case of missing persons. The documents required for settling claim in respect of missing persons without production of valid death certificate are a) FIR b)Non-traceable report issued by the police authorities. c) Indemnity from the claimant d) all the above 17 . a)1. a) b) c) d) 10 lacs 25 lacs 100 lacs No limit 29. which should be properly discharged d) by cash 30. PANCHKULA Answers DISPOSAL OF ASSETS OF DECEASED CONSTITUENTS 1 c 11 a 21 a 31 2 b 12 c 22 a a 3 a 13 a 23 c 32 4 c 14 d 24 c d 5 c 15 a 25 b 6 b 16 a 26 b 7 c 17 d 27 d 8 a 18 a 28 d 9 b 19 c 29 c 10 b 20 b 30 d 18 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. TP Bid rate is equivalent to (a) C. transfer price mechanism evolved to MRFTP is a system under which the market is scanned on a daily basis to arrive at the …………… & …………… (a) TP Bid rates (b)TP Offer rates (c) Interest Rates (d) a & b above 5.O interest rates for deposits (b) SBAR (c) Bank Rate (d) None of the above 19 . MRFTP is a scientific internal funds supplement the ……. MRFTP has been launched with the undernoted objectives in mind (a) (b) (c) (d) the previous exercise use to take lot of pain & labour to save considerable time to facilitate consolidation & transmission of the TPM reports to corporate center Maintenance of backup registers. manual calculations /interventions and validations were making the whole process of preparations of P –Form a cumbersome one (e) All of the above 3. PANCHKULA TRANSFER PRICE MECHANISM 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. MRFTP STANDS FOR (a) Money related funds transfer procedure (b) Money related funds transfer pricing (c) Market related funds transfer procedure (d) Market related funds transfer pricing 2. (a) Top management (b) Profitability (c) Asset Liability management (d) Market pricing 4. TP rates are arrived at by a method called ( a) market Pricing (b) Security Pricing (c) Matched maturity funding (d) T P Funding 8 TP rates are calculated by taking into consideration ………………. TP rates are assigned to each deposit /advance account except for (a) Cash Credit Account (b) MTL A/c (c) Demand Deposits (d) None of the above 10 TP rates are different for different market segments (a) Are same for all the segments and population groups (b) Similar for AGR & SIB segments only (c) Different for metros. Semi Urban & Rural areas (d) Same for metro and urban and different for semi urban and rural 11 For staff deposits TP bid rate is ------basis points over and above the interest tate of the account (a) 25 (b) 30 (c) 10 (d) 15 20 . TP offer rate is equivalent to (a)C. (a) the origination date (b)Maturity date (c ) repayment schedule (d)repricing characteristics (e)All of the above 9 Under MRTFP .O interest rates for advances (b)SBAR (c) Bank Rate (d)None of the above 7. PANCHKULA 6. of the account.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. urban . +(1 yr rate*0. (a) Market (b) ALM Deptt (c) RBI (d) TP Bid Curve 13.3 )+5 yrs rate *0. on the date of origination of the deposit.25) 10day rate *0.+(1 yr rate*0.3)+(3 yrs rae*0.+(1 yr rate*0.3) 15day rate *0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.3) 14day rate* 0.3)+(3 yrs rae*0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0. 3rd Year and 5th Year in equal proportions.+(1 yr rate*0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.+(1 yr rate*0.10. For Savings .3) 30day rate *0. 14day rate* 0. day and the remaining balance of 90 % is paid at the end of the 1st year. for the tenor/period of the deposit.10. The Demand deposits are non maturity deposit accounts like Savings account.3) 10day rate *0. . a) 14th b) 10 th c) 30th d) 15th 15.+(1 yr rate*0. TP bid rate for Savings account is (a) (b) (c) (d) 16.3)+(3 yrs rae*0. TP bid rate for Current account is (a) (b) (c) (d) 17.3)+(3 yrs rae*0.3)+(3 yrs rae*0..10.3)+(3 yrs rae*0.10. (a) Customers (b) Share Market (c) Debt Market (d) the said accounts 14.10. PANCHKULA 12 For all term deposit products the TP bid rates are picked up from the ………….3)+(3 yrs rae*0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.3) 15day rate *0.3) 30day rate *0.+(1 yr rate*0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.3) TP bid rate for special schemes/ Foreign currency deposits is arrived at by adding ………to the interest rate of the deposits (a) Expenses (b) Commission (c) 30 basis points (d) None of the above 21 .15.+(1 yr rate*0.3 )+5 yrs rate *0.10. Current Account where maturity pattern is arrived at based on the behavioral study of …………. it is assumed that 10 % of the balances are paid on the ….3)+(3 yrs rae*0.10..STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. For fixed rate loans as demand deposits. For cash balance Tp offer rate of-----day/days as on date of transfer pricing date is taken (a) 14 (b) 7 (c) 1 (d) 3 19.(except demand deposits against bank’s own securities and term loans TP offer rate is arrived at by a method called -----(a) duration (b) behavioural analysis (c) moving averages (d) projection 20. just like in …… (a) DL (b) TL ( c) SB/CA (d) one of the above KEY TO ASSIGNMENT TRANSFER PRICE MECHANISM 1 D 6 A 11 A 16 A 2 E 7 C 12 D 17 C 3 C 8 E 13 D 18 C 4 D 9 C 14 A 19 A 5 A 10 A 15 A 20 C 22 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. For fixed rate loans like CC&OD TP offer rate is arrived . PANCHKULA 18. Mumbai d) Reserve Bank Of India 5. if other conditions are satisfied: a) 85 c) 131 b) 85A d) 138 6. 000 Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5. PANCHKULA Remittances/Collections-1 1. In case of payment of IOI. 000/Rs. A duplicate IOI can be issued for an amount up to Rs. For customer to customer transaction minimum amount that can be sent is a) b) c) d) Rs2. ____ without waiting for the non-payment advice from the drawee branch: a) Rs. 000/Rs. C. For valued constituents. 000 b) d) Rs. where the amount of IOI is below Rs.10.00lacs Rs1. the paying Banker is protected under section_______ of Negotiable Instrument Act1881.80.O. 000 7. a duplicate IOI can be issued without insisting for any surety. 000/- 23 . Calcutta b) IOR Deptt. RTGS stands for ----------a) Risk Taking Guarantee Scheme c) Right Transaction General Scheme b) Real Time Gross Settlement None of the above d) 2. Transactions under RTGS are reconciled at--------a) CDC Belapur c) F.15.00lacs No minimum 4. --------a) b) c) d) Cannot be issued without obtaining surety Rs.60.00lacs Rs5.15.D. RTGS Scheme is managed by---------a) State Bank of India c) Reserve Bank of India b) Indian Bank’s Association d) None of the above 3.50.000 c) Rs. 7. 10 lacs 11.5. PANCHKULA 8.1 lac d) Rs. 000 c) Rs. While making the payment of a Banker’s Cheque by cancellation. by two different banks on the same day. In the case of a IOI-----: a) b) c) d) The branch issuing the IOI has a right to stop its payment Only the applicant for the IOI has a right to stop its payment Payment of IOI cannot be stopped None of the above] 9. which of the following statement is not true: a) A stamped letter of Indemnity on COS 537 would be required b) The purchaser can give a simple request letter for cancellation c) His receipt on the back of the Banker’s Cheque (on a revenue stamp if the amount is Rs 500 and above) under the words. The drawer of a cheque has the right to stop its payment. In case of collection of IOI the collecting Banker is protected under section….15. 20.0.____ & above includingIOI issued on continuous stationary: a) c) Rs. Branches will provide immediate credit to customers’ accounts in respect of outstation cheques up to Rs _______ as per RBI directives: a) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.500 d) Rs.000 13. In the event of Original and duplicate IOI are presented for payment through clearing. the Bank------------a) Will pay the duplicate c) Will return both b) Will pay the original d) both will have to be paid 10. 2 lacs b) Rs. Of Negotiable Instrument Act1881. Hologram will be affixed on all IOI of Rs..50 lac Rs. 000 b) Rs.” Received Payment by Cancellation “would need to be obtained d) Strict identification should be insisted upon if the amount is paid in cash 24 . a) c) 85 131 b) d) 85 A 131 A 12. As per extant RBI instructions relating to payment of compensation for delayed collection of instruments. Green. A customer X deposits Rs.with the bank for remittance by way of telegraphic transfer for credit of Y’s account at other station.000 20. Interest on delayed collection of instruments is paid by debit to------: a) Interest Account c) Savings Bank Interest Account b) Charges Account-Sundries d) None of these 16. a) 2% above fixed deposit rate applicable for abnormal delay b) 1. Blue. Drop box facility should not be used for which of the following type of instruments-----------: a) b) c) d) Local Clearing Cheques Cheques drawn on Branch Cheques against Government Challans Outstation cheques for collection 17. Yellow b) Blue. 2 crores b) d) Rs.000 b) 50.000 d) 1. banks should pay interest @ ______________ for the period of delay. 5000/. 5 lacs No Ceiling since 01-11-04 15. issue of draft advices in Agency Clearing upto Rs. The relationship between Y and bank in this case is that of a:a) Principal and agent c) Debtor and Creditor b) Beneficiary and trustee d) Trustee and beneficiary 25 .-----: a) 25. Bank has decided to waive.000 c) 10.5% above fixed deposit rate applicable for abnormal delay ( c) 1% above fixed deposit rate applicable for abnormal delay ( d) Savings Bank Rate 19. 1 lac c) Rs. Red.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00. The present ceiling limit per transaction under Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT) is ------------: a) Rs. Yellow 18. Green. Green c) Blue. A drop box with 03 slits/compartments has three coloured powder coated compartments-which are these colours: a) Red. PANCHKULA 14. Yellow d) Red. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Remittances/Collections-1 Q. Ans Q. Ans 1 b 11 d 2 c 12 d 3 c 13 a 4 d 14 d 5 b 15 b 6 b 16 c 7 d 17 c 8 c 18 d 9 a 19 c 10 b 20 b 26 . 00. IOI instruments when examined under Ultra violet rays will show the water mark of--------a) our corporate centre building c) words SBI 28.999 d) none of these 24.000 c) 99.000 b) Rs99.00.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The Hologram has nine digit number. d) either a or b 25. Maximum amount for which an IOI can be issued is a) Rs100.99. PANCHKULA Remittances/Collections-2 21.00. 50. a) Circle code c) RBI allotted code for our bank b) SBI’s logo d) none of the above The first two digits represent --------b) First two digits of BSR code d) First two digits of branch code 27 .99.00. An IOI can be revalidated--------a) Once b) Twice c) No restrictions d) It can’t be revalidated 22. IOI has ----------digit running serial number a) 12 b)10 c)11 d)16 26. Banker Cheques are to be credited to charges account if they are unclaimed for-------a) Six months b) One year c) Three years d) None of these 23. BCs of Rs. Which one of the following is required to be submitted by an applicant for issuance of DDs. IOI is valid for----a) 6 months c) so long it is revalidated b) 12 months d) none of the above 27.000 and above-------a) Form 60/61 c) Neither a nor b b) PAN No. What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on our bank branches). What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on other bank branches). between centres other than Metropolitan Centres/ Major “A” Class cities and State Capitals (Other than North Eastern States & Sikkim) ? a) 8 days b) 7 days c) 14 days d) 10days 28 . between Metropolitan Centres/ Major “A” Class cities? a) 6 days c) 8 days b) 7 days d) 10days 32. between Metropolitan Centres / Major “A” Class cities and State Capitals (Other than North Eastern States & Sikkim) ? a) 6 days c) 8 days b) 7 days d) 10days 33. What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on other bank branches). --------a) Account has been opened for a period not less than six months b) Minimum balance requirements are met c) Cheques deposited for collection/credit to the account have not been returned unpaid d) All the above 30. PANCHKULA 29. What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on our own branches). Before allowing immediate credit facility (DDP). What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on other bank branches). What is the time frame for collection of cheques (drawn on our own branches). between Metropolitan Centres / Major “A” Class cities and State Capitals (Other than North Eastern States & Sikkim) ? a) 6 days c) 8 days b) 7 days d) 10days 34. it is to be ensured that. between centres other than Metropolitan Centres/ Major “A” Class cities and State Capitals (Other than North Eastern States & Sikkim) ? a) 8 days c) 14 days b) 7 days d) 10days 35. between Metropolitan Centres/ Major “A” Class cities? a) 6 days c) 8 days b) 7 days d) 10days 31.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 21 a 31 a 22 c 32 b 23 b 33 c 24 b 34 d 25 a 35 c 26 a 36 d 27 a 37 a 28 a 38 b 29 d 39 d 30 c 40 d 29 .Force Majure means a) external acts over which the Bank has control b) the Bank is liable to compensate the customers for such acts c) These are the acts done by the customer d) these are unforeseen events beyond the control of the Bank KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Remittances/Collections-2 Q. the interest payable would be at------a) Savings Bank Rate b) SBAR c) Rate applicable on Overdraft/Loan d)1% above the applicable interest rate to the loan account or SBAR.If the collection is realized beyond 45 days it is treated as--------a) Normal Delay b) Abnormal dealy b) Delay is delay.If there is abnormal delay in realization of collection and the proceeds were meant for credit to overdraft or loan account of the customer. Q.a.The compensation on account of delays in collection of instruments in foreign currency would be-a) At 5% p. if the period of delay is beyond prescribed collection period and upto 45 days where proceeds of the instruments are to be credited to deposit accounts b) At 4% p. whichever is lower 40. if the period of delay is beyond prescribed collection period and upto 45 days where proceeds of the instruments are to be credited to deposit accounts c) At 1. if the period of delay is beyond prescribed collection period and upto 45 days where proceeds of the instruments are to be credited to deposit accounts d) At 2% p. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 37.a. if the period of delay is beyond prescribed collection period and upto 45 days where proceeds of the instruments are to be credited to deposit accounts 38.5% p.a. it hardly matters whether normal or abnormal d) No such classification 39. Ans.a. Corporate Centre is located at--a) Navi Mumbai c) Hyderabad 3. Inspection and Management Audit Department. b) RBI announced the move towards Risk Based Supervision in its monitory policy for 2001-02 c) RFIA is part of RBS d) All the above 6. b) c) d) Inspection and Management Audit Department. b) Risk Factor Internal Audit d) None of the above Banks Internal Auditors RBI Officials Charted Accountants empanelled by RBI Concurrent Auditors What is true in respect of RFIA? a) RBI introduced Risk Based Supervision in banking industry due to frequent changes in International Banking Scenario & globalisation.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Corporate Centre. Frequency of circle audit is a) once a year b) in between two corporate centre audits c) Once in two years d) As directed by RBI 30 . Hyderabad Circle Audit Department RBI Auditors Concurrent Auditors Statutory Audit is conducted by----------a) b) c) d) 5. b) Jaipur d) Lucknow Who conducts Credit Audit? a) 4. PANCHKULA INSPECTION/AUDIT-I 1. RFIA stands for--------a) Return Focus Internal Audit c) Risk Focused Internal Audit 2. Serious Drawback in Risk management Serious Deviations in Risk management Serious Deficiency in Risk management Small Deficiency in Risk management When was RFIA introduced in SBI? a) b) c) d) 11. ------- 01-04-2003 01-04-2002 01-01-2003 None of these New branched are eligible for RFIA in ---months a) 12 b) 24 c) 15 d) 18 12. LHO depending on circumstances is called? a) b) c) d) controlled audit internal audit concurrent audit spot audit 31 . SDRM MRDS DRSM None of the above SRDM stands for------a) b) c) d) 10. PANCHKULA 7. Audit conducted in respect of a particular area either at the request of controller or decided by Inspection dept.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 4 1 3 2 Serious Irregularities under Group Heading (SIGH) of the erstwhile inspection report format has been replaced by------a) b) c) d) 9. Under circle audit branche has to submit compliance remarks within months? a) b) c) d) 8. It indicates the staff strength of a branch It describes the customer service of the branch It highlights crucial issues of concern It is the confidential report on the various functionaries at the branch High Risk Medium Risk Low Risk No Risk All CAG . Group I Group II Group III No such criteria Group-II branches are ------a) b) c) d) 17.MCG and SAMG branches come under? a) b) c) d) Group I Group II Group III No such criteria 32 .groups a) b) c) d) 15. What is a Management Letter? a) b) c) d) 14. High Risk Medium Risk Low Risk No Risk Group-III branches are ------a) b) c) d) 18. Under RFIA Branches are categorised into ------.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 13. Two Three Five Seven All branches with a minimum aggregate advance of Rs15 cr are placed under a) b) c) d) 16. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. Ans. 1 c 11 a 2 c 12 d 3 a 13 c 4 c 14 b 5 d 15 b 6 b 16 b 7 d 17 c 8 a 18 a 9 b 19 10 a 20 33 . Ans. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT INSPECTION/AUDIT-I Q. Which parameter has been delinked from RFIA? a) b) c) d) 4 Risk Rating based on Risk Parameters (1000 Marks) Business Rating based on Business Parameters (500 Marks) General Efficiency Rating on the basis of aggregate of Tier I & Tier II None of these One of the following is not covered in ARF of Group I branches? a) External compliance b) Credit risk management c) Operational risk management d) Hardware risk management 5 Maximum credit risk management score for group I branch in ARF is ----a) b) c) d) 525 425 600 750 6 Maximum credit risk management score for group I branch in ARF is-------a) b) c) d) 400 425 500 650 34 . PANCHKULA INSPECTION/AUDIT-II 1 ARF stands for a) Audit related form b) Audit rating format c) Audit report format d) audir review form 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under RFIA ARF a) b) c) d) for different branches is-------? Different for different categories of branches Same for all branches Same for group I and II Same for Group II and III 3. b) within 12 months d) within 21 months b) within 12 months d) within 18 months What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for branches scoring 50%> under Group I ? a) within 18 months c) within 12 months b) within 15 months d) within 21 months 35 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. INB Mumbai. PANCHKULA 7. What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for branches scoring 70 -85 % Group II? a) within 21 months c) within 15 months 12. Maximum operational risk management score for group II branch in ARF is____ a) 700 b) 750 c) 800 d) 650 8 Out of total score of 1000 marks under Risk Rating a branch rated as “Unsatisfactory” has a score of--------a) b) c) d) 9 less than 50% less than 55% less than 45% less than 40% Which of the following does not fall under high risk under “Zero Tolerance” a) false certification of substantive nature in Branch Manager Monthly Certificate b) Non-checking of VVRs/BGL by a person other than whom they relate to c) Maintenance of password secrecy and prompt reporting of loss of password of the INB Customer to the Security Manager. ATM Pin Mailers and Welcome Kit e) None of the above 10. d) Proper custody and accounting of preprinted INB Kit. What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for branches scoring >85% under Group I? a) within 18 months c) within 15 months 11. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 17. b) 6-8 months d) 7-9 months Pre sanction Problem loan management remittances post sanction Post Audit process comprises of------a) Rectification of irregularities by branches b) Causes of deficiencies to be identified c) Controllers to submit action taken for correction along with recommendations for closer of report d) All the above 19. What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for branches scoring 50%> under Group II and III? a) within 12 months c) within 15 months 14. Credit Audit covers borrower accounts with credit limits -----a) b) c) d) Rs. within 18 months within 12 months irrespective of Group within 6-8 months irrespective of Group within 10 months One of the following is not covered under operational risk----a) customer service b) control system c) general branch mangement d) problem loan management One of the following is not covered under credit risk---? a) b) c) d) 18. 15 crore and above Rs. 5 crore and above Rs10 crore and above Rs. What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for Newly opened branches? a) b) c) d) 16.3 crore and above 36 . b) within 18 months d) within 21 months What is the revised periodicity of RFIA with effect from 01-01-2006 for branches < scoring 50%? a) 10-12 months c) 8-10 months 15. PANCHKULA 13. Q. Ans. 1 c 11 d 21 a 2 a 12 c 3 b 13 a 4 d 14 b 5 a 15 b 6 c 16 d 7 b 17 d 8 a 18 d 9 e 19 b 10 a 20 d 37 . Procedure audit Operational audit Compliance audit Systems and procedure audit RBI Audit is conducted under------? a) b) c) d) section 35 of Banking Regulation Act section 51 of Banking Regulation Act section 35 of RBI Act section 35 of SBI Act KEY TO ASSIGNMENT INSPECTION/AUDIT-II Q. Q. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. Systems audit has been renamed as a) b) c) d) 21. PANCHKULA 20. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA BASEL II, Capital Adequacy & Risk Managment 1. The world’s oldest international financial organization, Bank for International Settlements (BIS) having 55 member central banks is situated at: a) b) c) d) Paris Tokyo London Basle/Basel, Switzerland 2. The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision [BCBS], is a committee of central banks that meets_____________ at the Bank for International Settlement [BIS] in Basel, to provide broad policy guidelines governing the capital adequacy of internationally active banks a) b) c) d) Every month Every three months Every six months Once in a year 3. The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision [BCBS], was set up in ________ by G-10 countries. a) b) c) d) 1970 1972 1975 1978 4. Basel standards are being used as a benchmark by ____________ in conducting their assessment of the banking system of a country. a) b) c) d) IMF World Bank Both of the above None of the above 5. Basel II norms relate to a) b) c) d) Corporate Governance Non Performing Assets Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) None of the above 38 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 6. The Rationale for maintaining Capital Adequacy is a) b) c) d) 7. To meet the unexpected losses or losses beyond normal range of operations To meet the expected losses Both of the above None of the above International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards: A Revised Framework (Basel II ) released by BCBS on __________ a) b) c) d) 26 June 2004 30 June 2004 30 August 2004 26 July 2004 8. The Basel II revised framework consists of three mutually reinforcing pillars. Which among the following is not the reinforcing pillar ? a) b) c) d) Minimum capital requirement Market discipline Supervisory review of capital adequacy ALM Management 9. The Risks Which Determine Capital Requirement under Pillar 1 a) b) c) d) 10. Credit Risk Market Risk Operational Risk All of the above As per Basel II Capital Adequacy Ratio should be : a) b) c) d) 8% 9% 10% 11% 11. As per RBI Capital Adequacy Ratio should be : a) b) c) d) 8% 9% 10% 11% 39 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 12. As per Basel II Capital Adequacy Ratio is : a) b) c) d) 13. As per the Prudential Guidelines on Capital Adequacy issued by RBI, Indian banks having operational presence outside India shall adopt Basic Indicator Approach with effect from a) b) c) d) 14. Tier 1 + Tier 2/ Risk Weighted Assets for Credit risk + Operational risk Tier 1 + Tier 2/ Risk Weighted Assets for Credit risk +Market risk Tier 1 + Tier 2/ Risk Weighted Assets for Market risk + Operational risk Tier 1 + Tier 2/ Risk Weighted Assets for Credit risk +Market risk + Operational risk March 31, 2010 March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008 March 31, 2007 Basel II recognises the element of diversification of risk in the ___________sector/s and has assigned a lower risk weight for retail exposure under standardised approach. a) b) c) d) SME AGL Both of the above None of the above 15. RBI has put forward a framework consisting of few options for calculating operational risk capital charges in a ‘continuum’ of increasing sophistication and risk sensitivity. These options are: a) The Basic Indicator Approach (BIA) b) The Standardised Approach (TSA) c) Advanced Measurement Approaches (AMA). d) All of the above 16. Under the Basic Indicator Approach, banks have to hold capital for operational risk equal to __________ of average Gross Income for the preceding 3 years. a) b) c) d) 15% 18% 20% 10% 40 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 17. For measuring Credit Risk which of the following menu of Approaches is not suggested: a) b) c) d) 18. For measuring Market Risk which of the following menu of Approaches is not suggested: a) b) c) d) 19. Standard Approach Internal Models Approach Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) None of the above For measuring Operational Risk which of the following menu of Approaches is not suggested: a) b) c) d) 20. Standardised Approach Foundation Internal Rating Based (IRB) Approach Advanced Internal Rating (IRB) Approach Internal Models Approach Basic Indicator Approach Standardised Approach Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) None of the above The Revised Framework (Basel II) consists of _______Pillar/s a) Minimum Capital Requirements b) Supervisory Review of Capital Adequacy c) Market Discipline d) All of the above 21. The Bank has migrated to Basel II Framework with effect from: a) b) c) d) 22. 31-03-2008 31-03-2009 31-03-2007 01-01-2008 RBI has asked banks to submit applications for implementing The Standardized Approach (TSA) by: a. b. c. d. 31-03-2008 01-04-2009 01-04-2010 01-01-2010 41 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 23. The Standardized Approach (TSA) involves the reclassification of the income and interest expenses of the Bank into ________ business lines: a) 4 b) 8 c) 7 d) 9 24. For implementation of TSA all new accounts being opened have to be classified either under Retail Banking or Commercial Banking. Which of the following statements are correct in this regard: I. All advances and deposits in PER segment will be treated as Retail Banking. II. Exposure (fund based & non-fund based) to an individual person or persons or to a small business will be treated as Retail Banking. III. All existing Deposit accounts in National Banking Group (NBG) shall be classified under Retail Banking Group. IV. All Deposit accounts in Corporate Accounts Group (CAG) and Mid Corporate Group (MCG) will be treated as Commercial, except Staff accounts. a) c) 25. (i) & (iv) (i), (iii) & (iv) b) d) (ii) , (iii) & (iv) All of the above For implementation of TSA Small Business is defined as one: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) a) c) where the total annual turnover is less than Rs. 50 crores The maximum aggregate Fund Based exposure should not exceed the absolute threshold limit of Rs. 5 Crores irrespective of the existing segmentation into SSI, C&I. The maximum aggregate exposure (Fund Based + Non Fund Based) should not exceed the absolute threshold limit of Rs. 5 Crores irrespective of the existing segmentation into SSI & C&I. the maximum aggregate exposure (Fund Based + Non Fund Based) should not exceed the absolute threshold limit of Rs. 5 Crores irrespective of the existing segmentation into SSI, C&I or AGL (i) & (iv) (i) & (iii) b) d) (i) & (ii) None of the above 42 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA KEY BASEL II, Capital Adequacy & Risk Managment 1 d 11 b 21 a 2 b 12 d 22 c 3 c 13 c 23 b 4 c 14 a 24 d 5 c 15 d 25 a 6 a 16 a 7 a 17 d 8 d 18 c 9 d 19 d 10 a 20 d 43 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA BASEL II, CAPITAL ADEQUACY & RISK MANAGMENT 1. The overall responsibility for overseeing the risk management processes in our Bank is of _____________. a) b) c) d) 2. The Chairman and convener of Operational Risk Management Committee is ______: a. b. c. d. 3. b) c) d) To limit the impact of a disruption caused by any disaster, on people, processes and infrastructure To ensure continuity, resumption and recovery of critical business processes at an agreed level, to be approved for each business function/Office To take into account the potential for major disasters that could impact an entire region and plan for minimizing its impact on business and staff. All of the above. Business Continuity policy applies to: a) b) c) d) 5. Chairman Managing Director & CCRO CGM (Risk Management) CGM (I & A) The objective/s of the Business Continuity Plan is/are: a) 4. Chairman The Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMCB) Risk Management Department, Corporate Office None of the above. Branches only Corporate office LHOs and Administrative Offices All business and functional areas within the Bank which includes all its branches and offices. As per regulatory requirements, the Bank needs to put in place BCP for all its offices within a specified time frame by ___________. a) b) c) d) 31-03-2008 31-03-2009 31-03-2010 No time limit has been fixed by RBI for the purpose. 44 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 6. The deadline for switching over to the New CRA Models (CRA 2007) by all Branches was: a) b) c) d) 7. 30th September, 2007 26th November, 2007 31st December, 2007 31st March, 2008 The new CRA models will be applicable to all accounts in : Non-Trading Sector (C&I, SSI & AGL segments) Trading Sector (Including Services). Both of the above All segments of the Bank a) b) c) d) 8. The new CRA models will be applicable to all accounts with Aggregate Exposure (FBL + NFBL) of Rs. ____________ a) b) c) d) 9. CRA 2007 have ______________ models: a) b) c) d) 10. Simplified Model Regular Model Both of the above Basel Model Simplified Model covers accounts with exposure of a) b) c) d) 11. 10 lacs and above 25 lacs and above 50 lacs and above 100 lacs and above Rs. 10 lacs and above, but upto Rs. 1 crore. Rs. 25 lacs and above, but upto Rs. 2 crores. Rs. 25 lacs and above, but upto Rs. 5 crores. Rs. 100 lacs and above, but upto Rs. 10 crores. Regular Model covers accounts with exposure a) b) c) d) above above above above Rs. 1 crores. Rs. 2 crores. Rs. 5 crores. Rs. 10 crores. 45 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 12. Simplified Model has __________rating/s a) b) c) d) 13. Regular Model has __________rating/s a) b) c) d) 14. 08, SB 08 10, SB 10 12, SB 12 16, SB 16 The Rating Scale under Facility Rating has been expanded to _______ Grades (FR1 to ______) a) b) c) d) 16. Borrower Rating Facility Rating Country Rating Both (a)&(b) The Rating Scale under Borrower Rating has been expanded to _______ Grades (SB1 to ______) a) b) c) d) 15. Borrower Rating Facility Rating Country Rating All of the above 08, FR 08 10, FR 10 12, FR 12 16, FR 16 Hurdle Grade under Borrower Rating is ______ & under Facility Rating is ________ a) b) c) d) SB 04 & FR 04 SB 08 & FR 08 SB 10 & FR 10 SB 12 & FR 12 46 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 17. Units having ____________will be eligible for additional Score under Borrower Rating. a) Solicited Ratings from recognised External Credit Rating Agencies ( ECRA) Current Ratio > 1.33:1 TOL/TNW < 1.50 None of the above b) c) d) 18. Country Ratings are applicable for units having ________Assets/ Cash flows originating outside India: a) b) c) d) 19. 25% or more Assets 25% or more Assets & cash flows 20% or more Assets 20% or more Assets & cash flows Country Ratings circulated by a) b) c) d) 20. Credit Policy and Procedures Department Credit Risk Management Department Foreign Department /GMU Kolkata Risk Management Department While mapping ratings of borrowers as per the new CRA Model vis-à-vis the old Model, which of the following combination is not correct: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) a) c) (ii) (ii) & (iii) New Rating SB1, SB2 SB3, SB4, SB5 SB 10 SB8, SB9 b) d) Old Rating SB1 SB2 SB5 SB4 (iii) None of the above 47 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 21. While mapping ratings of borrowers as per the new CRA Model vis-à-vis the old Model, which of the following combination is not correct: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) a) c) 22. (iv) None of the above All branches, All CPCs Administrative Offices & LHOs All branches, CPCs and other offices of the Bank. “Risk Register” is required to be introduced by 30-6-2009 and requisite data relating to FY 2009-10 starting from _________ till date should be incorporated therein. a) b) c) d) 24. b) d) Old Rating SB 6 SB 3 SB 7 SB 8 "Risk Register" is to be maintained to capture and record the range of high level risk events that might have an impact on the performance of an operating unit and the plans for mitigating them by : a) b) c) d) 23. (ii) (ii) & (iii) New Rating SB11, SB12 SB6, SB7 SB 13, SB 14 SB 15, SB 16 01-04-09 01-06-09 01-07-09 01-01-09 Under Centralised Access Control Policy for de-provisioning of user-IDs, the User-ID of the staff who has been posted abroad/ outside the Bank in other organisation etc. (on deputation) will be a) b) c) d) De-activated. However, it can be activated by LHO functionaries as and when required. Permanently deactivated with past records Deactivated by the respective transferor branch. The user-IDs will be reactivated upon resuming duty at the transferee branch. None of the above. 48 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 25. Under Centralised Access Control Policy for de-provisioning of user-IDs, the User-ID of the staff who has been transferred to other branch/office will be a) b) c) d) 26. Under Centralised Access Control Policy for de-provisioning of user-IDs, the User-IDs not put to use in CBS for 15 days and above will be automatically Deactivated in CBS and reactivation will be made at the request of branch head/ department head/ controller a) c) 27. De-activated. However, it can be activated by LHO functionaries as and when required. Permanently deactivated with past records Deactivated by the respective transferor branch. The user-IDs will be reactivated upon resuming duty at the transferee branch. None of the above. 15 days 45 days b) d) 30 days 60 days One of the prerequisites for migration to Internal Rating Based (IRB) Approach under Credit Risk is that the Bank should have capability to estimate a) Probability of Default (PD) b) Loss Given Default (LGD) c) Exposure at Default (EAD) d) All of the above Key BASEL II, Capital Adequacy & Risk Management 1 b 10 c 19 c 2 b 11 c 20 d 3 d 12 a 21 b 4 d 13 d 22 d 5 d 14 d 23 a 6 b 15 d 24 a 7 c 16 c 25 c 8 b 17 a 26 a 9 c 18 b 27 d 49 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT – 1 (Deposit Accounts) 01 As per Savings Bank Rules- Minors who can adhere to uniform signature and are not less than 10 years old, can open Savings Bank Accounts in their single name and can maintain a maximum balance of: a) b) 02 Rs 1.00 lac Rs 5.00 lac Rs.1/Rs.10/- b) d) Rs.5/Rs.50/- Rs. 5/Rs. 50/- b) d) Rs. 10/Rs. 100/- Rs. 5/- per entry Rs.15/- per entry b) d) Rs.10/- per entry Rs.20/- per entry What is the minimum average balance required to be maintained in a current account by Non-Individuals in Rural Areas & Other Areas a) c) 07 b) d) What are the service charges for debit entries in excess of thirty entries excluding alternate channels like transactions through State Bank ATMs and Internet Banking during a half year in Savings Bank Account? a) c) 06 Rs. 50000/Rs 20.00 lac What is the minimum permissible amount for withdrawal from a Savings Bank Account? a) c) 05 Rs.50,000/Rs.2,00,000/- What is the minimum cash amount that can be deposited in a Savings Bank Account? a) c) 04 b) d) The Maximum deposit in the minor’s a/c under guardianship can be up to-----: a) c) 03 Rs.20,000/Rs.10,000/- Rs.2500 & Rs. 5000/- respectively b) Rs. 5000 & Rs. 10000/- respectively Rs.2000 & Rs. 5000/- respectively d) Rs.1000 & Rs. 5000/- respectively What is the minimum average balance required to be maintained in a current account by Individual in Rural Areas & Other Areas a) c) Rs.2500 & Rs. 5000/- respectively b) Rs. 5000 & Rs. 10000/- respectively Rs.2000 & Rs. 5000/- respectively d) Rs.1000 & Rs. 5000/- respectively 50 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 08 What is the minimum average balance required to be maintained in a non cheque book operated Saving Bank account in Rural Areas & Other Areas a) c) 09 What is the minimum average balance required to be maintained in a cheque book operated Saving Bank account in Rural Areas & Other Areas a) c) 10 7 days & 120 months 15days & 60 months b 7 days & 60 months d) 15 days & 120 months Rs.1000/Rs.500/- b) d) Rs.100/Rs. 5000/- What is the minimum & maximum period for S.T.D.R accounts? a) c) 14 b 7 days & 60 months d) 15 days & 120 months What is the minimum amount of deposit that can be accepted as Term / Special Term Deposit: a) c) 13 14 days & 60 months 15days & 60 months What is the minimum & maximum period for Term Deposits of Rs 1 crore & above ? a) c) 12 Rs.250 & Rs. 500/- respectively b) Rs. 500 & Rs. 1000/- respectively Rs.200 & Rs. 500/- respectively d) Rs.1000 & Rs. 5000/- respectively What is the minimum & maximum period for Term Deposits of less than Rs 1 crore? a) c) 11. Rs.250 & Rs. 500/- respectively b) Rs. 500 & Rs. 1000/- respectively Rs.200 & Rs. 500/- respectively d) Rs.100 & Rs. 500/- respectively 3 months & 60 months 6 months & 60 months b) 6 months & 120 months d) 12 months & 120 months What is the minimum & maximum period for R.D. accounts? a) c) 3 months & 60 months 6 months & 60 months b) 6 months & 120 months d) 12 months & 120 months 51 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 15 Recurring Deposits are accepted in monthly installments of : a) b) c) d) 16 The maximum amount of loan that can be granted against Term Deposits is: a) b) c) d) 17. c) d) b) d) Rs.20,000/Rs.1,00,000 A fresh nomination needs to be obtained every time the deposit is renewed The nomination taken at the time of issuance of the deposit can be treated as a valid nomination for the term deposit renewed on maturity unless the depositor would like to change the nomination A fresh nomination is required if the periodicity of deposit at the time of renewal is different from the original periodicity. A fresh nomination is required if the renewed deposit is different from the matured deposit. On premature payment of time deposits, interest will be applied @ _______below the rate applicable for the period the deposit has run. a) c) 20. Rs.10,000/Rs.50,000/- Which of the following statement is correct in respect of a nominated Term deposit account, when it is renewed? a) b) 19 85% of principal amount 85% of principal amount + accrued interest 90% of principal amount 90% of principal amount + accrued interest U/s 269 T of the Income Tax Act, the branches will make payment of time deposits with interest thereon amounting to Rs.______ and above by way of credit to account/Bank Draft/crossed cheque only: a) c) 18. Minimum Rs. 50/- Maximum Rs. 1000/Minimum Rs. 100/- Maximum Rs. 10,000/Minimum Rs. 100/- and thereafter in multiple of Rs. 10/Minimum Rs. 100/- Maximum Rs. 5,000/- Zero % 1% b) d) 0.5 % 2.0% As per Section 194A of the Income Tax Act, banks are required to deduct tax at source whenever interest on time deposits credited or paid or likely to be credited or paid to the account of a customer, exceeds Rs _____ per person, per branch in a financial year. a) c) Rs.5, 000 Rs.2, 500 b) d) Rs.10, 000 Rs.20, 000 52 Account can be opened on the same terms and conditions as for an illiterate person if not knowing regional language also. In case of self operated cheque facility account of visually impaired / blind depositors. (iii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (iii) Only (ii) Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Saving Bank Account in the name of a visually impaired / blind person? i) ii) iii) iv) a) c) If a blind person is illiterate. An illiterate person may open an ordinary Savings Bank account in his sole name or jointly with other person(s). Operation by cheque in the blind / visually impaired depositor's account in the sole name may continue to be permitted. by an independent witness acceptable to the Bank. Where one of the depositors is literate a cheque-operated joint account payable to ‘any one. Account can be opened in regional language known to person. Only (i) b) Both (i) & (ii) (i). Account can’t be opened Account can be opened jointly with the person knowing English or Hindi language. Accounts of illiterate depositors may be transferred. (iii) & (iv) d) None of the above 53 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. at their request. Only (i) (i). (ii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Saving Bank Account in the name of a person not knowing either English or Hindi language? i) ii) iii) iv) a) c) 23. Operation by cheque in the blind / visually impaired depositor's account in the sole name is not permitted. PANCHKULA 21. the third party cash payment of self drawn cheques is not permitted. Only (i) (i). survivors can be opened The thumb impression of the depositor on the Savings Bank account closing form are to be witnessed in all cases. from one branch to another like the other accounts. only under the signature of a duly constituted ‘power of attorney’ of the account holder or after furnishing an undertaking that the self operated cheque book facility be provided / extended to the depositor / customer at her / his own risk. or literate but unable to sign uniformly. account can be opened on the same terms and conditions as for an illiterate person. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Saving Bank Account in the name of illiterate person: i) ii) iii) iv) a) c) 22. Rs.100 lac b) d) Rs.000 b) d) Rs. Account can be opened in joint names with the family pensioner nominated in the PPO. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Saving Bank Account in the name of pensioners? i) ii) iii) iv) a) c) 25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Only (i) (i). Term Deposit / Special Term Deposits is to be issued in the form of a system generated advice on preprinted Non security form look alike receipt format Statement (i) is applicable to all branches of the bank irrespective of the location and type of the branch Statement (i) is applicable to all market segments Statement (i) is applicable to any amount of deposit tendered Statement (i) is not applicable to Term Deposit / Special Term Deposits received under State Bank Tax Saving Scheme 2006. PANCHKULA 24. 000 Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of issuance of TDR/STDR? i) The receipts for fixed deposits viz. 10. in case pension paying Department permits. (ii) (iii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above Loans against NR(E)RA and FCNR(B) deposits either to the depositors or third parties can be granted up to a maximum limit of_________. 30. Accounts of pensioners may be transferred.000 Rs. from one branch to another. at their request. immediate credit will be afforded for outstation instruments deposited up to___________: a) c) 26. 15. 20 lac Rs. (ii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above In satisfactorily conducted accounts. a) c) Rs. 50% concession is being allowed in minimum balance to be maintained. 20. 50 lac Rs. ii) iii) iv) v) a) c) 27. 500 lac 54 . 50% concession is being allowed in service charges for not maintaining minimum balance. Only (i) (i). 000 Rs. Q. Ans. 1 d 11 a 21 d 2 c 12 a 22 c 3 c 13 b 23 c 4 c 14 d 24 d 5 a 15 c 25 d 6 b 16 d 26 d 7 a 17 b 27 c 8 a 18 b 9 b 19 c 10 d 20 b 55 . Q. Ans. Ans. PANCHKULA Key to Assignment – 1 (Deposit Accounts) Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1 year and above.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 5. maximum 3 years. maximum 5 years 1 year and above.D. 24 months or 36 months. c) S. however the depositor may opt for a higher threshold amount. _______. 500 2 Multi Option Deposit Scheme.B.000 d) Rs. None of the above. a) 15. 1 year and above.B. The minimum amount of initial deposit allowable for Multi Option Deposit Accounts (MODs) is:____________. While making premature payment of MODS (unitised break up). 1. 10.000/56 . 1 year and above. What is the maturity period of MODs issued under Saving Plus Scheme? a) b) c) d) 6 months and above.000/- b) 10. 5. maximum 5 years 6 months.000 b) Rs.000 b) Rs.000 c) Rs. maximum 3 years. A/c & R. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT – 2 (Deposit Accounts) 1. 1 year and above.D. maximum 10 years 5. Under ‘Saving Plus Account’ the minimum ‘Threshold Amount’ should be Rs. 500 4.000/c) 1. 3. maximum 3 years. A/c & TDR/STDR b) TDR/STDR & C. which of the following method will be applicable-----a) b) c) d) First in first out (FIFO) Last in first out (LIFO) Any one can be broken as opted by customer.000 c) Rs. a) Rs. A/c d) S. What is the maturity period of Multi Option Deposits? a) b) c) d) 6 months and above. For partial withdrawal/ break up of MODs the unit amount is: a) Rs. 6.000/d) 5. is the combination of : a) TDR/STDR & R.000 d) Rs. maximum 5 years. A/c / S. 10. 12 months. 1. 7.B. Under LTD Scheme. d) 15th and 30th of every month 9.500/c) Rs. The minimum amount of Liquid Term Deposit (LTD) is-----a) Rs.50000 57 . the minimum period of deposit is-----a) 15 days c) 1 year b) 6 months d) 7 days 14. PANCHKULA 8. Banks are required to deduct tax at source (TDS) from interest payable on Time Deposits wherever such interest paid or accrued per person and per branch during a financial year exceeds -------------a) Rs.500/c) Rs.10000 d) Rs. the maximum period of deposit is-----a) One year c) 7 Year b) 5 Years d) 10 Years 11. Under Liquid Term Deposit (LTD) scheme.25000/- b) Rs. --------a) Rs. a) 5th and 20th of every month b) 10th and 20th of every month c) Once a week (any day) or once a month (any date) as opted by the depositor.10000/d) Rs.000/- 12. 000/- 13.5000 b) Rs.10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under Liquid Term Deposit (LTD) scheme.20000 c) Rs. the partial withdrawal is permitted in units of Rs. Loan against deposits held under Saving Plus Scheme is granted up to--------a) 75% of deposit c) 90% of deposit b) 85% of deposit d) Not permitted 10. In Saving plus Scheme the ‘Auto Sweep’ is operative on _______________and MODs are issued for eligible amount.1000/d) Rs.50. 1.5000/- b) Rs. The minimum amount of deposit under the Kisan Mitra Jama Yojna is Rs. 100 c) Rs. Under CLTD Scheme. 000/- 20.000/. Ans. Q. The minimum amount of withdrawal under the Kisan Mitra Jama Yojna is stipulated at ______ and in multiple of ________ . 1. a) 3 years c) 7 years b) 5 years d) 10 years 19. 5. 500 d) Rs.___________ and in multiples of ___________. Ans.000/- b) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 and Rs.500 and Rs. 1. 1. 500/.and Rs.25000/- b) Rs.. a) 12 months c) 3 months b) 6 months d) 15 days. a) Rs.000 b) Rs. PANCHKULA 15.000 and Rs.and Rs. 5000/c) Rs. 000/c) Rs. 1. a) Rs.500/. 1.and Rs 100/c) Rs.10000/d) Rs.50. 1 a 11 a 2 b 12 a 3 c 13 c 4 c 14 b 5 c 15 d 6 c 16 b 7 d 17 a 8 c 18 d 9 d 19 d 10 b 20 c 58 .000 and Rs. 18. 100 16. 10000/d) Rs. 500/- b) Rs. The minimum period of deposit under the Kisan Mitra Jama Yojna is: _______________. 100/. 1.000/Key to Assignment – 2 (Deposit Accounts) Q. The minimum amount of Corporate Liquid Term Deposit (CLTD) is-----a) Rs. Under the Kisan Mitra Jama Yojna deposit can be accepted for a maximum period of _______.and Rs. the minimum amount of deposit allowable subsequent to initial deposit is: a) Rs. 25. 100/- 17. 50. 100/d) Rs.5. the minimum amount of deposit is_______.000/d) Rs. a) Rs.25% b) 0.000/- 4) Differential rate of interest under Senior Citizen Deposit Scheme is ---------------a) 1% c) 0. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT – 3 (Deposit Accounts) 1) To be eligible for differential rate of interest under Senior Citizen Deposit Scheme. All branches are authorised to open accounts under CAPGAIN Scheme. 500/c) Rs.50% d) None of the above 5) Which of the following statement is not true in respect of CAPGAIN PLUS Scheme? a) b) c) d) It is a product for parking of capital gains for a max. period of 3 years.000/- b) Rs. the minimum amount of deposit which can be held in TDR is a) Rs. 6) Under CAPGAIN PLUS Scheme.000/d) Rs. None of the above. 1. 1. the minimum age of the depositor is-------a) 58 years c) 65 years b) 60 years d) none of the above 2) Under Senior Citizen Deposit Scheme. 5. a) 15 c) 60 b) 30 d) None of the above 59 .000/- 7) Amount withdrawn under CAPGAIN PLUS Scheme is to be utilised within ---------------days. Funds parked in the account are to be utilised for capital investment. the minimum period of deposit is________. 10. 500/c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10.000/- b) Rs. 5. a) 3 months c) 1 year b) 6 months d) 15 days 3) Under Senior Citizen Deposit Scheme. 000 b) Rs 25.000/d) Rs. 5000/c) Rs. c) As applicable to Savings Bank account.500/. 0 respectively 12) Maximum balance that can be maintained in the No Frill Account is Rs.00. 60 . 100 respectively Rs 50 & Rs. 10.000/- b) Rs.000 c) Rs 10. b) No interest is to be paid. 25.000 d) Rs 1.or more is maintained. ___________ a) Rs 50. 50.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ----------a) Rs. 5000/. d) None of the above. 5000/.000 13) Rate of interest payable in No Frill Account is: a) As applicable to Savings Bank account if a minimum balance of Rs. a) c) Rs 50 & Rs. PANCHKULA 8) Which of the following facilities are available to the account holder under CAPGAIN PLUS Scheme.or less Age is > 18 years Age is > 18 years & earning is Rs. 100 respectively d) Rs 50 & Rs. a) Cheque Book c) Loan facility b) ATM Card d) None of the above 9) Under CAPGAIN PLUS Scheme withdrawal of amount can be permitted only by way of DD in favour of payee if amount of such withdrawal exceeds Rs. ___________and thereafter minimum balance of Rs. ________ can be maintained.or less 11) Initial deposit required to open No Frill Account is Rs. 50 respectively b) Rs 100 & Rs.000/- 10) No Frill Account can be opened by an individual if his a) b) c) d) Age is > 10 years Age is > 10years & earning is Rs. 06.2011. PANCHKULA 14) Which of the following scheme/s have been discontinued from 01-04-2009. a) Annuity Deposit Scheme c) SB Yuva Account b) Floating Rate Term deposit d) None of the above Key to Assignment – 3 (Deposit Accounts) Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A Q A 1 b 11 d 2 c 12 c 3 d 13 c 4 b 14 c 5 d 15 b 6 c 7 c 8 d 9 c 10 d 61 . a) Money Box c) Both of the above b) Kanak Dhara d) None of the above 15) Which of the following scheme has been discontinued from 01. 10 15 20 No deviation is allowed Circle CGM may permit coverage of employees having salaries of less than Rs.000/. The Corporate Salary Package has _______ variants: a) c) 5.5. provided : (a) (b) All the salary accounts are maintained with our Bank The employees drawing gross salary of less than Rs.000/Both (a) & (c) Both (b) & (c) b) c) d) e) 2.m.. A minimum number of 20 employees with a minimum payout of Rs.1. 5. 2 4 b) d) 3 5 SBI Vishesh status is being provided for holders: a) b) c) d) Platinum Account Gold Account Diamond Account Both (a) & (c) 62 .. only when the organisation has: a) A minimum number of 25 employees with a minimum payout of Rs.000 per month under “Silver” variant.00 lacs p. Both (a) & (b) Both (a) & (c) (c) (d) e) 4.000/.m.5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.should not be more than 20% of total. PANCHKULA SALARY PACKAGE ACCOUNTS 1 Corporate Salary Package Account will be available to the employees of a Corporate or Institution. a) b) c) d) 3. Minimum gross monthly salary per account of Rs.25 lacs p. PBBU Heads of the Circle have the discretion to permit deviation in eligibility criteria and approve a tie up with a Corporate/ Institution having minimum number of ___ employees opening their salary accounts with us.1. 5. The employees drawing gross salary of less than Rs.should not be more than 25% of total. Gross Monthly Salary should be between Rs. 1. 5. b) d) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Platinum variant of Corporate Salary Package Account: i. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Silver variant of Corporate Salary Package Account: i.00.and Rs. 50. 1. ii.000/. a) Only (i) c) (i). iv.000/Free International Gold Debit Card is provided Unlimited cheque book leaves free in a year Charges are recovered for Cash Deposit transactions in excess of 3 transactions per month a) Only (i) c) (i). iv. 8. Free International Gold Debit Card is provided Unlimited cheque book leaves free in a year No limit on number of cash deposit transactions. (ii) & (iv) 9. Free International Gold Debit Card is provided No limit on the number of Cheques. ii.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. (ii) & (iv) 7. Both (i) & (ii) All of the above Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Gold variant of Corporate Salary Package Account: i.000/. Gross Monthly Salary should be between Rs. iv. (ii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above 63 . ii. iv. PANCHKULA 6.00 lac. iii. (ii) & (iii) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Diamond variant of Corporate Salary Package Account: i.000/-.000/-. 20. iii.000/. ii. Free Domestic ATM Card is provided Unlimited cheque book leaves free in a year except for bulk requirementfor EMIs payable to other banks/FIs Charges are recovered for Cash Deposit transactions in excess of 3 transactions per month a) Only (i) c) (i). iii. a) Only (i) c) (i).and Rs. iii. No limit on number of cash deposit transactions. Gross Monthly Salary should be more than Rs.and Rs. 20. Gross Monthly Salary should be between Rs. 50. a) Only (i) c) (i). 2 Lacs and thereafter as applicable to other accounts c) RTGS/NEFT charges waived whilst uploading salary/other credits to employee accounts through our CINB. b) RTGS/NEFT charges to be recovered at concessional rates upto Rs. 64 . Silver Account. PANCHKULA 10. The Army numbers to be used in ID First field. Currently however. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Salary Package Account? a) RTGS/NEFT charges to be recovered as applicable to other accounts. Gold Account. provided the officer/ PBOR has had his salary account with us and also draws his pension through us. The Defence Salary Package has _______ variants: a) c) 12 2 4 b) d) 3 5 Army personnel will be categorised into eligible variants as per their : a) b) c) d) 13 Platinum Account Silver Account.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. iii. Overdraft facility limited to 2 month’s Net Salary can be provided under Corporate Salary Package Account to (a) (b) (c) (d) 11. The facilities under DSP accounts will be continued even for pension accounts after retirement. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Defence Salary Package Account? i. The DSP account can be operated as a joint account. civilians have been excluded. Gold Account & Diamond Account All the four variants Ranks Salaries Ranks and Salaries both None of the above. (ii) & (iv) b) d) Both (i) & (ii) All of the above 14. iv. ii. All Army personnel including the Defence Civilian Staff will be eligible to open DSP accounts. For Platinum account holders the application for availing overdraft to be obtained at the time of opening new accounts. PANCHKULA 15. (ii) & (iii) 16. iii. ATM Issue and Annual Maintenance Fee of Rs. ii. b) d) Both (i) & (ii) Only ( i) & (iii) Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Salary Package Account: facility all variants with minimum i. 300/.00.For availing overdraft residual service of 6 months are eligible for Overdraft up to 2 months Net Monthly Income adjustable from next month’s salary (ies) within a period of 6 months. 2 lacs a) Only (I & iv) c) (i). iv.000 per day – Abroad).For availing the facility the account holder of all other variants have to submit an application for overdraft at the time of availing the facility. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct in respect of Platinum variant of Salary Package Account: i.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1. Personal Accident Insurance cover Rs. Personal Accident Insurance cover Rs.from second year waived. 5 lacs iv. iii.All of the above.per day in India (USD $ 2. Any Number of transactions subject to maximum Rs. 1 d 11 c 2 a 12 a 3 d 13 d KEY SALARY PACKAGE ACCOUNTS 4 5 6 7 8 c a d c c 14 15 16 c c d 9 d 10 d 65 .000/. ii. (ii) & (iii) (d) All of the above b) d) 100 gms (gross) 500 gms (gross) Maximum tenor of Deposit under Under SBI Gold Deposit is : a) c) 3 years 7 years b) d) 5 years 10 years 66 . Subsequent addition of a second holder with payment instruction being `Former or Survivor' will also be permitted. Who can open Gold Deposit Account? (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Individual (Singly or jointly) Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) Trust Company (a) (c) Only (i) Both (i) & (ii) Which of the following statement/s is not correct in respect of joint account under SBI Gold Deposit scheme? a) b) c) d) 3. as `Former or Survivor'. Mumbai New Delhi Main Branch Nagpur Branch Under SBI Gold Deposit Minimum Quantity of gold that can be deposited is : a) 50 gms (gross) c) 500 gms (net) 6. 2. (b) (i) . In single name in individual capacity In Joint names in individual capacity To all type of depositors Both a & b ____ Branch has been designated as “Nodal Branch” for Gold Deposit Scheme: d) e) f) g) 5. Mumbai Main Branch Overseas Branch.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. when the first applicant transfers the SBI Gold Deposit Certificate to another person. The rights of the second holder will automatically lapse. Facility for deposits in two names. will be available to all categories of depositors. None of the above Under SBI Gold Deposit nomination facility will be available if the deposit is: a) b) c) d) 4. PANCHKULA SBI Gold Deposit scheme & Rupee Loan against gold deposit 1. a) & c) Which of the following statement/s is not correct in respect of repayment/ redemption under SBI Gold Deposit scheme? i) The depositor will have the option for redemption of the principal on maturity either in gold or in rupees For redemption in gold. in the multiples of 10 gm bars. Which of the following statement/s is not correct in respect of payment of interest under SBI Gold Deposit scheme? a) b) c) d) 8. the rate applicable on the date of payment will be taken into account. ii) iii) iv) (a) (c) 10. iv. 67 .e. Loan can not be given against deposits held on behalf of a minor. In case of joint holding loan can be granted to all the depositors jointly. non-cumulative) or compound it annually for payment at the time of maturity(i. Loan can not be given to third parties against deposits held by a Trust/ HUF/ Minor. a) b) c) d) 9. In case the maturity date is a non-business day in Mumbai. Only (iv) Both (i) & (ii) (b) Only (iii) (d) None of the above Which of the following statement/s is not correct in respect of Rupee Loan against gold deposit? i. The depositor will have the option of taking interest annually as on 31st March every year (i. etc. cumulative). Any fraction quantity in excess of multiple of 10 gm bars will be repaid in rupees only. iii. None of the above Gold will be accepted in the ___________form. the deposit will be redeemed on the next working day (at the conversion rate of the date of maturity) and no additional interest will be paid for extra day(s).STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. gem. PANCHKULA 7. the deposit will be redeemed in gold of 995/999 fineness.e. The interest will be calculated in grams but paid in rupees only. Interest will be payable from the date of deposit of gold with the designated branch. Gold bars & coins Scrap Jewellery without any stone. ii. Loan can be granted to all depositors under Gold Deposit Scheme. In case the repayment in rupees is taken after the date of maturity. at the discretion of the Bank. 000/- 13.00. a) 20% 14. Maximum period of loan is 36 months.000/- 12.000/Rs. The loan can be either in the form of a Demand Loan or an Overdraft.00. 10. 5. Loan under Rupee Loan against gold deposit may be sanctioned by : a) Designated branch c) Nodal Branch 15.00. 50. 10.00. Rs.000/Rs. PANCHKULA (a) (c) 11. None of the above. b) d) Rs. Only (i) Both (ii) & (iii) (b) Only (iii) (d) None of the above What is the minimum loan amount under Rupee Loan against gold deposit? a) Rs.00. 50. KEY SBI Gold Deposit scheme & Rupee Loan against gold deposit 1 d 11 b 2 a 12 a 3 a 13 b 4 b 14 b 5 d 15 b 6 b 7 c 8 b 9 b 10 c 68 . 1.00.00.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/- Margin under Rupee Loan against gold deposit is _____ of the principal value of the Gold Deposit Certificate. b) d) What is the maximum loan amount under Rupee Loan against gold deposit without any administrative clearance? a) Rs.000/c) Rs. 500. 100.000/- b) 25% c) 30% 40%. d) b) d) All branches Both a) & c) Which of the following statement/s is not correct in respect of Rupee Loan against gold deposit? a) b) c) d) The loan can be granted for any purpose.000/c) Rs. 00lacs. LTV EMI/NMI ratio For determining maximum permissible Housing Loan amount of a customer having Annual Income upto Rs. 2 lacs and upto Rs. 20 25 The total project cost of Housing Loan includes: a) b) c) d) 3. Cost of land. a) c) 2 18 21 b) Project cost d) all of the above 30 55 b) 40 d) 25 For determining maximum permissible Housing Loan amount of a customer having Annual Income above Rs. 2 lacs. the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) c) 6. the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) c) 5. the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) c) 40 55 b) 50 d) 60 69 . charges for purchase Stamp duty & registration All of above The maximum permissible loan amount under H/L scheme. additional amenities Insurance premium. 5 lacs. Individual(s) over ______ years of age with independent source of regular income are eligible for finance under Housing Loan Scheme. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES HOME LOANS ASSIGNMENT – 1 1. for an applicant is linked to _________ a) c) 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 5 lacs and upto Rs10. b) d) 40 55 b) 50 d) 60 For determining maximum permissible Housing Loan amount of a customer having Annual Income above Rs. 10 lakh Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. depending on the family size and availability of disposable surplus income. The authority for increase in EMI/NMI ratio upto____ vests with controller of Branch/RACPC. a) 58 b) 70 c) 60 d) No such limit 12. Income of spouse/children /parents / siblings may be considered for arriving at maximum loan amount a) spouse /children b) parents c) siblings d) all of the above 11. Scheme for repairs or renovation of house (without obtaining prior administrative clearance of the Network GM). 5% 2 1% 10% What is the maximum repayment period under HL Scheme for individuals upto 45 years of age? a) c) 9. 20 lakh 70 . In addition to the applicant’s income. is:__ a) c) Rs. PANCHKULA 7. b) d) 12 years 20 years b) d) 15 years 25 years subject to liquidation of the loan before the borrower reaches the age of 70 years Maximum no of borrowers should not ordinarily exceed ------a) 5 b) 3 c) 6 d) no limit 10. HL should be ordinarily repaid by the age of _____years. Fixed rate of interest can be charged if repayment period do not Exceed ___years a) c) 13.L. 20 5 b) d) 10 25 The maximum permissible loan amount under H. Rs. a) c) 8. 5 lakh . 15 lakh b) d) Rs. b) equivalent to the amount of annual rent or annual income whichever is lower c) equivalent to the cost of construction d) equivalent to the 50% of annual rent 20. While computing maximum eligible loan amount. 10 % 20 % 25 30 b) d) 10 40 Home loan may be sanctioned for reimbursement of investment made by the borrower in housing from own resources during the preceding -------months. for a loan above Rs 75 lacs . Scheme for house under construction. subject to maximum amount a) equivalent to the applicant’s Net Monthly Income(NMI)/Net Annual Income (NAI). d) 10 % of the project cost or Rs. a)6 b)10 c)12 d)24 19. The maximum permissible loan amount under H. a) 10 % of the project cost or Rs. 4 lacs whichever is less.L. cess etc. Scheme for furnishing and consumer durables is: _____________. b) 20 % of the project cost or Rs. is : __________. The minimum margin required under H. 3 lacs whichever is less. 3 lacs whichever is less. a) c) 16. b) d) The minimum margin required under H. a) c) 17.L. Rental income is not allowed to be considered when giving loan for a)purchase of house b)construction of house c)purchase of flat d)purchase of plot 71 .) may be reckoned.L. 15% 25 % 10 % of project cost 20 % of project cost b) d) 25 % of project cost 30 % of project cost Minimum loan amount in case of home loan to businessman is Rs------lac a) c) 18.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 14. c) 10 % of the project cost or Rs. expected rent accruals from the proposed house/flat being let out (net of taxes. 2 lacs whichever is less. is : __________. Scheme for house under construction. for a loan upto Rs 75 lacs . 15. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) only those business being run on proprietorship basis which have obtained loan for the asset on which depreciation is claimed from our bank. Ans. Ans. Q. d) Salaried employees who are obtaining loan for furniture and furnishings KEY HOME LOANS ASSIGNMENT – 1 Q. PANCHKULA 21. c) those borrowers who have availed any loan from our bankl. Depreciation is allowed to be added back to compute net annual income in case of a) all businessmen. 1 a 11 b 2 d 12 b 3 d 13 b 4 a 14 c 5 b 15 c 6 c 16 b 7 a 17 a 8 d 18 c 9 b 19 a 10 d 20 d 21 b 72 . no prior administrative clearance is required for loans upto: ___. of Co-borrower is ordinarily restricted to maximum______ including spouse with son/daughter.5crore Rs. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES HOME LOANS & HOME LOANS TO NRIs ASSIGNMENT – 2 1. 15 crore 4. first disbursement or 2 months after first disbursement or 2 months after first disbursement or 3 months after first disbursement or 2 months after Under Housing Loan Scheme. whichever is earlier c) 18 months from the date of completion. a) c) Rs. a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) no such limit 2. However AGM(Region/Branch) can relax maximum no of coborrowers. 10 crore b) d) Rs. if the proposal is strictly within the scheme. 5 crore Rs. prior administrative clearance (from next higher authority) is required in respect of a loan for purchase of a house which is more than _____ years old. 7.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. With effect from 1st May 2011 processing fees is to be recovered at the time of a) pre sanction b) initial scrutiny c)Sanctioning d)documentation 5. The Moratorium period ordinarily available under HL Scheme building upto 7 floors is: ______________ a) 12 months from the date of completion. Under Housing Loan Scheme. Capitalisation of pre EMI interest is allowed only if the moratorium period does not exceed-----months a) 24 b) 36 c) 18 d) 6 6. whichever is earlier d) 24 months from the date of completion. whichever is earlier b) 18 months from the date of completion. No. whichever is earlier 3. a) c) 20 10 b) d) 15 7 73 . (over and above the applicable interest rate) on the overdue amount for the period of default a) 2 b) 1. ___________ in respect of principal repayment of Home Loans. c) 3 d) 2. a) c) 20.000/1.25000/.00lac for home under construction should be ---------% a) c) 75 80 b) d) 60 90 8.in profession or be engaged in business for a minimum period of ------years a) c) 13. Loan to value ratio in cas of loan above Rs 20. then penal interest should be recovered ------------% p. In case son/daughter /sibling /parent’s income is clubbed for arriving at loan amount repayment has to be made through an account a) in the name of any one of the borrower/ guarantor b) in the name of any one of the borrower only c) in the joint name of all the borrowers and guarantor d) in the name of guarantor only 10. the NRIs/PIOs should be earning a minimum NMI equivalent to US$ ________or a NAI equivalent to US$ _____.50. 74 . if the irregularity exceeds EMI or Installment amount.000/1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5 9.000/- 11.000/- b) d) 30.purchase of dwelling unit upto Rs -----lac shall be eligible for classification under prirority sector a) 10 b) 25 c) 15 d) 20 12. for a period of one month.. PANCHKULA 7.a. Home loan borrowers can claim Income Tax benefits under section 80C upto Rs. As per RBI guidelines housing loan for construction . 3 1 b) d) 5 2 To be eligible under Housing Loan Scheme for NRIs / PIO.00. For Home Loans above Rs. Co borrower/guarantors whose income is being clubbed should normally be employed . whichever occurs earlier? a) c) 17. 12 years 20 years Rs. PANCHKULA a) c) 14.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 3 lac b) d) Rs. 5 lac The Maximum Loan amount for repair and renovation by NRI is limited to a) Rs. 500(NMI) / 6000(NAI) 2000(NMI) / 24000(NAI) b) d) 1000(NMI) / 12000(NAI) 2500(NMI) / 30000(NAI) The maximum amount of Housing Loan for NRIs/PIOs is detemined by a) b) c) d) EMI/NMI of the borrower age of the borrowe stay of the borrower abroad None of the above 15. 15 lac c) Rs. 15 years 25 years 12 years 20 years b) d) 15 years 25 years The minimum loan amount of Housing Loan under HL Scheme for NRIs/PIOs is :_________ a) c) 19. 1 lac Rs. 10 lac b) Rs.00lacs is to be given foe pair and renovation administrative clearance will be given by -------a) CGM of circle b) GM of network c) CGM PBBU d) CCCI 16. 20 lac d) Rs. What is the maximum repayment period under HL Scheme for NRIs/PIOs upto 35 years of age subject to stipulation that the loan should be liquidated by the age of 60 years or by the age of retirement. 2 lac Rs. whichever occurs earlier? a) c) 18. b) d) What is the maximum repayment period under HL Scheme for NRIs/PIOs above 35 years and upto 45 years of age subject to stipulation that the loan should be liquidated by the age of 60 years or by the age of retirement. In case loan amount above Rs 10. 25 lac 75 . 18 4 Maximum period of repayment permotted to an NRI borrower is ------years or date of retirement whichever is earlier. One of the eligibility criteria for NRIs to avail of housing loan is that they should have been employed abroad for at least _______ years and presently holding a valid job contract/work permit and aged above____ years. a) c) 22. 1 2. 50 75 b) 60 d) 65 The AGM (Region)/(Branch) may permit the repayment of loan upto the age of----years provided the approving authority is satisfied about the continuity of the income a)65 c)72 b)70 d)75 Key to Assignment – HOME LOANS 2 Q. Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. whichever is lower 10 % of the project cost or Rs.3 lacs. Ans.5 lacs. PANCHKULA 20. The Maximum Loan amount for furnishing and consumer durables under HL Scheme for NRIs/PIOs is :______________ a) b) c) d) 21.21 b) d) 2. whichever is lower 10 % of the project cost with no ceiling. Q. whichever is lower 15 % of the project cost or Rs. Ans.5 lacs. a) c) 23 10 % of the project cost or Rs. 1 c 12 c 23 b 2 b 13 a 3 b 14 a 4 d 15 b 5 c 16 d 6 b 17 c 7 c 18 c 8 a 19 a 9 c 20 a 10 c 21 b 11 d 22 b 76 . One of the following is not true about what is given in Preapproved Loan arrangement letter. a) If the time gap between PLAL and submission of Home Loan application by the customer is more than one month.Loan under this scheme can be extended to people in the age group between -------and -----a)18 . 35 c)30.00lacs at d)RBO 7. 25 b)21.00lacs c)Rs10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA ‘HOME LOAN ASSIGNMENT – 3 YUVA/PAL HOUSING LOAN QUESTIONNAIRE 1. 35 4. 77 .Minimum amount for which SBI home loan PAL can be extended is a)Rs30. a) 20 b)15 c)25 d)30 5. fresh CIBIL Credit report will be verified by the RACPC. 40 d)21.Loan under Yuva housing loan is to be repaid within a fixed term of a)25yrs b)10 yrs c)20yrs d)15yrs 2. SBI home loan PAL can be extended a)Branch only c)Either at branch or racpc b)Racpc only d)Rs20. b) Loan amount calculated on the basis of prevailing interest rates will be valid for a period of 1 month.Minimum net monthly income for availing loan under Yuva Home loan is Rs-----a)25000/- b)50000/- c)100000/- d)60000/- 3.PAL will be valid for --------a) 3mths b)6mths c)2mths d)12mths 8.Under this loan a person can get ------% more than the amount calculated as per the normal EMI/NMI ratio.00lacs b)Rs25.00lacs 6. d) if minimum contribution of each borrower in case of joint borrowing by husband and wife to the combined NMI is 40%.If a borrower availing loan under SBI Yuva housing loan is not getting benefit under Corporate Salary Package he can get benefit of a festival loan equivalent of ---------months NMI repayable in 36mths a) 2 b)5 c)3 d)6 KEY TO YUVA/PAL HOUSING LOAN QUESTIONNAIRE 1 2 3 4 a b b a 5 6 7 8 c b c d 9 10 a c 78 . 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. c) if minimum contribution of each borrower in case of joint borrowing by husband and wife to the combined NMI is 20%. PANCHKULA c) Home Loan will have to be availed by the borrower from the same RACPC which has issued the PLAL. b) if minimum contribution of each borrower in case of joint borrowing by husband and wife to the combined NMI is 30%.The condition under which age under YUVA Home loan for availing the loan can be extended upto 40 yrs is a) if minimum contribution of each borrower in case of joint borrowing by husband and wife to the combined NMI is 25%. d) PLAL will be issued under the signatures of the processing officer. 10. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA HOME LOAN ASSIGNMENT – 4 SBI Home Plus and earnest money loan 1. For which purpose loan under SBI-Home Plus scheme can be granted? a) b) c) d) 2. Home Loan borrowers with a satisfactory repayment record of ____years and who maintain a C./A or SBA/c are eligible for loan Under SBI Home Plus a) c) 3. expenditure towards major repair, renovation and addition to residential house/flat purchase of furniture and fixture and consumer durables etc. education/medical expenses of family, personal expenses etc. All of above 1 3 Present market value of the house property (-) Margin of 25% on the property value (-)Present outstanding in the Home Loan account Rs. 10 lacs Rs. 20 lacs Least of a & b b) c) d) What is the minimum and maximum amount eligible under SBI-Home Plus? a) c) 5. b) d) Rs. 15000/-& 2,00,000/Rs. 5000/-& 10,00,000/- 50 60 b) d) 40 no such condition Under SBI Home Plus, in case of borrowers with NMI of Rs. 10 lacs and above, the ratio of EMI/NMI can be relaxed upto____% a) c) 7. Rs. 25000/-& 10,00,000/Rs. 25000/-& 5,00,000/- Under SBI Home Plus, EMI/NMI should not exceed_________%. a) c) 6. 2 4 The eligible loan amount under SBI-Home Plus is: a) 4. b) d) 40 50 b) d) 60 70 Where equitable mortgage is not extended to cover SBI Home plus, repayment of loan granted under SBI Home Plus is_____ a) 20 years b) 15 years c) 10 years d) Lower of 10 years or residual maturity of existing loan 79 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 8. The moratorium within the overall repayment period of loan granted under SBI Home Plus can be permitted upto _____months subject to servicing of interest. a) c) 9. 3 6 b) d) 2 12 At any point of time no of loans granted under SBI Home Plus will not exceed ---subject to an overall ceiling of Rs. 10,00,000/- . a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 4 10. Margin in case of loan for earnest money is waived subject to__________ a) Allotment letters / refund orders being routed through SBI b) Lump sum amount equal to 6 month’s interest to be taken upfront c) both a and b d) Security equivalent to loan amount being provided 11. Minimum monthly income to avail loan under earnest money deposit scheme should be -----a) Rs5000/b) Rs10000/c) Rs6000/d) No minimum amount 12.. Maximum loan amount that can be given under loan for earnest money is ---------a) Rs5.00lac b)Rs10.00lac c)Rs20.00lac d)Rs8.00lac 13.The Security under Loan for Earnest Money loan is waived subject to -------a) Allotment letters / refund orders are routed through SBI. b) Lump sum amount equal to 6 month’s interest is taken upfront. c) 2 PDCs one for the principal amount of EMD and another towards interest for the next 6 months should be taken to meet the eventuality of refund getting . delayed d) all of the above Key to Home Loans Assignment – 4 Q. Ans. Q. Ans. 1 d 11 d 2 a 12 b 3 d 13 d 4 a 5 c 6 d 7 d 8 d 9 b 10 c 80 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA HOME LOANS ASSIGNMENT –5 1. Loan under SBI Reality is granted for: a) b) c) d) 2. What is the maximum loan amount under SBI Reality? a) c) 3. Rs.10 cr Rs.20 cr Loans above Rs------require region/branch under SBI realty. a) c) 4. purchase of house construction of house purchase of shop purchase of plot of land for construction of a house Rs. 10 lacs Rs. 20 lacs b) d) prior Rs. 50 cr Rs. 1cr administrative b) d) clearance from AGM Rs.50 lacs Rs. 25 lacs For determining maximum permissible loan under SBI Reality a customer having Annual Income upto Rs. 2 lacs, the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) c) 40 55 b) d) 30 60 5. For determining maximum permissible loan under SBI Reality a customer having Annual Income above Rs. 2 lacs and upto Rs. 5 lacs, the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) 40 b) 50 c) 55 d) 60 6. For determining maximum permissible loan under SBI Reality a customer having Annual Income above Rs. 5 lacs to Rs. 10 lacs the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) c) 7. 40 55 b) d) 45 60 For determining maximum permissible loan under SBI Reality a customer having Annual Income above Rs. 10 lacs the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed__________% a) 40 b) 45 c) 55 d) 50 81 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 8. Maximum time period stipulated for construction of house under SBI realty scheme is______, from the date of availment of loan. a) c) 9. 2, 3, 3, 2, higher higher lower lower 12 years 20 years b) d) 15 years 25 years Loan under SBI realty .can be granted as a) c) 12. 3 years 4 years The maximum repayment period under SBI Realty Scheme is _____________from the month following the month of disbursement of the loan. a) c) 11. b) d) For loans above Rs50.00lacs property valuation should be done by -----empanalled valuers and ------of the assessments should be considered for loan amount. a) b) c) d) 10. 2 years 5 years term loan either a) or b) b) d) overdraft neither For loans above Rs 50.00lacs -----title reports ahould be taken a) 4 b) 1 c) 3 d) 2 13. The maximum limit under SBI Maxgain housing loan is : a) c) 14. Rs. 100.00 lacs Rs. 50.00 lacs b) d) Rs. 30.00 lacs No upper limit Which type of credit facility can be granted under SBI Maxgain? a) Cash Credit c) Clean OD b) d) Overdraft Term Loan 82 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 15. Drawing power under SBI Maxgain is reduced on a -------basis a)daily b)quarterly c) yearly d)monthly 16. For being eligible under SBI Maxgain Housing loan scheme, the minimum loan amount should be ___________. a) c) 17. Rs. 10,000/Rs. 2000/- Rs. 5,00,000/Rs. 10,00,000/- b) d) Rs. 5000/Rs. 1000/- The criteria of minimum balance in SB/Current account for being eligible for SBI Maxgain can be relaxed, if the customer is having______acccount with us. a) b) c) d) 19. b) d) For being eligible under SBI Maxgain, existing/prospective customer should have minimum balance of Rs._______ in their SB/Current Account a) c) 18. Rs. 2,00,000/Rs. 3,00,000/- Cash Credit account Overdraft account Term Loan account Salary account Cheque book/ ATM cum Debit Card and Internet Banking facility shall be provided to the SBI Maxgain housing loan borrower ___________and completion of required formalities a) c) At the time of opening the A/C b) After full disbursement of loan d) On completion of the house 6 months after the sanction of loan Key to Advances Home Loans Assignment – 5 Q. Ans. Q. Ans. 1 d 12 d 2 a 13 a 3 b 14 b 4 b 15 d 5 a 16 b 6 b 17 b 7 d 18 d 8 a 19 c 9 d 10 b 11 c 83 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA HOME LOANS ASSIGNMENT - 6 1 To be eligible for a loan under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Home Loans, the age of the applicant should be over ---- and not more than ------a) c) 21- 55 years 18- 65 years b) 21- 60 years d) 21-65 years 2 The margin required under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Home Loans construction/purchase of a new/existing house/flat, is:__________ Scheme, for 3 The margin required under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Home Loans Scheme, repairs/renovation of (or additions to) an existing house/flat is:__________ for a) c) a) c) 4. b) d) 10 % 20% 15 % 25% 10 15 b) d) 12 20 For borrower other than salaried class, the total repayment period available under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Home Loans Scheme is subject to liquidation of loan before the borrower attains _______ years of age. a) c) 6. 10% 20% b) d) For salaried borrowers, the total repayment period under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Home Loans Scheme, should not exceed ______ years or the remaining period of their service whichever is less. a) c) 5. 5% 15% 60 70 b) d) 65 72 Under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Scheme, permanent employees of Central or State Government / PSUs / reputed Private Sector undertakings / professionals, selfemployed, businessmen and agriculturists etc. with a minimum of ______ years service / experience (in their respective fields) fall under the eligibility criteria. a) c) 5 3 b) d) 4 2 84 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 7. The amount of loan available under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Scheme, is : 36 times NMI for employees / 2 times average NAI for the last 3 years for others, subject to a maximum amount of Rs. _______ lacs. a) c) 8. 10 20 25 40 b) d) 30 50 Under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Scheme, for professionals, self-employed, businessmen or agriculturists borrowers, the aggregate value of liquid securities (Bank’s TDRs, LIC/SBI Life/other insurers endowment policies, NSCs, KVPs, gold ornaments etc.) should not be less than ______% of the loan amount a) c) 10. b) d) Under ‘SBI-Tribal Plus’ Scheme, for salaried borrowers, the aggregate value of liquid securities (Bank’s TDRs, LIC/SBI Life/other insurers endowment policies, NSCs, KVPs, gold ornaments etc.) should not be less than ______% of the loan amount a) c) 9. 5 15 30 50 b) d) 40 60 As Mortgage of land is not available under Tribal Plus, what will be taken as security? 3rd party guarantee of another employee(s) employed with Govt./PSU/reputed Private Sector Undertaking b) Group guarantee of 3- 4 employees who are working in the same organization and whose salaries are being routed through the bank on the basis of irrevocable letter of authority. c) in case of loan to professional, self-employed, guarantor(s) networth should be equal to or more than the loan amount. d) any of the above a) 11. ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme is applicable in all rural and semi-urban centres. ‘Rural Area’ for the purpose of the Scheme is the area comprised in any village including the area comprised in any town, the population of which does not exceed ________ as per 2001 census. a) c) 10,000 20,000 b) d) 12,000 50,000 85 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 12. Which type of facility can be granted under ‘Gram Niwas Scheme? a) b) c) d) Term Loan Overdraft Clean Overdraft a or b 13. The maximum loan amount available under ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme, for construction is Rs.___________ a) 1,00,000/b) 2,00,000/c) 3,00,000/d) 5,00,000/- 14. The maximum loan amount available under ‘Gram Niwas’ Housing Loan Scheme, for repairs/renovation of house, is:___________ a) c) 15. b) d) Rs. 75,000/Rs. 2,00,000/- 5 % of project cost 15 % of project cost b) d) 10 % of project cost 20 % of project cost 5 % of project cost 15 % of project cost b) d) 10 % of project cost 20 % of project cost Age criteria under ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme is: a) c) 19. Rs. 50,000/Rs. 1,00,000/- The margin required under ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme for loan above Rs. 50,000/and upto Rs. 5.00 lac is___________ a) c) 18. Rs. 75,000/Rs. 2,00,000/- The margin required under ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme for loan upto Rs. 50,000/is___________ a) c) 17. b) d) The maximum loan amount available under ‘Gram Niwas’ Housing Loan Scheme, for purchase of land is:___________ a) c) 16. Rs. 50,000/Rs. 1,00,000/- 18 to 60 years 21 to 65 years b) d) 21 to 60 years 18 to 50 years Under Gram Niwas maximum EMI/NMI ratio where average annual income is above Rs5.00lacs is ---a) c) 60% 55% b) d) 75% 50% 86 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 20. The maximum repayment period available under ‘Gram Niwas’ Scheme, as well as under ‘Sahyog Niwas’ Scheme, is: ____________ . a) c) 7 years 15 years b) d) 10 years 20 years 21. Sahyog Niwas Scheme relates to---------------a) Financing SHG for on lending to members for housing in rural areas. b) People residing in same village cooperate each other. c) Scheme for financing rural people for construction of houses. d) None of the above 22. Sahyog Niwas Scheme is operational in---------------a) In rural and semi urban areas where SHGs are operating. b) In urban areas . c) Both a & b. d) None of the above 23. For being eligible under “Sahayog Niwas’ Scheme, SHGs should be in existence, with good track record of payment, for ____________. a) c) 24. 1 year 3years 4 times the saving of the corpus of SHG 5 times the saving of the corpus of SHG 8 times the saving of the corpus of SHG 10 times the saving of the corpus of SHG Under “Sahyog Niwas’ Scheme, after the disbursement of loan, SHG will on lend to its members for housing subject to a maximum of Rs._________ per member for purchase/construction of house OR Rs._________ for repairs / renovations / purchase of plot. a) c) 26. b) d) The maximum amount of housing loan under “Sahyog Niwas” Scheme, is ______________( including the loan outstanding in the limits already sanctioned to SHGs). a) b) c) d) 25. 6 months. 2 years 50,000/-, 25,000/1,00,000/-, 50,000/- b) d) 75,000/-, 40,000/2,00,000/-, 1,00,000/- Under “Sahyog Niwas’ Scheme, SHGs should not charge to its members more than _______% of interest rate charged by the Bank. a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 5 87 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA Key to Assignment HOME LOANS ASSIGNMENT –6 Q. Ans. Q. Ans. Q Ans. 1 b 10 d 19 a 2 c 11 d 20 c 3 c 12 d 21 a 4 c 13 d 22 a 5 b 14 d 23 c 6 a 15 c 24 d 7 b 16 b 25 a 8 b 17 c 26 b 9 c 18 d 88 000/ The Minimum and Maximum age criteria for sanction of loan under SBI Car Loan scheme is: a) 18-60 years c) 21-65 years 3. 50 lacs b) d) Rs. 75.. Net annual income should be at least Rs. Under SBI Car Loan Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/Net annual income should be at least Rs. 10 lacs No upper ceiling 6. Minimum income criteria to be eligible under SBI Car Loan Scheme is? a) b) c) d) 2. would be restricted to ______ times the net annual income.5 5.5 c) 2. 100. PANCHKULA CAR LOAN 1. Under SBI Car Loan Scheme EMI/NMI may be relaxed upto ___by sanctioning authority officer not below the rank of AGM in case of customer with NMI of Rs. 50. b) d) b) d) 2 3 What is the maximum loan amount under SBI Car Loan Scheme for purchase of new Vehicle? a) c) Rs. a) 1.50% d) 40% 7. the maximum loan amount that can be granted to professionals.000/ Net annual income should be at least Rs.50% b) d) 60% 70% 89 . EMI should not exceed ______ of Net Monthly Income. the maximum loan amount that can be granted to salaried persons would be restricted to ________ times the net monthly income. 60. agriculturists etc.000/Net annual income should be at least Rs. 21-45 years 21-60 years Under SBI Car Loan Scheme. 15 lacs Rs. 10 lac and above a) c) 50% 57. self employed. b) d) 30 18 Under SBI Car Loan Scheme. a) 36 c) 24 4. a) 50% b) 60% c) 57. 20th b) d) 10th. The margin required under SBI Car Loan Scheme is _______% of ‘on road’ price. 25. 5 10 5th.000/25. when the income of spouse or son/daughter is clubbed with the borrower he is made ______ a) c) 11. a) c) 10. on the irregular portion of loan.000/20. 13. 15 20 Under SBI Car Loan Scheme. PANCHKULA 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. No penal interest is charged.a on the irregular portion of loan @ 2 % p. 15. a) b) c) d) @ 2 % p. A Car loan granted to an individual for purchase of new & old should be repaid within --------years a) b) c) d) 8 7 6 5 b) d) The repayment cycle of SBI Car Loan Scheme for loans disbursed on or before 15th of the month and on or after 16th of the month the repayment date should be fixed as _____&______of the following month respectively. loans up to Rs. 10. 30th no such stipulation Penal interest @________ is charged when the Car Loan account is irregular beyond 30 days for any reason.000/- b) d) 5. 20th 10th. a) c) 3 lac 10 lac 5 lac loan on fixed rate of interest basis is not granted. 90 . a) c) 9.a. @1% per month or 12% p.a. on the entire loan outstanding for a default period. 25. 12. b) d) Cost of accessories not to exceed ___% of cost of vehicle or Rs. whichever is less. a) c) 14.000/- Guarantor Co-borrower b) d) borrower there is no such requirement Under SBI Car Loan Scheme. __________ may be granted on fixed interest rate basis. 10.________. 10 lacs b) Rs. 16. or if there is partial repayment during the 1st year.15 lacs d) No limit 20. 1. 1 c 12 b 2 c 13 c 3 b 14 a 4 c 15 c 5 d 16 b 6 a 17 a 7 d 18 c 8 b 19 c 9 b 20 b 10 c 11 d 91 . nil 2% of the amount prepaid if the loan is taken over by other bank.20 lacs c) Rs. Car loan should be repaid before the age of ---a) c) 70 75 b) d) 65 60. Q Ans. Ans. Prepayment penalty is levied @__________under SBI Scheme. a) b) c) d) advantage Car Loan 1 % of the amount prepaid. Maximum number of co borrowers in case of car loan can be----a) 3 b) 2 c) 5 d) 4 17. The garage from which the valuation certificate is to be obtained should be authorized by --------.5% of the amount prepaid. or if the amount is repaid before expiry of half of the agreed tenure of loan.in big cities a) GM of network b) Liasion officer at LHO/ZO c) AGM RACPC d) DGM CPPC Key to Assignment – CAR LOAN Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Vehicle to be finanaced under under Car loan Scheme for used vehicle should not be more than ------years old? a)2 years b) 4 years c) 5 years d) 7 years 19. What is the maximum loan available under Car loan Scheme for used vehicle? a) Rs. PANCHKULA 15. 18. 75% of loan amount c) 1. 25% of loan amount b) d) 1. What will be the repayment period of a loan granted for purchase of a used vehicle? a) b) c) d) 3 years 5 years 7 years The loan will be repaid within 7 years from the date of original purchase.00% of loan amount 1.00% of loan amount 1. Under Car Loan Scheme. 92 . 60 lac) sourced by them during a month? a) c) 0. 25% of loan amount b) d) 1. In case of used vehicle maximum repayment period for self employed and professionals is -------years a)6 b)5 c)7 d)4 6. One of the following is not true in respect of takeover of car loans a)the vehicle is not more than 2 years old (b) it is a single ownership vehicle and no insurance claim has been availed (c) Car should be either of Maruti. reimbursement of the cost of unencumbered vehicle up to ______ years of age can be given under the takeover norms and other terms of financing old vehicles. 50% of loan amount 3. 30 lacs) sourced by them during a month? a). PANCHKULA CAR LOAN-II 1. 5 3 b) d) 4 2 What is the quantum of service charge payable to the Car dealer for business of up to 10 car loans (or loan amount up to Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. What is the quantum of service charge payable to the Car dealer for business of more than 25 car loans (or loan amount above Rs. 50% of loan amount 5. a) c) 2.75% of loan amount 1. Tata or Honda (d) the account of the borrower with the other bank is a Standard Asset 4. 7 lacs 9.000/.or New Account with USD 5000/. b) Interest Account Branch Clg. 10 lacs If Car Loan is granted as Overdraft facility.Car Loan Scheme.or equivalent. Gen A/C-RBO What is minimum amount for availing Car Loan as Overdraft facility? a)Rs. 60 b) d) 21. 70 11. the borrower & Guarantor should be between ____&____year of age. a)25 b) 75 c)100 d) 50 10. Which account is debited for payment of service charges payable to a Car loan dealer? a) Charges Account Miscellaneous c) Commission Account d) 8. c) Physically fit with a driving license or in a position to engage a driver. 2 lacs Rs. What are eligibility criteria for Resident Indian borrower under NRI-Car Loan Scheme? a) An individual/agriculturist/professional or self employed/ student etc or doing business with economic activity b) A parent of the NRI/PIO receiving pension or inward remittance at regular intervals. a)18. What are eligibility criteria for Guarantor under NRI-Car Loan Scheme? a) Having valid Indian passport & steady source of Income b) Employed abroad for at least 2 yrs & holding a valid job contract/work permit c) Having NRI account with SBI for at least 12 months with min. average balance of Rs. e) All of above 12. Car loan for NRI should be repaid before the guarantor reaches the age ofa)70 b)60 c)72 d)65 93 . To be eligible under NRI.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 60 c)21. the rate of interest charged will be ____bps higher than normal car loans. d) The borrower is to be related to NRI/PIO who extends his guarantee to loan. PANCHKULA 7. b) d) Rs. 50. 3 lacs c)Rs. 65 21. d) All of the above 13. b) d) Remittance from abroad through normal banking channels Out of funds in NRE/FCNR/NRO accounts Out of local fund by close relatives of NRI Guarantor Any of above Under NRI-Car Loan Scheme. NRI should be related to the Resident Indian who is the borrower to stand as _________for the loan. KYC norms of ________will be done a) c) Borrower Both a & b b) d) Guarantor No such requirement 19.5 time NAI of Guarantor 15 time NMI / 2.Car Loan Scheme a) c) 17. 18 time NMI / 1. EMI/NMI ratio under this loan should not exceed------% a) 55 b) 65 c) 70 d) 50 20. PANCHKULA 14.Car Loan Scheme a) b) c) d) 18.5 time NAI of Guarantor 10 time NMI / 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. US$ 500 US$ 1200 7 years 5 years b) d) 9 years 3 years What is the mode of repayment of EMI under NRI. a) c) Guarantee Co-borrower b) d) Surety None of the above 94 . which can be granted under NRI-Car Loan Scheme for new cars? a) b) c) d) 16. US$ 1000 No restriction What is the maximum loan amount. What should be the minimum NMI of the Guarantor under NRI Car Loan Scheme? a) c) 15.5 time NAI of Guarantor No ceiling What is the maximum repayment tenure under NRI. 1 d 11 e 2 b 12 d 3 c 13 d 4 d 14 b 5 b 15 d 6 d 16 a 7 b 17 d 8 a 18 c 9 d 19 d 10 b 20 a 95 . Ans. PANCHKULA Key to Assignment CAR LOAN -II Q. Q. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 000/Net annual income should be at least Rs.50% d) 70% 96 . the maximum loan amount that can be granted to those other than salaried is be restricted to ______ times the net profit/Gross taxable income after netting of depreciation and repayment of all loans a) 2.50% d) 40% 7.50% b) d) 60% 40% 6. a) 50% b) 60% c) 57. Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme.00lac and upto Rs10.50.00lac. EMI should not exceed ______ of Net Monthly Income. EMI should not exceed ______ of Net Monthly Income for those with NAI of Rs 5. Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme. 2. 1. PANCHKULA SBI ADVANTAGE CAR LOAN 1.00. The Minimum and Maximum age criteria for borrowers to be eligible under SBI Advantage Car Loan scheme is: a) 18-60 years c) 21-65 years b) d) 21-45 years 21-60 years 3. Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme.00lac . EMI should not exceed ______ of Net Monthly Income. 2. 3.5 c) 4 b) d) 2 3 5. for those with NAI above Rs10. a) 36 c) 24 b) d) 48 30 4. The minimum income criteria to be eligible under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme is: a) b) c) d) Net annual income should be at least Rs. Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme. a) 50% b) 60% c) 57.00lac a) 50% c) 57. the maximum loan amount that can be granted to salaried persons would be restricted to ________ times the net monthly income.00.000/ Net annual income should be at least Rs. Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme.000/Net annual income should be at least Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/ 2.50. for those with NAI above Rs5. 15.000/. 30th no such stipulation Margin on loan under SBI Advantage is --------% a) 15 c) 18 .000/. 20. PANCHKULA 8.respectively b) d) 20 25 Prepayment penalty is levied @__________under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme. 5. b) d) Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme. 97 . a) c) 12. a) c) 10. when the income of spouse is clubbed with the borrower he/she is made ______ a) c) 11. 20th b) d) 10th.respectively 15. b) d) The repayment cycle of SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme for loans disbursed on or before 15th of the month and on or after 16th of the month the repayment date should be fixed as _____&______of the following month respectively.respectively 25. Accessories and cost of accessories not to exceed ___% of cost of vehicle or Rs. a) c) 14.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) 5 b) 15 c) 10 d) 20 9.________. 20th 10th. 3 lac 10 lac borrower there is no such requirement b) d) 7 6 8 5 5th. __________ may be granted on fixed interest rate basis. 10. loans up to Rs. 25. The margin required for purchase of car under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme is _______% of ‘on road’ price. 10.000/. 25.000/. guarantor co-borrower 5 lac loan on fixed rate of interest basis is not granted.respectively Under SBI Advantage Car Loan Scheme. whichever is less. A SBI Advantage Car loan should be repaid within ------years a) b) c) d) 13. 10 lacs Rs. 2 lacs Rs.1 lac Key to Assignment SBI ADVANTAGE CAR LOAN Q. nil 2 % of the amount prepaid. c. 16. Q Ans. 1 % of the amount prepaid. 2% of the amount prepaid if the loan is taken over by other bank. PANCHKULA a. d. b. irrespective of the time of prepayment. or if there is partial repayment during the 1st year. What is the minimum loan available under SBI Advantage Car loan Scheme? a) c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. 5 lacs b) d) Rs. or if the amount is repaid before expiry of half of the agreed tenure of loan. 1 c 14 a 2 c 15 b 3 b 16 c 4 c 5 a 6 b 7 d 8 b 9 b 10 c 11 d 12 a 13 c 98 . Under “SBI Student Loan”. 20 lac 2. 10 lac Rs. 10 lac Rs. Maximum loan available to a student for studies abroad under “SBI Student Loan” is: _______ a) c) Rs. repayment of loan will commence ____________________________________ . a) b) c) d) from 6 months after completion of course or 6 months after securing a job 6 months after completion of course or 3 months after securing a job One year after completion of course or 3 months after securing a job Course period + 1 year. or 6 months after getting job 7. whichever is earlier. Under “SBI Student Loan” the repayment period (after commencement of repayment) allowable for loans granted for studies in India is: ___________. 25 lac 3. PANCHKULA EDUCATION LOAN 1. Minimum margin required for loans above Rs. 20 lac b) d) Rs. Minimum margin required for loans above Rs. 4 lac for studies in India under “SBI Student Loan” is : ___________ a) c) 15 % 5% b) d) 10 % NIL 5. a) 5 years only c) 5 to 10 years b) d) 5 to 7 years 3 to 7 years 99 . 7. 4 lac under “SBI Student Loan” is: ___________ a) 15 % b) 10 % c) 5 % d) NIL 4. 15 lac b) d) Rs. 4 lac for studies abroad under “SBI Student Loan” is : ___________ a) c) 15 % 5% b) d) 10 % NIL 6. 15 lac Rs.5 lac Rs. Minimum margin required for loans up to Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Maximum loan available to a student for studies in India under “SBI Student Loan” is:_______ a) c) Rs. the security to be obtained is: a) b) c) d) No security. 20 lacs for studies abroad. Under “SBI Student Loan”. Under “SBI Student Loan” the repayment period (after commencement of repayment) allowable for loans granted for studies abroad is: ___________.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. education loans up to the ceilings of _____________are reckoned under priority sector advances. Third Party Guarantee Tangible collateral security of suitable value. Under “SBI Student Loan”.5 lacs granted for studies in India as well as for studies abroad. for loan amount up to Rs. 4 lac granted for studies in India as well as for studies abroad. a) 7 years only b) 5 to 15years c) 5 to 10 years d) 5 to 7 years 9. 10 lacs for studies in India & abroad Both (a) & (b) 100 . for loan amount above Rs. 10 lacs for studies in India Rs. PANCHKULA 8. for loan amount above Rs. Under “SBI Student Loan”. the security to be obtained is a) b) c) d) No security. Suitable Third Party Guarantee Tangible Collateral Security of suitable value or Third Party Guarantee with assignment of future income of the student for payment of installments Tangible Collateral Security for full value of loan 10.5 lacs granted for studies in India. a) b) c) d) Rs. Rs. 4 lacs and upto Rs. 7. along with the assignment of future income of the student for payment of instalments Tangible Collateral security for full value of loan 12. As per Reserve Bank of India guidelines. the security to be obtained is: a) b) c) d) No security. Collateral in the form of a suitable Third Party Guarantee Tangible Collateral Security of suitable value or Third Party Guarantee with assignment of future income of the student for payment of installments Tangible Collateral Security for full value of loan 11. 7. 5 % c) 2 % d) Nil Under “SBI Student Loan”. is sufficient to cover full loan repayment c) Second loan being allowed with the security requirements as applicable to the aggregate limit d) All of the above 101 . a) c) 16. Under “SBI Student Loan”. 1 year 2 year 3 year No extension is permitted 0.25 % For loan upto Rs. 4 lac – 1. b) 1 d) No concession is allowed 1 Family to be taken as unit b) d) 2 No such limit What is/are the conditions to sanction second loan (Top up Loan) under “SBI Student Loan”? a) Second loan within the overall limit b) Provided projected income of the student. penal interest @ ________will be charged for overdue amount and overdue period if amount of loan is above Rs. 4 lac – Nil.10 % Under “SBI Student Loan”.5 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 13. a) b) c) d) 14. how many wards of a parent/guardian can be covered a) c) 18. If the student is not able to complete the course within the scheduled time.5 Under “SBI Student Loan”. 4 lacs. extension of time for completion of course may be permitted for a maximum period of _______ years. 15. a) b) c) d) 17. a) 1 % b) 1. 4 lac – 0. 4 lac – Nil. for loan above Rs. concession of ______ % in interest rate is allowed if full interest is serviced during the moratorium period. Nil 0. after placement.55 % For loan upto Rs. processing fee is charged @ _____ of the loan amount. for loan above Rs. Rs. d) Rs.20 lac NIL 10 % b) d) 5% 15 % No security. The request cannot be entertained The request will be permitted on case-to-case basis The request will be permitted on case-to case basis in the context of various ceilings for the security related issues. PANCHKULA 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. extension of time for completion of course (for ascertaining the moratorium period / commencement of repayment period) may be permitted for max. None of the above 5 years 5 – 10 years b) d) 5 – 7 years 7 years Under “SBI Scholar Loan”. the repayment period (after commencement of repayment i. 4 lac under “SBI Scholar Loan” scheme is:___________ a) c) 22.15 lac The minimum margin required for a loan above Rs. The maximum loan amount available under “SBI Scholar Loan” scheme is______ a) c) 21. a) c) 1 years 3 b) d) 2 years No extension is permitted 102 .5 lac Rs. b) d) Under “SBI Scholar Loan”. the security to be obtained is: a) b) c) 23. if student approach for additional loan due to enhancement in fees? a) b) c) d) 20. Suitable Third Party Guarantee Tangible Collateral Security of suitable value or Third Party Guarantee with assignment of future income of the student for payment of installments Tangible Collateral Security for full value of loan Under “SBI Scholar Loan”. How will you react. 10 lac Rs. period of _______ years if student is not able to complete course within scheduled time.e after the moratorium) allowable is: ___________. a) c) 24. 7. a) b) c) d) 12 months 18 months 24 months Not extended 103 . NIL 0. SBI Career Loan Scheme SBI Student Loan Scheme SBI Scholar Loan Scheme Both (a) & (b) In SBI Student Loan Scheme the moratorium has been extended from the current 12 months to 24 months in genuine cases. b) No application for educational loan received should be rejected without the concurrence of the next higher authority. Disposal of loan application (time norm) and finance ministry guidelines on disposal of loan applications are as under: a) 7 days. SBI Scholar Loan is sanctioned by ______branches a) b) c) d) 26. An interest rate concession of __________is given to girl students a) c) 27.50 % 1.00 % An interest rate concession is given to girl students availing education loans under a) c) 28. Loan for Pilot Training Courses are covered in: a) b) c) d) 30. d) None of the above. Rural Urban Select list of branches Bank can authorize branches at other centers in addition to select list of branches SBI Student Loans SBI Student Loan to Staff / Ward of Staff b) SBI Scholar Loan d) All of the above.10 % b) d) 0.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. but not exceeding the time norms stipulated for disposing of loan applications under priority sector lending. PANCHKULA 25. In SBI Scholar Loan Scheme the moratorium has been extended from the current 6 months to __________ months. c) Both of the above 29. Ans.4.5 lacs per year (from all sources). c) Nodal Bank for the Ministry of Human Resources Development for implementation of the scheme is Canara Bank . b) The interest subsidy available only once either for the first undergraduate degree course or the post graduate degree/diploma in India. 10 lacs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1 b 12 d 23 b 2 c 13 b 24 b 3 d 14 c 25 d 4 c 15 b 26 b 5 a 16 a 27 d 6 d 17 d 28 c 7 b 18 d 29 b 8 d 19 c 30 d 9 a 20 c 31 e 10 b 21 b 11 c 22 a 104 . Ans. PANCHKULA 31. Key to Assignment EDUCATION LOAN Q. d) Maximum loan amount is Rs. Q. Ans. e) All of the above. Q. following is applicable: a) Applicable to those students with annual gross parental/family income upto Rs. Under Interest Subsidy scheme on Education Loan for economically weaker section. Maximum 9 times the family pension with a ceiling of Rs. 60. the repayment is restricted to:__________ EMIs a) c) 6.000/-. Under “SBI loan to pensioners”. a) c) 5. 100.000/-.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the repayment is restricted to:__________ EMIs a) c) 36 60 b) d) 48 72 105 . b) d) 36 60 b) d) 48 72 Under “SBI loan to pensioners”. SBI loan to the pensioners is available to all pensioners drawing pension from our branches aged __________ years or less. The ceiling for amount of loan for pensioners under “SBI loan to pensioners” is: _______ a) b) c) d) 3.000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. 50. 50. 100.000/Maximum 12 times the family pension with a ceiling of Rs. for eligibility under the scheme. The ceiling for amount of loan for ‘Family Pensioners’ under “SBI loan to pensioners” is:_______ a) b) c) d) 4. 70 No age bar. a) c) 2. for pensioners of age above 70 years and up to 72 years. 65 72 62 70 b) d) 65 72 Under “SBI loan to pensioners”.000/Maximum 9 times the family pension with a ceiling of Rs. 75.000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. 75. Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. the age of the family pensioner should not exceed ________ years. for pensioners of age up to 70 years.000/Maximum 12 times the family pension with a ceiling of Rs.000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT PENSION LOANS 1.75. Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme has been launched to meet the personal expenses of young Defence Pensioners up to the age of _______years. The eligible loan amount under Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme is ________ a) b) c) d) 9. PANCHKULA 7. The ceiling for amount of loan for pensioners under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners Scheme” is: _______ a) b) c) d) Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. 106 .000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs.000/-. 100. 45%.000/- 50%. 50. ________ a) c) 11. / SBI pensioners drawing pension from our branches aged __________ years or less. EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed? a) c) 12 b) d) No guarantee is required to be taken in case loan granted under Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme is below Rs.50.00. 2 lac 48 times net monthly pension subject to maximum Rs. a) c) 13. 60%.00. a) c) 60 65 b) d) 50 55 8. 48 months 84 months Under Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme.000/20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1. 2. 60 months 45 months Jai Jawan Pension Loan Scheme 65 72 b) d) 70 No age bar.000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. 1 lac 50 times net monthly pension subject to maximum Rs. 45 times net monthly pension subject to maximum Rs.000/15. SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners Scheme is available to all Govt.000/- b) d) 25. 2 lac None of the above The maximum repayment period under is________ a) c) 10.000/Maximum 12 months’ pension with a ceiling of Rs. 3. b) d) 40%. the repayment is restricted to:__________ EMIs a) c) 17. The ceiling for amount of loan for ‘Family Pensioners’ under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners” is:_______ a) b) c) d) 15. 25%.50.000/Maximum 12 months’ family pension with a ceiling of Rs.000/- 36 60 b) d) 24 72 Under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners”.000/Maximum 12 months’ family pension with a ceiling of Rs. Q. 62 70 Under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners”. for pensioners of age above 70 years and up to 72 years. EMI should not be more than _______of the net pension drawn by the family pensioner.000/Maximum 9 months’ family pension with a ceiling of Rs. the repayment is restricted to:__________ EMIs a) c) 18.50. a) c) 16. Under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners”. Ans. Ans 1 C 11 b 2 d 12 c 3 a 13 c 4 b 14 a 5 c 15 b 6 b 16 a 7 b 17 b 8 c 18 c 9 d 10 b 107 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1. b) d) 65 72 36 60 b) d) 48 72 Under “SBI Loan to Affluent Pensioners”. PANCHKULA 14. 1. Maximum 9 months’ family pension with a ceiling of Rs. 45%. Key to Assignment PENSION LOANS Q. b) d) 40%. a) c) 50%. 2. for pensioners of age up to 70 years. for eligibility under the scheme. the age of the family pensioner should not exceed ________ years.00. 100. maximum Rs. 108 .000/- The loan under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public” should be repaid within a maximum period of __________ months. 4. b) d) The minimum amount of loan available under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public” is Rs.000/Rs. a) c) 1.000/- The maximum amount of loan under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public” is generally restricted to: ________________.000/- 2 times NMI. maximum Rs. 2.000/5. 30.10 % of the loan amount 0.000/1. What should be the minimum net monthly income (NMI) of an employee to be eligible for a loan under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public”? a) c) 2. 20.00 % of the loan amount Rs. Rs.000/10. 5. Rs.000/8 times NMI. the processing fee will be charged @ __________.___________ a) c) 3.000/- 10 months 15 months b) d) 12 months 18 months Under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public”. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT PERSONAL LOANS 1. 100/. a) c) 6.per application.000/5 times NMI. ____________(restricted to 4 times NMI) can be granted to employees with check off facility or well established self employed individuals whose dealings with us have been satisfactory in the past. maximum Rs.000/- b) d) 70.000/ 75. 3. 40.000/4 times NMI. 3.00. loan upto Rs.55 % of the loan amount b) d) 1.000/- 4. a) c) 5. a) b) c) d) 4.000/- 60. 50. maximum Rs.500/Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) d) Under “Festival Loan Scheme for Public”. are eligible for finance.000/b) Rs 50. 1 crore For repayment of Term Loan under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”. should be at least : ____________ a) c) 11. if it falls earlier) wherever ‘Check-Off’ facility is available. The minimum amount of loan that can be granted under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”.00. Under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”. 50 lacs. a) c) 36 60 b) d) 48 72 109 . the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) of a salaried person should be ____________ a) Rs 6000/b) Rs 12000/c) Rs 5000/d) Rs 10000/- 10.44.000/Rs 2. the Net Annual Income of Professionals & Self Employed and others who are IT assessees / Agriculturists etc.50. a) b) c) d) 12. for employees). if it falls earlier. the maximum period is _______ months (or upto the date of retirement. 25. Rs 100. with a ceiling of Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/- Rs 1. 24 NMI/ 2 times NAI subject to a maximum of Rs. For being eligible under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”. individuals who are less than _________ years of age.000/c) Rs 1 lacs d) Rs 200000/- 9. a) c) 60 70 b) d) 65 72 8.000/- The Maximum loan against mortgage of immoveable property (subject to EMI/NMI < 50 %) is restricted to:__________________ . For being eligible under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”.000/-/Rs 1. a) c) 13. with a ceiling of Rs 50 lacs 75 % of the market value of property. 1 crore. 75 % of the market value of property. PANCHKULA 7. 24 NMI/ 2 times NAI subject to a maximum of Rs. is: _________ a) Rs. b) d) 48 72 b) d) 60 120 Wherever ‘Check-Off’ facility is not available. the repayment of Term Loan under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property” is restricted to a period of _______ months (or upto the date of retirement. Q. Ans 1 b 11 d 2 c 12 d 3 d 13 c 4 d 14 b 5 b 15 b 6 a 7 a 8 a 9 b 10 c 110 .50 % of the loan amount b) c) 1. the processing fee will be charged @ __________.000/1. Ans. PANCHKULA 14.00 % of the loan amount. d) 2. a) 0. Under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”.00 % of the loan amount maximum Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50. Under “Personal Loan Against Mortgage of Immoveable Property”. 15.margin is as under: a) 50% of the market value of the property b) 40% of the market value of the property c) 20% of the market value of the property d) None of the above. Key to Assignment PERSONAL LOANS Q.10% of the loan amount. Traders. and 5 yrs in other cases. PSUs and profit making Public Limited Companies. 10. 12. doctors.000/Rs. 1.000/b) Rs.000/c) Rs. PANCHKULA P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT PERSONAL LOANS--II 1) Who among the following group of borrowers is not eligible for finance under “MediPlus Scheme”? a) b) c) d) e) Permanent employees of Govt.000/- In order to be eligible for finance under “Medi-Plus Scheme”.000/- 6) Rs. the minimum Gross Annual Income of an agent of Insurance/KVP/Mutual Funds should be: _______ a) Exceeding Rs.00. is 12 NMI / 1 year NAI.00. maximum Rs.000/- b) d) 1. with min. the minimum Net Annual Income (NAI) of a self employed person should be: ______________ a) c) 4) Rs.50. Agents of Insurance/KVP/Mutual Funds etc.50.50. 2.00.000/d) Rs. 2. 3.000/2.000/Rs. age 60years or less. 3.00.00. architects.000/Exceeding Rs. entrepreneurs with 5 years standing. Voluntarily retired pensioners of PSUs / Govt / PSBs / SBI age 60 years or less. 50.00. 20.000/- 5) b) d) b) d) Rs.000/- 3) In order to be eligible for finance under “Medi-Plus Scheme”. MBAs with minimum 5 years standing. 15.00. age 60 years or less. 1.50.000/c) Exceeding Rs.000/- The maximum loan amount under Medi Plus Scheme for employees /self employed persons.00.000/- The minimum loan amount under Medi Plus Scheme is: ______________ a) Rs. 10. who are income tax assesses with gross annual income of Rs. 3.000/Rs. Self employed engineers. 25. 2 yrs service with check-off. 4. 2.000/- b) d) Exceeding Rs.000/c) Rs.00 lacs and above.000/- 111 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2) In order to be eligible for finance under “Medi-Plus Scheme”. 5. _____________ a) c) 1. CAs. the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) of employees/pensioners should be: ______________ a) Rs.000/3.. 1.2. a) c) 9) Rs.000/Rs.00. a) c) 10) b) d) The margin required under Medi Plus Scheme is ______% of total cost of treatment as per hospital bills. 1.000/Rs.00.50. a) c) 12) 10 20 Under Medi-plus scheme. where check-off facility is not available.20.000/- 60 100 b) d) 75 110 Under Medi-plus scheme. the repayment should be done in maximum ___ EMIs. a) c) 1.000/- Under Medi Plus Scheme. the processing fee will be charged @ ______ % of the loan amount.55 b) d) 1. a) c) 11) Rs.00 0.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.10 0.50 Key to Assignment PERSONAL LOANS-II Q. where check-off facility is available. the tangible security should be at least ______ % of the loan amount. Ans 1 d 2 b 3 d 4 c 5 a 6 d 7 a 8 c 9 a 10 a 11 d 12 b 112 .1. the tangible security should be at least ______ % of the loan amount. PANCHKULA 7) The maximum loan amount under Medi Plus Scheme available for VRS Pensioners and Agents of Insurance/KVP/Mutual Funds is:____________ a) c) 8) b) d) 15 25 60 36 b) d) 48 24 50 75 b) d) 60 100 Under Medi-plus scheme. 00.______ a) c) 4. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT XPRESS CREDIT 1.000/- The maximum amount of loan available in all centres under “XPRESS CREDIT” is: _____ a) b) c) d) 5. with a ceiling of Rs. semi-government.000/- Xpress Credit is sanctioned to _______ a) b) c) d) Professional & self employed Businessman Employees All of the above 6. with a ceiling of Rs. 1 3 12 months NMI with a ceiling of Rs.00. with a ceiling of Rs. 36 months 60 months 20.50.000/- b) d) 48 months 72 months b) d) 24. Which of the following has not been included under target groups under our Xpress Credit Scheme? a) b) c) d) Employees of government. Employees of companies with CRA rating of SB 1 to SB5 113 . profit making PSUs Employees of educational institutions of national repute Employees of profit making companies with a net worth of Rs. 10.000/ 25. a) c) 2. 7.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/24months NMI.000/12 months NMI NAI.000/24 months NMI. 50 crore or above. 5. To be eligible under Xpress Credit an employee should have minimum _____ year’s length of service.00.000/50. b) d) The maximum repayment period available under “Xpress Credit” is : ____________ a) c) 3. 2 There is no such stipulation The minimum amount of loan available under “XPRESS CREDIT” is Rs. 15. Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”.000/- Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”.500/Rs. Rs. PANCHKULA 7.000/- Upto/equal to50% Upto/equal to60% b) d) Scheme”. 2. with the SI being synchronized with the date of credit of salary c) The employer undertakes to inform the Bank when there is a severance due to borrower’s transfer.000/Rs. 4.50 1. Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”. b) The borrower gives an irrevocable Standing Instruction (SI) for recovery of the loan installments from his aforesaid account.000/Rs. b) d) 0.______only if salary account of entire enterprise are with us. 6. Rs. the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) required for eligibility under the scheme should be:_____________ a) c) 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 3. a) c) 10.55 Under “Xpress Credit under___________ a) c) 11. 5. resignation. b) d) Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”. the processing fee will be charged @ ______ % of loan amount. retirement etc.00 the EMI/NMI ratio should be as Upto/equal to55% None of these Which of following can be accepted in lieu of Check-off under “Xpress Credit Scheme”: a) The employer pays the borrower’s salary into his SB/CA/c with our Bank.000/- 0. d) All of the above together 12. Rs.500/Rs. following type of loan can be sanctioned : a) b) c) d) Either Overdraft or Demand Loan Either Term Loan or Demand Loan Either Term Loan or Overdraft Either Term Loan or Demand Loan or Overdraft. the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) required for eligibility under the scheme may be reduced to Rs. 2.30 0. 1. 114 .000/- b) d) Rs. 3. a) c) 9. PANCHKULA 13.25.25000/. d) All of the above is applicable. Credit Scoring Model is applicable to Xpress Credit in case of following customers: a ) All borrowers other than DSP/PMSP Account holders b) All borrowers including DSP/PMSP Account holders c) All borrowers including DSP/PMSP Account holders with scores upto 41 as against 71 in case of other borrowers Key to Assignment XPRESS CREDIT Q. Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”. for a period of one month. For Category III-700 bps above Base Rate will be applied c) GM of the Network is vested with powers to extend the Category II rate to a Category III borrower only in case of employees of SB1 to SB5 rated companies who maintain their salary accounts with us. 15. penal interest will be charged as under : a) Penal interest not to be charged for loans up to Rs. d) All of the above is applicable. c) No penal intt. 500 bps above Base Rate floating. Ans 1 a 12 b 2 c 13 d 3 b 14 d 4 d 15 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 b 9 d 10 a 11 d 115 ..550 bps above Base Rate.. penal interest to be charged @2% p. If part instalment /EMI remains overdue. rate of interest will be applied as under : a) The Interest rate is based on the category of Check off available b) For Category I.a.000. Q.(over and above the applicable interest rate) on the overdue amount for the period of default. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under “Xpress Credit Scheme”. 14. b) For Loans > Rs.Category II. if irregularity exceeds EMI or instalment amount. ________ for being eligible for purchase of petrol/diesel/gas operated scooter & motor cycles._____& and Max.respectively Under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan”. 1000/250/-. 75.000/-. a) c) 3. is 1.respectively 6.000/. the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) or NAI should be Rs. 500/- b) d) 500.000/.000/. Rs. b) d) 3.250/-.000/Nil 116 . 2. may be reduced to 10% if ‘check-off’ is available 20% of loan amount.000/-. 36.___________& Rs.000/-. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT MISC. may be reduced to 15% if ‘check-off’ is available Under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan”. Under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan”.250/-. 3.500/-.000/-. 60. 30. b) d) Under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan”.000/.respectively The minimum margin required for loan under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan” is: ___________ a) b) c) d) 5. the maximum loan amount is restricted to: ____ a) b) c) d) 4.respectively 5. 10. 2. the loan is repayable within a maximum period of ________ months. the minimum Net Monthly Income (NMI) or NAI should be Rs.___________& Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ________ for being eligible for purchase of mopeds and battery-operated Two-wheelers.000/. a) c) 6.000/. may be reduced to 5% if ‘check-off’ is available 15% of loan amount. a) c) 2. 30.000/.respectively 6.000/. SCHEMES 1.respectively 4 times NMI for salaried persons & ⅓rd of NAI in case of others 5 times NMI for salaried persons & 40% of NAI in case of others 6 times NMI for salaried persons & 50% of NAI in case of others 9 times NMI for salaried persons & 75% of NAI in case of others 5 % of loan amount.20% of loan amount Min: Rs.respectively 5. 75._______ a) c) 100/-.500/-. may be reduced to NIL if ‘check-off’ is available 10% of loan amount. 60. 36.respectively 24 48 b) d) 36 60 Processing fee under “SBI Two Wheeler Loan”. Concession in rate of interest only. 1.000/- b) d) Rs.50. available under “SBI Credit Khazana”. Agency commission.00.10 % 10. 2. PANCHKULA 7. Visa charges. d) All of the above 8. Test & Interview expenses.000/Rs. c) Created equitable mortgage and maintained security margin of at least 15% for purchase/construction of plot/house.) under “Loan for Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad”.000/Rs. 1.50.00 % b) 0.00.50 % d) 0.000/- The maximum quantum of loan for migration to UK/European countries under “Loan For Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad”.000/Rs. 3. 3. for all loans other than housing loans is: _______ a) 1. 2.00.00. Car Loan. is:_____________ a) c) 12. is:______ a) c) Rs.000/Rs.000/- 117 . In order to be eligible under “SBI credit Khazana” the applicants need to be individuals who have: ____________________ a) Availed the housing loan b) Satisfactory serviced the loan for at least one year after the moratorium period.00. 1.000/- b) d) Rs. The maximum quantum of loan for migration to Gulf countries (to meet Registration expenses.75 % c) 0.00. 1. Concession in rate of interest and margins for subsequent loans . Longer than usual repayment periods under eligible schemes. The concession in interest rate.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Education Loan (for one of the dependents) Gold Loan Tractor Loan Rs. Which of the following schemes does not fall under the package of “SBI Credit Khazana” for providing concessionary benefits to eligible borrowers? a) b) c) d) 11. Airfare etc. Two Wheeler Loan Personal Loan. 9. What are the benefits available to eligible borrowers under “SBI credit Khazana”? a) b) c) d) Relaxation in minimum income criteria under eligible schemes. 000/- 5 3 b) d) 4 2 The minimum margin required under “Loan For Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad” is: ____ a) c) 10% 20% b) d) 15% 25% Key to Assignment MISC.00. 1. 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 13.000/- 30 40 b) d) 35 45 “Loan For Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad” is repayable in EMIs within a period of _________ years or in lump sum. a) c) 16. Rs. b) d) The age of an applicant under “Loan For Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad” should not be more than _________ years. SCHEMES Q. Rs.000/Rs. Ans 1 d 11 b 2 c 12 c 3 c 13 d 4 c 14 b 5 b 15 c 6 c 16 a 7 d 8 d 9 d 10 c 118 .000/Rs. 2. Q. a) c) 15. Ans. The maximum quantum of loan for migration to USA under “Loan For Nurses Seeking Employment Abroad” is:________________ a) c) 14.00.50. 1.00. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES ASSIGNMENT MISC.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. following is applicable: a) b) c) d) e) Existing individual customers with good past relationship are eligible Loan to be liquidated in maximum period of 36 months Margin is 50% of the prevailing market prices in leading financial dailies Rate of intt is 600 bps above Base Rate All of the above. the minimum amount of loan should be: a) b) c) d) Rs. 40. following is applicable: a) b) c) d) e) Existing individual customers with good past relationship are eligible Loan to be liquidated in maximum period of 12 months Margin is 50% of the prevailing market prices in leading financial dailies Rate of intt is 450 bps above Base Rate All of the above 2) Under SBI GETS Short Duration Loan. a) Rs. 10. 20. 20 lacs per person.000/c) Rs. a) c) 50 30 b) d) 40 25 6) Under “Loans for Subscription to IPOs”.000/- b) d) Rs. the maximum amount of loan is restricted to: ______ subject to maximum exposure of Rs. a) 3 months b) 2 months c) 45 days d) 30 days 119 .000/Rs.000/50% of the application money stipulated in the IPO 4) Under “Loans for Subscription to IPOs”. is ____ % of the issue price of share applied/bid. SCHEMES-II 1) Under SBI GETS Short Duration Loan. 5.000/Rs. the loan should be repaid within _________of allotment. 50.000/- 5) The minimum margin required under “Loans for Subscription to IPOs”. 1. 3) Under “Loans for Subscription to IPOs”.00.000/Rs. 25. 10 9) The loan granted against the security of shares/debentures. a) 30 b) 40 c) 50 d) 60 8) The maximum amount of loan that can be granted against the security of shares/debentures is Rs.000 25. a) c) 25. it should be ascertained that the P/E ratio of the company does not exceed _______ as published in Economic Times. a) c) 10. it should be ascertained that the market price of the security is not at variance with the arithmetical average of preceding 52 weeks high and low by more than _______ % in downward direction. ________lac if the securities are held in demat form. _________ lac per borrower if securities are held in physical form and Rs. In case P/E ratio is not available the shares should not be accepted as security.000 20.000 b) d) 15. a) c) 20 30 b) d) 25 40 11) Before the sanction of loan against the security of shares.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50 10. 30 5 . should be liquidated within a maximum period of _________ months.000 120 . the total number of shares of the company traded on the NSE and BSE should exceed ________on the day of financing and on each preceding 2 days. 20 b) d) 20. PANCHKULA 7) The minimum margin required for loans against shares/debentures to individuals is _______% of the prevailing market price of shares / non-convertible debentures in the Stock Exchanges as reported in the Economic Times. a) c) 30 48 b) d) 36 60 10) Before the sanction of loan against the security of shares. a) c) 30 40 b) d) 35 50 12) For sanction of loan against the security of shares. The loan can be liquidated out of maturity proceeds of Bonds. 15.00 lac d) Rs. Rs. a) b) c) d) 19. 6. is repayable within a period of ________ months. The minimum margin required for all loans against the Primary/Collateral security of mutual funds is _______% .000/Rs. 5. a) 24 b) 36 c) 48 d) No repayment of principal and interest is compulsorily proposed.5% SAVINGS BONDS 2003 (NON TAXABLE) 8% SAVINGS (TAXABLE) BONDS 2003 All of the above. 18.000/Rs. 2. a margin of ______% should be kept on bonds. is:________ a) c) 15) b) d) Rs. a) c) 30 50 b) d) 40 60 121 . 10. 20. PANCHKULA 13) 14) What is the maximum amount of loan available under Gold Loan Scheme? a) Rs.000/Rs. 1. 7% SAVINGS BONDS 2002. 5. 15. is:________ a) c) 16. 20.000/- Rs. a) c) 35 25 b) d) 40 20 17.000/- b) d) Rs.000/- The minimum amount of loan that can be granted under ‘Gold Loan Scheme’ in Urban/Metro centres.000/Rs. 5. 10. 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The Central Board of the Bank has recently approved the inclusion of following security/ies under the Bank’s list of ‘Specified Securities’.00 lac c) Rs. Loan against the security of RBI Relief Bonds.000/- For loan against the security of RBI Relief Bonds to the public.00 lac b) Rs.00 lac The minimum amount of loan that can be granted under ‘Gold Loan Scheme’ in Rural/Semi-urban centres. Ans. Q. PANCHKULA Key to Assignment MISC.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. SCHEMES-II Q. 1 e 11 c 2 e 12 d 3 d 13 c 4 c 14 d 5 a 15 c 6 d 16 b 7 c 17 d 8 c 18 d 9 a 19 c 10 b 122 . Ans. PANCHKULA ‘P’ SEGMENT ADVANCES REVERSE MORTGAGE LOAN ASSIGNMENT 1. Which type of facility is granted under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a) Term Loan b) Cash Credit c) Demand Loan d) Non-renewable Overdraft without ledger folio charges 4. What is the objective of launching Reverse Mortgage Loan? a) Withdrawal of Mortgage already created by the borrower b) To provide a source of additional income for citizens of India who own self-acquired and self occupied house property in India c) To provide a source of additional income for senior citizens of India who own self-acquired and self occupied house property in India d) None of the above 2. Reverse Mortgage Loan will be granted in the name of _________ a) b) c) d) single borrower single or jointly with spouse in case of living spouse in the name of spouse none of the above 3. What is the quantum of the loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a) b) c) d) 75% of the value of the property 90% of the value of the property 50 of the value of the property 100% of the value of the property 5. Reverse Mortgage Loan will be classified as __________in performance reports as______ a) Personal Loan b) Personal Loan against mortgage of immovable property c) Xpress Credit d) None of the above 6.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. What should be the age of first borrower under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a) Above 50 years b) Above 58 years c) Above 60 years d) No such condition 123 . Equitable mortgage of residential property Equitable mortgage of commercial property Regd. PANCHKULA 7. b.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. c. Under Reverse Mortgage Loan Borrower should not have more than one spouse whose age should be above____years a) b) c) d) 8. d. Borrower should be staying at self acquired and self owned house/flat against which loan is being raised. the verification of title of property will be done for a period of _______years. no such criteria 9. Under Reverse Mortgage Loan. Borrower should be staying at self acquired and self owned house/flat against which loan is being raised b. Borrower should be staying at rented house/flat against which loan is being raised c. Under Reverse Mortgage Loan. a) 10 c) 15 b) d) 20 30 10. 50 years 58 years 60 years No such condition Under Reverse Mortgage Loan what is the criteria about residence of the borrower a. d. as his permanent primary residence. what should be the residual life of the property in case spouse of borrower is below 60 years of age? a) 20 c) 10 c) d) 15 25 12. Mortgage of commercial property No security is required 124 . what should be the residual life of the property in case of single borrower? a) 20 c) 10 c) d) 15 25 11. What security will be taken under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a. Under Reverse Mortgage Loan. 5% of amount prepaid no prepayment penalty depends upon the sanctioning authority 125 . When the last surviving borrower dies b. Disbursement of Reverse Mortgage Loan will be by___________ a. d. In case the age of the younger of the borrowers is above 68 years. When the last surviving borrower opts to sell the home or permanently moves out of the home c. Monthly/half yearly LumpSum Monthly /quarterly b&c 17. d. b. issuing banker cheque issuing bank draft TDR of the amount will be made Credit to Saving Bank account in the joint name of the borrowers operated by E or S 16. c. PANCHKULA 13. b. What will be the Pre-Payment penalty under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a) b) c) d) 1% of amount prepaid 0. the maximum Tenor of the loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan is___years a) 15 c) 5 b) d) 10 20 15. Settlement with accumulated interest by sale proceeds of residential property or prepayment by borrower and his next of kin d. the maximum Tenor of the loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan is___years a) 15 c) 5 b) d) 10 20 14. What is the Repayment/Settlement of Reverse Mortgage Loan? a. What is the periodicity of availing Reverse Mortgage Loan? a. In case the age of the younger of the borrowers is between 58 and upto 68 years.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Any of the above 18. c. 000/nil 21. b.000/1. PANCHKULA 19. c. What is the periodicity of valuation/Revaluation of property under Reverse Mortgage Loan a. The borrower will make a ________ and handover to the lender to enable him to recover the loan.50% of loan amount. b. a. REVERSE MORTGAGE LOAN 1 c 12 a 2 b 13 a 3 d 14 b 4 b 15 d 5 b 16 d 6 c 17 d 7 b 18 c 8 c 19 d 9 d 20 a 10 a 21 b 11 d 22 c 126 .e right of the customer to cancel the transaction after disbursement is within____days. c. 10. d. 15 days 7 days 20 days it is not allowed 22. minimum Rs. c. b. 10. d. Right of Rescission i. Power of Attorney Letter of Authority Will Registered Will KEY TO ASSIGNMENT NO. c. 500/.00% of loan amount. 3 years once in 2 years every year 5 years after initial valuation 20. a.and maximum Rs. 500/. b. 0.50% of loan amount.and maximum Rs. What are the processing charges for loan granted under Reverse Mortgage Loan? a. d. 500/. 5. minimum Rs.and maximum Rs. d.000/0. minimum Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Rs.per quarter (d) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 5.000/.for amt.00.per quarter (b) Rs 5. 6. (b) 25% (c) 50% (d) No concessions What are the transaction charges of Multi City Cheques for SME POWERGAIN accounts? (a) Rs 25/.000/Rs.00. 1. 6.per quarter What concession in charges is available for sending remittance under RTGS under SME POWERGAIN (a) 10% 6.000/.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 50/.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 25/.000/. 10.for amounts above Rs 5 lacs (c) Rs 50/.000/Rs.000/.per quarter 4.000/No such requirement What is the penalty for non-maintenance of QAB for SME POWERGAIN (a) Rs.000/.000/Rs. What is the penalty for non-maintenance of QAB for SME POWERGAIN a) b) c) d) 5.000/. above Rs 5 lacs (b) Rs 10/. 5.per quarter (c) Rs 4.000/Rs.per quarter Rs.for amounts above Rs 5 lacs (d) No charges 127 .00. 10.000/.per quarter Rs 4.000/No such requirement Rs.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 100/. 1.00. POWERPACK & SAHAJ 1. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT SME POWERGAIN. 2.000/. 2. Rs.per quarter Rs 5. What is the required QAB for SME POWERPACK? a) b) c) d) 3. What is the required QAB for SME POWERGAIN? a) b) c) d) 2. 000/- c)Rs25.00.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 50/.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 25/.for amounts above Rs 5 lacs No charges What is the penalty for closure of accounts within 12 months in respect of SME POWERGAIN (a) Rs 2500/(c) Rs 5000/- 9. c)Rs25000/- d)Rs40000/- b)Rs 1.Under SME POWERGAIN maximum daily withdrawal limit through ATM is a) Rs40000/- 13.000/- d)Rs40.Under SME POWER PACK maximum daily withdrawal limit through ATM is a) Rs40000/- b) Rs25000/- c)Rs50000/- d)Rs45000/- 14.per cheque up to Rs 5 lacs and Rs 100/.for amt. PANCHKULA 7. One of the following facilities is not free either in SME POWERGAIN or POWERPACK .000/- 12.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. above Rs 5 lacs Rs 10/.for amounts above Rs 5 lacs Rs 50/. (b) Rs 1500/(d) No charges b) Rs25000/- c)Rs50000/- d)Rs45000/- . a)Rs50000/- 11. a)Rs50. Cheque return protection facility is available for amount upto-------for max period of 10days at a time under SME POWERGAIN. What are the transaction charges of Multi City Cheques for SME POWERGAIN accounts? a) b) c) d) 8.000/- . a) issuing of duplicate statement b) ledger folio charges c) Issuance of Banker Cheque d) collection of cheques drawn on other banks 128 . Rs 25/. b)Rs 10000/- Cheque return protection facility is available for amount upto-------for max period of 10 days at a time under SME POWERPACK. (b) Rs 1500/(d) No charges What is the penalty for closure of accounts within 12 months in respect of SME POWERPACK (a) Rs 2500/(c) Rs 5000/- 10. One of the following is not true about SAHAJ Current Account? a) Maximum amount for which cheque can be drawn is Rs10000/b) Maximum withdrawal permitted through ATM is Rs15000/c) Minimum balance required for opening the account is Rs1000/d) Internet banking facility is free of cost 129 . What is the penalty for non-maintenance of QAB in respect of SAHAJ Current Account? a) Rs 300/. a) Number of cheque leaves to be issued per financial year to be restricted to 25 leaves with a charge of Rs.per quarter b) Rs 750/. What is QAB in respect of SAHAJ Current Account? a) Rs 500/.per quarter 17. c) Drawings per cheque to be limited to Rs. SAHAJ Current Account can be opened by a) Individual customers c) Partnership Firms 18.10 per leaf.per quarter 20. b) Proprietorship Firms d) Any of these The cheque book facility has now been extended to SME Sahaj current accounts with one of the following conditions.per quarter d) Rs 400/.per quarter b) Rs 250/.per quarter c) Rs 1000/.per quarter c) Rs 350/. d) All of the above 19. PANCHKULA 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. SAHAJ is a: a) Home Loan product for Power sector employees b) Current account for SME Entrepreneurs having small means c) Education loan for students pursuing studies in prestigious institutes d) Financing scheme for rural electrification projects 16. 15.000/. 5 per leaf b) Additional requirement of further cheque leaves may be permitted with a charge of Rs.Each cheque leaf to carry this inscription.per quarter d) Rs 2000/. POWERPACK & SAHAJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 b c a b d a d a c 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 c b b d d b c d d 19 20 a d 130 . PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME POWERGAIN.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 000/No such requirement Which of the following is not true? a) b) c) d) QAB required to be maintained QAB required to be maintained QAB required to be maintained QAB required to be maintained for SME power gain is Rs.00.000/for SME power advantage is Rs. & SAHAJ 1. QAB required to be maintained for SME power pack is? a) b) c) d) 2.00.00.000/Rs. Transaction charges on multicity cheques is not applicable in case of which of the following type of SME power pack? 131 .000/- 3. The account with minimum QAB amongst the different current accounts under SME power is (a) SME super 6. The no of current accounts that can be opened under SME power is ----a) 8 b) 9 c) 7 d) 10 5. 2.00. (b) SME lite (c) SME base (d) none of these Multicity cheques are not issued free for which of the following? (a) SME power gain (b) SME power advantage (c) SME power super (d) None of the above 7. 10. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT SME POWER.00. 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/for SME power premium is Rs 5.000/Rs. 1.000/for SME power previlege is Rs 3.00. 5. Rs.Which of the following is not true in respect of SME power pack a) b) c) d) Cash deposit in home branch is free upto any amount Issue of draft and banker cheque is free RTGS /NEFT is free Outstation cheque collection is free 4. Standing instructions charges are nil in case of which of the following accounts a) SME power gain b) SME power base c)SME power lite d) SME power super 14. PANCHKULA a) b) c) d) 8. SME power super SME power gain SME power base SME power lite Cash withdrawal limit in case of international ATM card meant for SME power pack. .SME power premium and SME power privilege is (a) Rs 50000/(c) Rs25000/- (b) Rs 15000/(d) Rs45000/- 9. Cash deposit in home branch is free upto Rs------lac in SME Power advantage. SME power lite is (a) Rs 50000/(b) Rs 30000/(c) Rs 40000/(d) 35000/- 10. b)30 b) 3 c)5 d)6 .SME power super and SME power base . a)4 12. a) issuing of duplicate statement is free b) pre approved car loan for promoters is there c) ATM card issued to it is ATM power gain card d) there are no charges for NEFT 132 .Charges for cash withdrawal at home branch in case of SME power base is a) Rs25/- b) Rs20/- c)Rs15/- d)nil 13. Which of the following is not true about SME power gain . c)20 d)40000 Cash deposit in home branch is free upto Rs------lac in SME Power base. in a month. Cash withdrawal limit in case of domestic ATM card meant for SME power gain.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. in a month a)25 11. 5 per leaf b) Additional requirement of further cheque leaves may be permitted with a charge of Rs. d) All of the above 19.per quarter b) Rs 250/.per quarter c) Rs 350/.per quarter c) Rs 1000/.per quarter 20.per quarter d) Rs 2000/. SAHAJ Current Account can be opened by a) Individual customers c) Partnership Firms 18. PANCHKULA 15.10 per leaf. a) Number of cheque leaves to be issued per financial year to be restricted to 25 leaves with a charge of Rs. One of the following is not true about SAHAJ Current Account? a) Maximum amount for which cheque can be drawn is Rs10000/b) Maximum withdrawal permitted through ATM is Rs15000/c) Minimum balance required for opening the account is Rs1000/d) Internet banking facility is free of cost 133 . What is the penalty for non-maintenance of QAB in respect of SAHAJ Current Account? a) Rs 300/. SAHAJ is a: a) Home Loan product for Power sector employees b) Current account for SME Entrepreneurs having small means c) Education loan for students pursuing studies in prestigious institutes d) Financing scheme for rural electrification projects 16.per quarter 17. c) Drawings per cheque to be limited to Rs.Each cheque leaf to carry this inscription. b) Proprietorship Firms d) Any of these The cheque book facility has now been extended to SME Sahaj current accounts with one of the following conditions.000/.per quarter b) Rs 750/.per quarter d) Rs 400/.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 15. What is QAB in respect of SAHAJ Current Account? a) Rs 500/. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME POWER & SAHAJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 b d d a c d b a c 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 c a d a b b c d d 19 20 a a 134 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Rs7000/c)Rs3000/.to ---------a)Rs20000.00lacs per month in case of Power lite c) Cash deposit at home branch is free upto Rs15. The charges for non maintenance of QAB varies from minimum of -------to maximum of ------depending upon the type of power CA a)Rs3000/-.00lacs b)Rs25000. 2.00lacs per month in case of Power gain d) Cash deposit at home branch is free upto Rs10. a) b) c) d) SME power gain SME power previlege SME power pack SME power premium 135 . Rs2.. 7.00lacs A facility which is not available in the new power CA is a) Free internet banking b) unlimited free cash withdrawal at home branch c) cheque return protection facility d) Issue of multicity cheques free of charge 3. QAB under the new SME Power can range from ------. Rs5.00lacs d)Rs25000.00lacs per month in case of Power super. PANCHKULA SME POWER. Rs10000/d)Rs 2000/.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00lacs per month in case of Power Advantage b) Cash deposit at home branch is free upto Rs5..Which of the following is not true in respect of deposit of cash at home branch a) Cash deposit at home branch is free upto Rs20.Rs15000/- 6. All categories of salary accounts are not permitted to be opened in case of which of the following SME power accounts. Rs10000/- b)Rs2000/.00lacs c)Rs10000. Rs2.. Penalty for closure of account within 12 months in case of SME Power pack is a)Rs2000/- b)Rs5000/- c)Rs10000/- d)Nil 5. RTGS facilty is not free for which of the following SME power CAs a)Power gain b)Power lite c)power privilege d)power pack 4. POWER JYOTI & SURABHI 1. Rs5. per quarter c) Rs 3500/. What is the penalty for non-maintenance of QAB in respect of POWER JYOTI Current Account? a) Rs 1000/.per quarter 13.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a)SME power lite 10. What is the penalty for closure of accounts within 12 months in respect of POWER JYOTI Current Account? a) Rs 500/b) Rs 300/c) Rs 400/d) No charges 14.per quarter d) Rs 4000/. Issue of cheque books (other than multi city cheque ) is not free in case of which of the following SME current accounts. What is QAB in respect of POWER JYOTI Current Account? a) Rs 5000/. PANCHKULA 8.00. b) RTGS is free c) ATM card provided is ATM power gain d) CINB is free 9.000/.per quarter d) Rs 25.per quarter 12.000/.per quarter b) Rs 50. One of the following is not true about POWER JYOTI Current account a) Transactions other than fee collection/donation are not permitted b) Cheque book facility is not available c) No fee collection charges are taken from the person remitting fees d) Cash handling charges waived 136 . b)SME power pack c)SME power advantage POWER JYOTI is a a) Home Loan product for Power sector employees b) Current account for fee collection c) Education loan for students pursuing studies in prestigious institutes d) Financing scheme for rural electrification projects 11.per quarter c) Rs 1. Which of the following is not true in respect of SME power base a) Cheques drawn on non home branch and collected at home branch is free intra city.per quarter b) Rs 2500/.000/. 19. The amount of loan available under this scheme is a) Rs10000/. of deposit b) Special Term Deposits d) Recurring Deposits Minimum & maximum period of fixed deposit under SBI Surbahi is a) 12 months & 60 months c) 12 month & 36 months b) 24months & 48 months d) 12months & 24 months . a) Statement/mail option/fee collection b) Term a/c options c) Govt/PPF/Cr card details d) core options 16. PANCHKULA 15. One of the following is not true about POWER JYOTI Current account a) b) c) d) 17 No cheque book is issued on the account Cash. For activation of fee collection module under the POWER JYOTI Current Account scheme the option to be chosen in core while opening the account is. transfer and clearing transactions are permitted No overdraft is permissible There are charges for CINB facility Surabhi is a combination of fixed deposit and a) current account b) saving bank account c) either a or b d) neither a nor b 18. Corporate Institutions Trusts Small & Medium Enterprises who manage the PF All of the above- Under SBI Surabhi deposit scheme. 137 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.b)80% of deposit c)nil d)75% SBI Surabhi deposit account can be opened by a) b) c) d) e) 20. any surplus funds in the account exceeding the threshold limit are transferred to a) Multi Option Deposits c) Corporate Liquid Term Deposits 21. 00. 10.000/-. 1000/2000/3000/4000/- Under SBI Surabhi deposit scheme. 17.50.______over which sweep will take place.000 d) Rs.000/-. the threshold balance required is Rs. 16. funds can be deposit for a the period ranging from a) 1 to 2 years b) 1 to 3 years c) 2 to 5 years d)1 to 5 years KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME POWER.1.000 24. _______ & Rs. b) 1.25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 22._______ a) b) c) d) 23. minimum amount of deposit to be maintained in Current Account and Saving Account is Rs. a) Rs. POWER JYOTI & SURABHI 1 a 10 b 19 e 2 c 11 d 20 c 3 b 12 a 21 c 4 b 13 a 22 a 5 c 14 c 23 c 6 b 15 a 24 b 7 a 16 d 25 c 8 b 17 c 9 d 18 c 138 .000/-.000 c) Rs.000/-. Under SBI Surabhi.000 Under SBI Surabhi deposit scheme. 15. 000/12. 4% 6% Loan limit for beneficiaries of Indira Awaas Yojana under DIR advances has been increased from Rs.000/- b) d) 10.000/15.000/15. 6500/. ____ in Urban areas a) c) 6.000/- 20. ____ in rural areas a) c) 5. 10. b) d) 8000/12. The applicable rate of interest on DIR advances is: a) c) 2. a) c) 10 5 b) d) 25 2 139 .000/15. PANCHKULA MICRO ADVANCES 1.000/- Family Income under DIR advances has been increased from Rs. b) D) Loan limit under DIR advances has been increased from Rs.000/- b) d) 12. 7200/.to Rs.to Rs.000/- The new name of Prime Minister Rozgar Yojna is: PRIME MINISTER’S NEW EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMNEGP) b) PRESIDENT EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMME (PEP) c) PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP) d) MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (MEGP) a) 7.000/30. ____ a) c) 4. 6400/.000/18.000/15. ____ a) c) 3.000/- b) d) 24.000/- 10.___ lakhs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 6500/.to Rs.000/- Family Income under DIR advances has been increased from Rs. 10% 7% 20.to Rs. the maximum cost of the project/unit admissible under manufacturing sector is Rs. Under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP). b) d) Under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP). the maximum cost of the project/unit admissible under business/service sector is Rs. b) d) What is Moratorium Period under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP): a) c) 13. PANCHKULA 8. Under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP). the rate of subsidy of project cost in case of General category in Rural area will be _____% a) c) 10% 20% b) d) 15% 25% 140 . 50 80 Under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP). the maximum repayment period is: a) c) 12. the rate of subsidy of project cost in case of General category in urban area will be _____% a) b) c) d) 14. 60 90 50 80 b) d) 60 95 2-3 years 3-5 years b) d) 3-4 years 3-7 years 3 months 18 months b) d) 12 months 6 months Under PMEGP.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10 5 10% 15% 20% 25% Under PMEGP. 25 2 Under PRIME MINISTER’S EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROGRAMME (PMEGP).___ lakhs. a) c) 9. the Bank will sanction ___% of the project cost in case of General Category of a) c) 10. the Bank will sanction ___% of the project cost in case of SC/ST Category of a) c) 11. 000/- b) d) 20.000/2. SELF GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA SUDARSHAN GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA SUPER GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA SWARNAJAYANTI GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA No Collateral Security will be taken for loan of Rs.00.000/- b) d) 3.000/2.____ granted to an individual under SWARNAJAYANTI GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA (SGSY) a) c) 19. the rate of subsidy of project cost in case of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/Ex-Servicemen/Physically Handicapped. the rate of subsidy of project cost in case of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/Ex-Servicemen/Physically Handicapped.000/- Subsidy under SWARNAJAYANTI GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA (SGSY) is____. 10% 35% 20% 25% What is the meaning of SGSY: a) b) c) d) 18. Under PMEGP.000/1. 5000/20% of the Project Cost Max Rs. 50.____ under General Category beneficiaries a) b) c) d) 10% of the Project Cost Max Rs. in Hill & Border areas of an rural area will be _____% a) b) c) d) 17. 25% 15% 20% 35% 10. PANCHKULA 15.000/- 141 .00.000/- No Collateral Security will be taken for loan of Rs. 10.000/5. in Hill & Border areas of an urban area will be _____% a) b) c) d) 16. 6000/30% of the Project Cost Max Rs.00. 7500/40% of the Project Cost Max Rs.00.00.____ granted to a Group under SWARNAJAYANTI GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA (SGSY) a) c) 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under PMEGP.00. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. 7500/50% of the Project Cost Max Rs. Small & Medium Enterprises Finance to SC/ST beneficiaries should not be less than ______% of total finance under DIR Advances a) c) Q.____ under SC/ST beneficiaries a) b) c) d) 22. Ans. 5000/20% of the Project Cost Max Rs. Ans. RBI KVIC b) d) NABARD Ministry of Micro. 10% of the Project Cost Max Rs. Nodal agency for the implementation of PMEGP at the national level is: a) c) 23. Subsidy under SWARNAJAYANTI GRAM SWAROZGAR YOJANA (SGSY) is____. 6000/30% of the Project Cost Max Rs. PANCHKULA 21.000/- 25 40 1 B 11 D 21 D b) d) 2 C 12 B 22 C KEY MICRO 3 4 A D 13 14 B D 23 C 30 50 ADVANCES 5 6 B C 15 16 A B 7 B 17 D 8 A 18 C 9 D 19 A 10 D 20 C 142 . Q. 10. a) b) c) d) 25.1…1 1. 2006 investment in Plant & Machinery of Micro Enterprises will not exceed Rs. 2006 investment in Plant & Machinery of Small Enterprises will not exceed Rs. 02 25. 25 4. 25 Crores 2. 05 05._______ Crores in case of Industrial Enterprises & Rs. ______Crores in case of Service Enterprises. As per MSMED Act. As per MSMED Act. a) b) c) d) 25. PANCHKULA DEFINITION OF SME & SBI SME COLLATERAL.free loans (SMECFL) scheme? a) b) c) d) Micro & small Enterprises-Manufacturing Micro & small Enterprises-Services Traders a&b 143 . 2006 investment in Plant & Machinery of Medium Enterprises will not exceed Rs._______ Crores in case of Industrial Enterprises & Rs. 50 Crores Enterprises with a turnover of Rs. 50 Crores Enterprises with a turnover of Rs. 25 5. ______Crores in case of Service Enterprises. 25 05. 10 10. SBI’ definition of SME is: a) b) c) d) Enterprises with a limit of Rs. 25 3. 25 10._______ lacs in case of Industrial Enterprises & Rs. As per MSMED Act. a) b) c) d) 25. 10 15. 25 Crores Enterprises with a limit of Rs.FREE LOANS (SMECFL) E1. ______lacs in case of Service Enterprises. 10 10. 02 25. Who can be granted credit facility under SBI SME collateral.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10 10. free loans Scheme? a) Rs.G All of the above 8. 25 lacs under SBI SME collateral-free loans Scheme. The Term Loan granted under SBI SME collateral. In case a unit intends to avail credit facility under SBI SME collateral. 100. a unit has to score minimum of ____% score to qualify under the scheme a) 50 c) 70 b) d) 60 All bankable loans are eligible 144 . Borrower is required to submit ________Stock Statement for loan upto Rs. Equipment purchase 7. 50.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.C.00 lacs c) Rs. 25. The purpose of granting credit facility under SBI SME collateral./B. 10.00 lacs Rs. which type of collateral security the bank will take? a) EM/RM c) TPG 12.free loans Scheme is: a) Cash Credit c) Term Loan b) d) L. a) 7 c) 4 b) d) 5 3 9. Which type of credit facility will be granted under SBI SME collateral.free loans Scheme. What is the maximum quantum of advance that can be provided under SBI SME collateral.free loans Scheme is repayable in _________years including moratorium period.00 lacs 11.free loans Scheme is: a) Equipment Finance c) Term Loan b) d) Working Capital Working Capital & TL for building/Office. PANCHKULA 6. a) b) c) d) Monthly Quarterly Half Yearly Yearly 10.00 lacs b) d) Rs. b) d) May be covered under CGTMSE Mandatory covered under CGTMSE As per the scoring model for covered under SBI SME collateral.free loans Scheme. 20 Term Loan under SBI SME collateral. PANCHKULA 13.25 lacs to Rs. except in cases where the borrower opts out of the scheme and provides adequate and acceptable collaterals. a) 10 c) 25 b) d) 15 50 145 . 25. 25.free loans Scheme to a manufacturing enterprises will be assessed as per a) Operating Cycle Method c) Nayak Committee 16. 15 20. 1.free loans Scheme is _________% of normal charges a) 25 c) 60 19 b) d) For Loans between Rs. b) d) b) d) 50 75 Bank has decided to make all loans to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) up to Rs.free loans Scheme is a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 17 b) d) Limit under SBI SME collateral.free loans Scheme of a manufacturing enterprises will be assessed at ____% of their projected annual turnover & that of service enterprises will be assessed at ____% of their projected turnover a) 15. Traditional Method PBS Method b) d) Quarterly Yearly b) d) SB-9 & above SB-7 & above Loan Processing and Service Charges under SBI SME collateral.free loans Scheme to will be assessed at _____% of project cost a) 25 c) 75 15. Working Capital Limit under SBI SME collateral.00 Crore under SBI SME collateral.00 lacs under SBI SME collateral. 50 100 The periodicity of stock statement in case of loan above Rs. 15 c) 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. subject to these being found eligible for cover under the guarantee scheme of CGTMSE. 15 14. _________ lacs compulsorily collateral free.free loans Scheme unit s rating should be a) SB-8 & above c) SB-10 & above 18. the chief promoter /chief executive should be __________ years of age a) 21-65 c) 21-70 b) d) 18-65 No specific age limit restrictions KEY TO ASSIGNMENT DEFINITION OF SME & SBI SME COLLATERAL.FREE LOANS (SMECFL) 1 c 11 d 2 a 12 d 3 c 13 c 4 b 14 c 5 d 15 c 6 d 16 a 7 d 17 c 8 a 18 b 9 b 19 c 10 b 20 d 146 .free loans Scheme. Under SBI SME collateral.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 20. Who can be granted credit facility under SME Credit Card Scheme? a) Small industrial units c) Prof. 10. which type of collateral security the bank will take? a) EM c) TPG b) d) RM To be covered under CGTMSE 6 The limit sanctioned under SME Credit Card Scheme is valid for ____years a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 5 7 As per the scoring model for SME Credit Card Scheme. 15.00 lacs c) Rs. 20. a unit has to score minimum of ____% score to qualify under the scheme a) 50 c) 70 b) d) 60 80 147 . 5. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT SME CREDIT CARD & SMART SCORE 1.00 lacs ` b) d) Rs.00 lacs Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. & self-employed b) d) Small retail traders All of above 2 What is the maximum quantum of advance that can be provided under SME Credit Card Scheme? a) Rs.00 lacs 3 Which type of credit facility can be provided under SME Credit Card Scheme? a) Demand loan c) Term Loan b) d) Cash Credit Both (b) and (c) above 4 Term Loan portion under SME Credit Card Scheme will be repaid in a maximum of ____years in suitable instalments a) 3 b) 5 c) 7 d) 9 5 In case a SSI unit intends to avail credit facility under SME Credit Card Scheme. 20 b) d) 15. 10 c) 20. units can be covered for financing under Smart Score? a) P c) SME b) d) Agr None of above 14 Which category can be covered for financing under SME Smart Score? a) Sole Proprietor c) Closely held Public/Pvt.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 8 In case a SBF unit intends to avail credit facility under SME Credit Card Scheme. who intends to avail credit facility under SME Smart Score should be ____-____years of age a) 18-60 c) 21-65 b) d) 21-62 18-65 148 . b) d) Partnership All of above 15 The Chief promoter/Chief executive of the unit. 25 10 Limit under SME Credit Card Scheme to Professional and Self employed persons will be assessed at _____% of gross annual income as declared in their income tax return a) 25 c) 75 b) d) 50 100 11 Limit under SME Credit Card Scheme to a SSI unit will be assessed as per a) Operating Cycle Method c) Nayak Committee b) d) Traditional Method PBS Method 12 The periodicity of stock statement in case of SME Credit Card Scheme is a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly (28TH Feb) 13 Under which segments. whichever is higher a) 10. Ltd. which type of collateral security the bank will take? a) To be covered under CGTMSE c) Third Party Guarantee b) d) Moveable/Immovable property Any of the above 9 Limit under SME Credit Card Scheme of a small business unit/retail trader will be assessed at ____% of their annual turnover or ____% of turnover of the last 12 months in their accounts. Cos. 15 25. 30 19 In case of Term Loan. PANCHKULA 16 For becoming eligible to avail credit facility under SME Smart Score the minimum overall score of the unit is ______% a) 50 c) 70 b) d) 60 80 17 The unit should score a minimum score of ___% under each sub head of Business. 50 b) d) 57. 20 25. a SSI Unit can be granted __% of annual turnover subject to a maximum of not exceeding Rs._________lacs under SME Smart Score a) 47. Personal and Collateral for becoming eligible to avail credit facility under SME Smart Score a) 50 c) 70 b) d) 60 80 18 In case of Working Capital needs. 20 75.__lacs under SME Smart Score a) 10. 50 b) d) 15. 15 c) 67. a SSI unit can be granted ___% of project cost subject to a maximum of not exceeding Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50 20 Moratorium on Term Loan under SME Smart Score can be provided for a period not exceeding ____months a) 3 c) 9 b) d) 6 12 21 Term Loan under SME Smart Score will be repaid in maximum of ____years excluding moratorium period a) 5 c) 8 b) d) 7 9 149 . 15 c) 20. 25 b) d) 57. ____lacs under SME Smart Score a) 47. a) 1 c) 2 b) d) 3 5 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME CREDIT CARD & SMART SCORE 1 d 10 d 19 c 2 b 11 c 20 b 3 d 12 d 21 a 4 b 13 c 22 d 5 d 14 d 23 c 6 c 15 d 24 c 7 b 16 b 25 c 8 d 17 a 9 c 18 c 150 . 25 b) d) 15. 25 24 In case of Term Loan. a unit other than SSI can be granted ___% of project cost subject to a maximum of not exceeding Rs. PANCHKULA 22 M/s. 15 c) 67. 25 25 Working Capital Limit under SME Smart Score Scheme is sanctioned for a period of _____ years subject to annual review. 45 lac working capital loan.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 15 c) 15. a unit other than SSI can be granted ___% of annual turnover subject to a maximum of not exceeding Rs. Which of the following CRA model under SME Smart Score will be applicable a) CRA Old Model c) Risk Matrix Model b) d) Non Trading Regular Model Non Trading Simlified Model 23 In case of Working Capital needs. a SSI unit has applied for Rs. ____lacs under SME Smart Score a) 10. Parbod Kumar Subodh Kumar. 20 75. 20 20. What will be the primary security in case of credit facilities under SME Credit Plus a) c) Hyp. 25 25. should be repaid within _____months a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 4 7. ___lacs. whichever is lower a) c) 20. Artisan & Swarojgar Credit Card 1 SME Credit Plus can be granted to SSI borrowers for _______ a) c) Meeting bulk orders Tax Payments b) d) Repairs to Machinery All of above 2 Maximum loan under SME Credit Plus can be granted to the tune of ____% of aggregate working capital limit or Rs. There should be a gap of ________days between the last date of repayment of outstandings and the next withdrawal.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Each withdrawal for the additional limits provided under SME Credit Plus. which type of borrowers will be preferred? a) b) c) d) Artisans SSI units Artisans regd. 25 b) d) 20. Of Book Debts None of above 6. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT SME Credit Plus. Under Artisan Credit Card Scheme. a) c) 10 20 b) d) 15 30 5. 30 3 Which type of credit facilities will be granted under SME Credit Plus a) c) Clean Cash Credit Term Loan b) d) Cash Credit All of above 4. Of stocks Both of (a) and/or (b) b) d) Hyp. with development Commissioner (handicrafts) None of above 151 . 30 25. This amount can be raised to Rs. What is the maximum amount of finance available under Artisan Credit Card Scheme? a) Rs. Which type of facility will be sanctioned under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme? a) Term Loan c) Composite Term Loan b) d) Cash Credit Demand Loan 152 .00 lac c) Rs.00 lacs b) d) Rs. The portion of limit used for purchase of tools etc. 1. 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 25000/.50 lacs Rs. 2. 2 lacs under Artisan Credit Card Scheme? a) 10 c) Nil b) d) 20 25 11.and up to Rs. Normally credit facilities to the tune of Rs. _________% margin will be obtained for loan sanctioned over Rs.50 lacs 10. 25. PANCHKULA 8. What is target group of borrowers to be covered under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme? a) Self employed persons c) SHGs b) d) Service sector All of above 14. 2.000 per borrower can be sanctioned under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme. Which collateral security shall be taken by the bank while financing under Artisan Credit Card Scheme? a) EM of immovable c) cover under CGTMSE b) d) TPG No security 12. may be made repayable in ______years under Artisan Credit Card Scheme a) 3 c) 7 b) d) 5 9 13. ________ in deserving cases a) 30000 c) 50000 b) d) 40000 60000 15. Which type of facility will be provided under Artisan Credit Card Scheme? a) Cash Credit c) Demand Loan b) d) Term Loan All of above 9. Which method will be applied while assessing the limit under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme? a) Nayak Committee c) Traditional Method b) d) Operating Cycle Method PBS Method 17. 5000/.only b) d) Yes If Only TL is availed KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME Credit Plus. Term Loan component under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme will be repaid in ______years a) 3 c) 7 b) d) 5 9 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. If loan availed is Rs. PANCHKULA 16. Which type of collateral security should be taken by the bank from the borrowers under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme? a) EM c) Specified Security b) d) RM No collateral 21. Whether SCC holder can be permitted to open a Saving bank account? a) c) No. _________% margin will be obtained for loan sanctioned under Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme? a) 10 c) Nil b) d) 20 25 18. Artisan & Swarojgar Credit Card 1 d 12 a 2 a 13 d 3 a 14 a 4 b 15 c 5 d 16 b 6 b 17 c 7 c 18 b 8 a 19 c 9 c 20 d 10 b 21 b 11 d 153 . The borrowers under Artisan Credit Card & Swarojgar Credit Card Scheme will be covered under which scheme? a) Super Surksha c) Group Insurance b) d) Swadhan Pension Plan 20. banks are to extend Collateral free loans upto ____ to all new units under MSE Sector (both Manufacturing & Service Enterprises as defined in MSMED Act. CGTMSE will cover __________type of credit facilities.12. 25 lacs Rs. However.2008 extended by Member Lending Institutions to a single eligible borrower in the MSE Sector for Credit Facility not exceeding ______ by Scheduled Commercial Banks and select Financial Institutions by way of Term Loan and / or Working Capital Facilities. 75 lacs b) d) Rs. PANCHKULA CGTMSE 1. without any Collateral Security and / or Third party Guarantees a) c) Rs. 20 lacs 5. 5 lacs Rs. in all eligible cases. 2006). 50 lacs Rs. we have to obtain Credit Guarantee Cover from CGTMSE to protect the Bank’s interests a) c) Rs. a) b) c) d) Fund based Non Fund based Either of two both a & b 154 . 10 lacs b) d) Rs. 20 lacs will form part of Priority Sector Advance a) c) Retail Traders Both a & b b) d) Medium Enterprises Transport Operators 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2 lacs Rs. 100 lacs 3. CGTMSE stands for a) b) c) d) Credit Guarantee Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises Credit Guarantee Trust for Manufacturing & service Enterprises Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Manufacturing & service Enterprises 2. CGTMSE shall cover Credit Facilities (FB and / or NFB) sanctioned on or after 08. Advances to ____ are not covered by the Credit Guarantee Cover from CGTMSE as they are not defined as MSME as per the MSMED Act. though such loans upto Rs. As per RBI guidelines. 3. PANCHKULA 6. Borrower under _______category will be covered under CGTMSE a) b) c) d) Micro Enterprises Small Enterprises Medium Enterprise a&b 7.75. 2.00.50 11.00 0.00 1.5. 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50 lacs in North East Region is _______% & in other regions is _______% a) b) c) d) 0. a) b) c) d) externally. investment internally. investment 9. 2. 5.5.50 10.00 1.75. 100 lacs will have to be rated _____and should be of_____grade.50 155 . 1. One time Guarantee Fee will be paid to CGTMSE in case of credit facility above Rs. 1. The maximum extent of guarantee cover under CGTMSE where credit facility is upto Rs.5._____lacs a) c) 50 65 b) d) 60 62.5 lacs Rs.75. 1.00 0. All proposals for sanction of guarantee approvals for credit facilities above Rs. 8. 6. One time Guarantee Fee will be paid to CGTMSE in case of credit facility upto Rs.00 1. 50 lacs and upto Rs. AAA internally. 1. 2. The maximum extent of guarantee cover under CGTMSE is Rs.00 lacs is Rs.25 lacs b) d) Rs.25 lacs Rs.25 lacs 8. 4. 5 lacs to Rs.50 1.00. satisfactory externally. 5 lacs in North East Region is _______% & in other regions is _______% a) b) c) d) 2._____lacs a) c) Rs. Member Lending Institutions can lodge claim to CGTMSE.75. 5 lacs. 1.00. 50 lacs in North East Region is _______% & in other regions is _______% a) b) c) d) 2. 1.50 15. a) c) 2 4 b) d) 3 5 18. 1.50 14. The Tenure of Guarantee Cover where working capital facilities alone are extended is ________years.5 0.50 13. 3. within a maximum period of _______ year from date of NPA. a) c) 2. after lock in period of _______months either from the date of last disbursement or the date of issuance of guarantee cover.00 1. whichever is later a) b) c) d) 6 months 12 months 18 months 24 months 17. the tenure of Guarantee Cover for working capital will be a) c) 3 years 4 years b) d) co-terminus with the tenure of TL 5 years 156 . PANCHKULA 12.50 0.50.50 0.75 b) d) 1.5 0._____% as Annual Service Fee will be paid to CGTMSE in case of credit facility upto Rs. _____% as Annual Service Fee will be paid to CGTMSE in case of credit facility above Rs. a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 4 16.75 b) d) 1.50 0. a) c) 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 1. One time Guarantee Fee will be paid to CGTMSE in case of credit facility above Rs. 5 lacs. Member Lending Institutions can lodge claim to CGTMSE. Where both term loan & working capital is covered under the guarantee.5. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) c) 50 Nil b) d) 75 33 20. Guarantee fee will be absorbed by bank for the credit facility limit upto _____ a) c) 2 lacs 10 lacs b) d) 5 lacs Fee to be recovered from all borrowers KEY TO ASSIGNMENT CGTMSE 1 b 11 a 2 d 12 b 3 c 13 d 4 c 14 c 5 d 15 a 6 d 16 c 7 b 17 d 8 d 18 b 9 c 19 c 10 c 20 a 157 . When a borrower is covered under Credit Guarantee Fund Trust. PANCHKULA 19. collateral security will be taken as______% of the loan amount. units can be financed upto ____% of the Projected Turnover of the borrower or _________% of realizable value of property. ____lacs and maximum amount of Rs. 500 c) 0.50. a) 90. units can be financed upto ____% of the business needs or _________% of realizable value of property. c) 25. 500 1. a) 50.75. Which type of facility can be granted under Traders Easy Loan Scheme? a) Cash Credit c) Demand Loan b) d) Term Loan All of above 3. 60 20. 75 b) d) 75. 65. within the over limit of Rs 500 lacs. PANCHKULA TRADERS EASY LOAN 1. 500 4. c) 75. within the over limit of Rs 500 lacs to meet capital expenditure and when sanctioned as TL/DL. for finance under Traders Easy Loan Scheme Wholesale/Retail traders and Small Business Enterprises Professional and self-employed Commission Agents All of above 2. Under Traders Easy Loan. 65 158 .0. b. 65. ____lacs a) 5 c) 20 b) d) 10 25 5. a Rice Miller can be granted minimum loan for a Rs. 500 b) d) 0.25. _____lacs a) 0. c. 75 b) d) 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. 65 75. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. a borrower can be granted loan for a minimum amount of Rs. when sanctioned as Cash Credit. 60 6. Under Traders Easy Loan. The target group is:______________ a. d. In case of Traders Easy loan. DL is repayable in a period of______ months in monthly. quarterly. a) 50 c) 60 b) d) 84 36 11. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. The borrowers who have already been sanctioned certain limits against mortgage of property under Mortgage Loan can be extended Traders Easy Loan against the residual value of the same property a. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. PANCHKULA 7. half yearly basis depending upon the cash flows. Loan already availed and the proposed loan is within 65% of the realizable value of property d. the collateral security in the form of Equitable Mortgage of Land & Building for a minimum of ____% of loan amount will be taken and that should not be open plot within our outside the municipal area a) 133 b) 143 c) 153 d) 163 13. Valuation of the property taken as collateral security for Traders Easy Loan should be obtained once in ___years a) 2 c) 4 b) d) 3 5 159 . half yearly basis depending upon the cash flows. a) 20-50 c) 20-40 b) d) 25-30 15-25 8. TL is repayable in a period of______ Months in monthly. Both (b) & (c) 12. Rice Mill units can be financed upto ____% of the Projected Turnover of the borrower or 65% of realizable value of property. Provided the account is conducted satisfactorily for over 3 years c. within the over limit of Rs 500 lacs and when sanctioned as Cash Credit. a) 50 c) 60 b) d) 84 48 10. Working Capital limit may be availed partly as CC and partly as Demand Loan but the total limit will be arrived at on the basis of ___________ a) actual requirement c) Working Cycle Method b) Traditional Method d) Nayak Committee recommendations 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Without any rider b. Under Traders Easy Loan Scheme. quarterly. Encumbrance Certificate pertaining to the property taken as collateral security for Mortgage Loan to Traders should be taken once in ___months a) 12 c) 36 b) d) 24 48 15. RMME/ F. The ______ would be the reviewing authority. 12 c) 90. the excess amount would be carved out as a demand loan and may be allowed to be repaid within a maximum of 24 monthly installments a) 30. 17. Branch Manager Yearly. Additionally. 36 20 The account will be subject to _________l review. 24 b) d) 60. c) Quarterly. At the time of sanction of Traders Easy Loan. After disbursal of Traders Easy Loan. PANCHKULA 14. a) 100 c) 50 b) d) 200 75 18. At the time of renewal / annual review of the account. and the borrower is not in a position to repay the excess amount in 90 days.O b) d) Half yearly. inspection will be carried out at ________intervals a) Yearly. if the limits are assessed to be less than the existing limits. Working Capital credit facilities sanctioned under TEL scheme would be valid for a period of ______ years a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 5 19. stock statement will be obtained. RMME/ F. Branch Manager 160 .O. it has to be obtained at ______intervals other than Demand Loan or Term Loan a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly (28th Feb) 16. b) d) Half-yearly. c) Yearly. The review will be based mainly on conduct of account. Credit summations in the account should be atleast ________% of the CC limit in the account under Traders Easy Loan Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 18 90. a) Half yearly. Monthly. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT TRADERS EASY LOAN 1 d 11 d 2 d 12 c 3 a 13 b 4 a 14 a 5 b 15 b 6 d 16 c 7 c 17 b 8 d 18 b 9 c 19 c 10 d 20 d 161 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Doctor Plus 1 Target group for Doctor Plus Scheme is _______ a) b) c) d) 2 Medical practitioners of any discipline. 25 lacs. ___lacs for Allopathic clinics under Doctor Plus Scheme. Lab/X-ray lab/drug store/purchase of vehicle/computer etc. a) 250 c) 750 b) d) 500 1000 162 . Poly clinics and X Ray labs etc. ___lacs for Allopathic clinics under Doctor Plus Scheme. a) 250 c) 750 7 b) d) b) d) 500 1000 In other areas corporate/ partnership borrower can be sanctioned maximum loan of Rs. a) 40 c) 60 3 50 70 Who are eligible to avail credit facility under Doctor Plus Scheme? a) Individuals c) Corporates/Trusts 4 b) d) b) d) Partnership Firms All of above Credit facility under Doctor Plus Scheme can be granted for _____ a) Buying Equipment b) Setting up of clinic/nursing home/poly-clinic/path. Promoters of hospitals and nursing homes Pathological clinics. All of above In the scoring model meant for Doctor Plus Scheme for a loan limit upto Rs. d) Any of above 5 Which type of credit facility can be granted under Doctor Plus Scheme? a) Cash Credit c) Both (a) & (b) 6 MTL Demand Loan In metro/ urban areas corporate/ partnership borrower can be sanctioned maximum loan of Rs. c) Expansion/Renovation of clinic and dispensary etc. a borrower should get minimum score of ________.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The loan will be collaterally secured by__________ a) Moveable Assets c) Third Party Guarantee b) d) Immovable Property Covered under CGTMSE 163 . 15 lacs under Doctor Plus Scheme to set up a clinic.00 crore a) 15. PANCHKULA 8 Individual borrower can be sanctioned maximum loan of Rs.D. a sub ceiling of working capital limit is at ______% of total loan amount for upto Rs. 10 5 . 1. M. a) 10 & 10 c) 50 & 10 11 500 1000 Under Doctor Plus Scheme for Allopatic doctor .10 Borrower can be sanctioned maximum loan of Rs. ___lacs for Allopathic clinics under Doctor Plus Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ___lacs for Non Allopathic clinics under Doctor Plus Scheme of which a sub ceiling of working capital limit is at ______% of total loan amount. 10 c) 10. a) 250 c) 750 9 b) d) b) d) 5 years excluding moratorium 7 years excluding moratorium b) d) 5 years excluding moratorium 7 years excluding moratorium Moratorium under Doctor Plus Scheme can be granted for a period of ____months a) 3 c) 12 14 b) d) The maximum repayment period under Doctor Plus Scheme for setting up clinic. 5 10 b) d) b) d) 6 24 Dr. nursing home. has approached our bank for credit facility to set up a clinic to the tune of Rs. Shashi Puri.00 crore and ____% for above Rs. pathology lab is ___________ a) 5 years including moratorium c) 7 years including moratorium 13 20 & 10 20 & 5 The maximum repayment period under Doctor Plus Scheme for buying equipments and expansion/renovation in existing premises is ___________ a) 5 years including moratorium c) 7 years including moratorium 12 10. 1. 5 crores is ___% a) c) 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 5 15 Margin required under Doctor Plus above Rs.75:1 For loan of Rs.& above minimum rating required under Doctor Plus is a) c) SB5 SB7 b) d) SB6 SB8 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Doctor Plus 1 d 11 a 2 a 12 c 3 d 13 c 4 d 14 d 5 c 15 c 6 d 16 c 7 b 17 d 8 b 18 a 9 c 19 a 10 a 20 d 164 . 25.70:1 b) d) 1.60:1 1. 10 lacs & upto Rs. b) d) Margin required under Doctor Plus above Rs. a) Monthly c) Half-Yearly 16 10 20 5 15 b) d) 10 20 25 15 b) d) 10 20 Minimum DSCR required under Doctor Plus is ___ a) c) 20. 5 crores is ___% a) c) 18.000/.50:1 1. PANCHKULA 15 The units financed under Doctor Plus Scheme should be inspected at ____intervals. Quarterly Yearly Margin required under Doctor Plus upto Rs. 10 lacs is ___% a) c) 17 b) d) 1. which type of transport vehicles can be financed? a) c) 3 6 10 5 15 well maintained b) d) 10 well maintained No limit A borrower can be sanctioned _________facility under Transport Plus Scheme a) c) Cash Credit Demand Loan b) d) Term Loan Both (a) & (b) 5 The borrower desirous of availing the credit facility under Transport Plus Scheme should have _______ a) CEO/Promoter age >18 years. d) All of the above 6 Eligible amount of finance under Transport Plus Scheme is inclusive of: a) b) c) d) Billing price of the vehicle Cost of body building Road Tax & Insurance All of the above 165 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Transport Plus 1 Transport Plus scheme is for financing of fleet operators owning more than _______ vehicles a) c) 2 8 25 New Both (a) & (b) b) d) Old None of above Credit facility under Transport Plus Scheme can be sanctioned to those transport operators owning more than ______vehicles (including the proposed) a) c) 4 b) d) Under Transport Plus Scheme. should be IT assessee with 3 lacs income b) 3 yrs experience in field with valid permit & satisfactory dealing with bank c) Reputed & IBA approved TO(truck) with well maintained >10 vehicle rising trend in income-profit in 2yr with profit of at least Rs. 3 lacs in the past 2 years.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 0 No limit 3 7 b) d) 5 8 2 3 b) d) 4 5 1.0 2.0 No limit Term Loan sanctioned under Transport Plus Scheme will be repaid (in EMIs) in maximum of ______years a) c) 10 b) d) Non-Corporate can be sanctioned maximum CC & Term Loan Rs.5 15.75 Minimum Average gross DSCR under Transport Plus Scheme should be___ a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 4 166 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the TOL/TNW ratio should not exceed ____ a) c) 13 b) d) Under Transport Plus Scheme.25 1. _______crores respectively under Transport Plus Scheme a) c) 9 10. ______lacs & Rs.0 The repayment of Term Loan under Transport Plus Scheme will start after____ months of the first disbursement and PDC to be obtained for entire repayment period a) c) 11 10. minimum Current Ratio should be ____ a) c) 12 10.0.5 15. 7. 7.50 While analyzing the balance sheet of a unit for loan under Transport Plus Scheme. ______lacs & Rs. 10.00 2.0. 15. PANCHKULA 7 The Corporates can be sanctioned maximum CC & Term Loan Rs.33 b) d) 1. 10.00 1.50 b) d) 2. _______Crores respectively under Transport Plus Scheme a) c) 8 10. 15.25 2. 10 Twice Thrice b) d) Once Quarterly Loan to be immediately recalled and legal action to be initiated if ______months installments are in default. 5 20. All of above If 100% tie-up arrangements are in place under Transport Plus Scheme. Sales/Turnover: increasing trend in the last two years. Nil 15. the value of collateral security can be reduced to ___% of the loan amount a) c) 18 10. promoters should contribute minimum ____% of the project cost. PANCHKULA 14 For advances under Transport Plus Scheme. 10 Collateral security in the form of unencumbered vehicles/immovable property under Transport Plus Scheme will be obtained for not less than ___% of the loan amount a) c) 17 b) d) Which of the following is correct in respect of the borrowers availing credit facilities under Transport Plus Scheme a) 16 5. a) c) 15 b) c) d) b) d) 75 25 100 50 b) d) 75 waived 1 3 b) d) 4 5 Periodicity of Inspection under Transport Plus Scheme is _____ in a year a) b) 20 100 50 Receivable level under Transport Plus Scheme should not be more than ____months a) c) 19 Value of orders in hand should be at least 30% of targeted annual income.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) c) three six b) d) four no such instructions 167 . which can be reduced to ____% if 100% tie up. The firm should be earning profits in the last two years with rising trend. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Transport Plus 1 C 11 C 2 a 12 d 3 b 13 b 4 d 14 d 5 e 15 d 6 d 16 d 7 b 17 d 8 a 18 b 9 b 19 b 10 c 20 a 168 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. loan cannot be granted for a) Expansion. maximum loan to the tune of Rs. Acquisition of hardware/software b) Substitution of high cost debts/high cost term debts of other banks/FIs c) Acquisition of ISO & other similar certifications d) Visits abroad for finalizing business deals. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Open Term Loan 1 SBI has launched Open Term Loan scheme for the a) Service Unit c) Trading Unit 2 b) d) 250 450 Under Open Term Loan Scheme. e) Manufacturing of Hand tools 6 If the limits are not utilized or only partially utilized within twelve months of sanction. participating in promotion exercises etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. _____lac can be sanctioned for business development expenditure incurred for creation of intangible assets a) 50 c) 150 4 Manufacturing Unit Both (a) & (b) Under Open Term Loan Scheme. it will be _______ a) renewed b) reviewed c) lapsed d) extended for further 12 months 169 . Modernization. _____lac can be sanctioned a) 150 c) 350 3 b) d) b) d) 100 200 Open Term Loan Scheme for service sector is not applicable to________ a) b) c) d) Hotels & Hospitals Educational Institutions Corporate/non-Corporate with ratings above SB7 Fleet Operators having less then 25 vehicles 5 Under Open Term Loan Scheme for Service Sector. maximum loan to the tune of Rs. PANCHKULA 7 Disbursement of Term Loan under Open Term Loan is on________ a) b) c) d) 8 demand by borrower Within the currency of sanction Subject to certain basic financial information All of the above Interest applicable on Open Term Loan is ________ a) b) c) d) 9 as applicable to SIB advances Fixed rate of interest for fixed tenure Floating rate of interest As per credit rating of the borrower linked to Base Rate Uniform margin at ________% is to be taken for Open term Loan a) b) c) d) 10 10 15 20 25 _____________will be taken as collateral security on Open Term Loan a) Extension of charge over current assets. Sanctioning authority may selectively consider repayment period up to _______ years where considered necessary. fixed assets or exploring additional tangible security b) Personal guarantees of proprietors/partners/promoters c) Pledge of promoter’s equity in case of corporate d) All of the above as applicable on case-to-case basis. a) 3 & 5 c) 4 & 6 13 a) b) c) d) b) d) 4&5 5&7 The period of repayment. 11 Authroised branches for Open Term Loan are a) SME intensive branches having RMME/SE c) Branches headed by Scale IV & above 12 b) All branches d) Both (a) & (c) Repayment period generally not to exceed _______years. Both of above None of above 170 . will commence from the date of Each Disbursement The first drawdown for each facility.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 14 Under SME Open Term Loan customer has the option of ______disbursements for multiple purposes within 12 months from the date of sanction. a) 5 c) 12 15 b) d) 7 multiple Documents for the open Term Loan are to be optained a) At the time of each disbursement b) Upfront for the sanctioned loan KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Open Term Loan 1 d 9 a 2 b 10 d 3 b 11 d 4 d 12 a 5 e 13 b 6 c 14 d 7 d 15 b 8 d 171 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Rent Plus 1 Owners of residential buildings and commercial properties situated in________which are to be rented or already rented to MNC/Banks/Large & Medium size Corporates are eligible under Rent Plus.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) Metro c) Rural 2 b) d) Corporate All of above Not to be rented Already rented to MNC/Banks/Large & Medium size Corporates Yet to be rented to MNC/Banks/Large & Medium size Corporates Both (b) & (c) Apart from the specified lessees in the Rent Plus Scheme. a) Branch Manager c) DGM (O& C) 3 b) d) b) d) AGM (SMECC) DGM Administrative clearance for extending credit facilities under Rent Plus Scheme is required from ______at Branches having incumbency upto OMMGS-III a) AGM Region c) GM – Network b) d) DGM – Module No need 172 . b & c Owners of residential buildings and commercial properties situated in rural area are eligible under Rent Plus subject to prior administrative approval of _________. powers for considering the proposal pertaining to other type of lessees are vested with __ a) AGM (RACPC) c) GM – Network 6 AGM Region GM Network Rent Plus Scheme is targeted as per the eligibility criteria for those properties which are a) b) c) d) 5 b) d) Who are eligible to avail credit facility under Rent Plus Scheme? a) Individuals c) Partnership Firm 4 Urban a. TDS All of the above Which type of credit facility will be sanctioned under Rent Plus Scheme? a) Cash Credit c) Overdraft 13.00. 5.00 9 b) d) b) d) Term Loan CTL The loan under Rent Plus Scheme will be repaid in equated instalments at the same frequency at which rent is received in a maximum period of ____years or the residual lease period. Statutory dues 12. which item is deducted from the rent receivable? a) advance deposit c) Estimated property tax. 75 95. 2. 60 10 Rs. 5.000 c) Rs. a) 85 c) 65 11 b) d) The maximum amount of finance under Rent Plus Scheme is restricted to least of _____% of the total rent receivable for the residual lease period or _____% of realizable value of the property mortgaged as per latest valuation report a) 85. 50. 95 While computing quantum of finance. whichever is less a) 3 c) 7 b) d) 5 9 173 .00.00 c) 10.00.00 7. PANCHKULA 7 What is the minimum amount of finance available under Rent Plus Scheme? a) Rs. 75. ____crore can be financed under Rent Plus Scheme.00 Discretion to allow finance upto___________of total rent receivable or relizable value of the property is vested with the CGM of the Circle.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) 2.000 Rs. 85 c) 60.000 Maximum amount to the tune of Rs.000 8 b) d) b) d) 70 75 b) d) Service Tax. 1. cognizance should be given to ______ a) b) c) d) Genuineness of Title Deed Valuation Report from Bank’s approved valuer Search Report-cum-Title Verification Report from Bank’s approved lawyer All of above 174 .5 c) Nil 15 b) d) Quarterly Yearly Assignment of Rent Receivables Hypothecation of Receivables Recording of power of attorney with the lessee Both (a) & (c) The collateral security in case of Rent Plus Scheme will be first charge on property rented out or any other acceptable property of a value not less than ____% of the loan amount a) 100 c) 120 19 6 12 What will be the primary security in case of Rent Plus Scheme? a) b) c) d) 18 b) d) The periodicity of inspection by Field Officer for the loans sanctioned under Rent Plus Scheme is at ______intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 17 2 1 A loan sanctioned under Rent Plus Scheme will be recalled if the account remains irregular for _____consecutive months a) 3 c) 9 16 b) d) b) d) 110 130 Before accepting Equitable Mortgage of the property as collateral security. PANCHKULA 14. The prepayment penalty under Rent Plus Scheme is______% a) 0.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 20 Where our Bank is the tenant & loan amount does not exceed Rs. if the directors are not willing to extend personal guarantee and the collateral in the form of equitable mortgage is _____% of the loan amount. provided the lessee is a) b) c) d) Reputed Corporate e.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Sanctioning Authority may waive the stipulation of equitable mortgage subject to condition that the lease deed should not expire during the currency of the loan. the sanctioning authority may waive personal guarantee. _______lacs. a) 10 b) 30 21 b) d) In addition to the Collateral Security. __________of partners/directors to be obtained in case of Partnership firm/Company a) Surety c) Personal Guarantee 22 b) d) Guarantee no need of any other security In case of public limited companies. a) 100 c) 200 23 20 25 b) d) 50 120 Waiver of equitable mortgage may be allowed by CCC-I.g Bank/PSU maintaining consistency in profitability for at least 3 years Agreeable to execute the tripartite agreement Integrity is beyond doubt & Personal guarantee of individuals/ partners/directors is available All of the above KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Rent Plus 1 d 11 d 21 c 2 d 12 b 22 d 3 d 13 c 23 d 4 d 14 d 5 c 15 a 6 a 16 c 7 a 17 d 8 c 18 c 9 c 19 d 10 b 20 d 175 . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.50 2. loan can be granted under School Plus Scheme is ____ a) Purchase of land for building/play ground. maximum loan to the tune of Rs. Aided Schools and Private Schools/colleges b) Schools run by trusts of good standing c) Technical institutes recognized by AICTE/NBA/MCI d) All of the above 2 The purpose for which. Construction/repair/renovation of school building b) Purchase of computer/equipments/books etc. _____lac can be granted a) 10 c) 25 6 b) d) b) d) 20 No Cap DSCR under School Plus Scheme should not be below ______ a) 1.00 176 . which of followings are eligible to avail credit facility a) Govt. loan cannot be granted under School-Plus Scheme a) b) c) d) 4 For Purchase of Laboratory/sports equipment For Purchase of equipment for mid day meal scheme For Purchase of buses for student transportation None of above Which type of credit facility can be granted under School Plus Scheme? a) Cash Credit c) Both (a) & (b) 5 Term Loan Overdraft Under School Plus Scheme. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT School Plus & Loan to Pvt. c) Purchase of furniture/fixtures d) All of above 3 For which of the following purposes.75 b) d) 1. Builders 1 Under School Plus Scheme.25 c) 1. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 30 12 Floating rate of interest None of above Collateral security of land and building and other immovable assets of the school or guarantor for ___% of the loan amount for loans of Rs. 5 crore. 120 The loan under School Plus Scheme will be granted at _____ a) Fixed Rate of interest Only c) Either of (a) or (b) 9 b) d) b) d) Overdraft CTL M/s Shivalika Builders has approached our bank for finance. 18 c) 24. 84 36. 60 c) 36. 10 lacs will be taken under School Plus Scheme a) 50 c) 20 11 b) d) A borrower has to bring a minimum of ___% as margin to avail credit facility under School Plus Scheme a) 10 c) 20 10 36. maximum loan amount that can be granted to them What is the a) 50% of project cost or 5 times of his net worth or Rs. 24 30. 36 Which type of credit facility can be granted to private builders for completion of their project a) Cash Credit c) Term Loan 13 b) d) Private Builders can be granted finance provided their project should be completed in _____to ____months a) 12. 96 8 15 25 b) d) 30 75 b) d) 18. 10 lacs and EM of other immovable assets for loans above Rs. 2 lacs to Rs. PANCHKULA 7 Loan under School Plus Scheme should normally be repaid in ___to ____EMIs depending upon the quantum of the loan a) 36. 5 crore. whichever is less 177 . whichever is less b) 60% of project cost or 6 times of his net worth or Rs. 5 crore. 5 crore. the loan is to be repaid in maximum of ____months a) 12 c) 36 15 b) d) 24 60 Minimum margin required for loan to private builder is ____% of the project cost a) 10 c) 25 b) d) 15 50 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT School Plus & Loan to Pvt. PANCHKULA c) 70% of project cost or 7 times of his net worth or Rs. whichever is less 14 Under Finance to Private Builder Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. whichever is less d) 80% of project cost or 8 times of his net worth or Rs. Builders 1 d 11 b 2 d 12 a 3 d 13 a 4 b 14 c 5 d 15 d 6 d 7 b 8 a 9 b 10 c 178 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Construction Equipment Loan-JCB India 1. a) c) 50 10 b) d) 25 no such stipulation 6. Construction Equipment Loan Scheme has been launched for purchase a) b) c) d) e) Machinery Stock of Raw Material purchase of construction Equipment manufactured by JCB Receivable Which type of equipment is covered under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) b) c) d) f) of: Loader Excavators Cranes All of above Who are eligible under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) b) c) d) Individual Firms Companies All of above 4. Credit Rating is not required for advance below Rs.____lacs. Construction Equipment Loan will not be granted to borrowers having Credit Rating below: a) c) SB 6 SB 9 b) d) SB 8 no such stipulation 5. Which type of credit facility can be provided under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) Demand loan c) Term Loan b) d) Cash Credit Working Capital Demand Loan 179 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 150. Term Loan granted under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is to be fully repaid within ____years including moratorium period a) 3 c) 4 b) d) 9 5 180 .00 lacs c) Rs. 5. 50.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 20. Disbursement of advance under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme will be by___ a) b) c) d) Credit to SB account of the borrower Credit to Current account of the borrower ECS direct to supplier/dealer 10.00 lacs b) d) Rs.00 lacs b) d) Rs. Moratorium period allowed under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is___months a) 3 c) 12 b) d) 6 9 11. 12.00 lacs 9.00 lacs 8.00 lacs c) Rs. What is the minimum quantum of advance that can be provided under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) Rs. 50. PANCHKULA 7. What is the maximum quantum of advance that can be provided under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) Rs.00 lacs Rs.00 lacs Rs. 15. 100. 10. Term Loan upto _________lacs granted under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is to mandatorily covered undet CGTMSE a) b) c) d) 20 25 30 50 13. Term Loan granted under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is to be repaid in ____ a) Quarterly instalments + Intt c) EMI b) d) lumpsum Monthly instalment + intt. Which type of Collateral Security will be taken by the bank in case of Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) b) c) d) Hyp.75% above Base Rate for borrower with Credit Rating of SB6 to SB9 4. Rate of interest applicable for credit facility granted under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is: a) b) c) d) 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. under Construction a) 25% in case of borrowers who are new to this line b) 15% in case of buyers having up to 9 machines c) 5% in case of buyers already having more than 9 machines d) either a or b or c whichever is applicable 15. of other unencumbered equipments EM of immoveable property a or b to the extent of atleast 25% of the loan amount Not to be insisted upon 19. Borrower is required to contribute Margin of _____% Equipment Loan Scheme.25% above Base Rate for borrower with Credit Rating of SB1 to SB5 4. PANCHKULA 14. Which type of Primary Security will be taken by the bank in case of Construction Equipment Loan Scheme? a) b) c) d) Hypothecation of Equipment financed from the Bank Loan Registration of charges with ROC ( In case of vehicles) No such requirement a&b 18. Inspection will be done at______interals for ensuring end use of fund of Construction Equipment Loan a) monthly c) quarterly b) d) half yearly yearly 181 .75% above Base Rate for borrower which are not subject to rating either a or b or c whichever is applicable 16. ___% penalty will be charged for the amount and period in default under Construction Equipment Loan Scheme is: a) 3 c) 2 b) d) 1 no penalty 17. PANCHKULA 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ______type of Insurance will be obtained in case advance granted under Construction Equipment Loan a) Fire c) Comprehensive b) d) Theft not required KEY TO ASSIGNMENT CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT LOAN 1 c 11 c 2 d 12 b 3 d 13 c 4 c 14 d 5 b 15 d 6 c 16 c 7 c 17 d 8 d 18 c 9 d 19 b 10 a 20 c 182 . Purchase of new/old shops/establishment/offices/showroom etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10.00 lacs 6 What is the moratorium period provided in case of Term Loan facility under SBI Shoppe? a) 6 months c) 12 months b) d) 9 months 18 months 7 Term Loan sanctioned under SBI Shoppe should be repaid in _______years a) 3 to 5 c) 5 to 7 b) d) 3 to 7 7 to 9 8 In case of loan sanctioned under SBI Shoppe. SBI Shoppe Plus & Arthia Plus 1 Under SBI Shoppe Scheme.00 lacs b) d) Rs.A/Consultants b) Training/Service/Garage Centre d) All of above 2 Who are eligible to avail credit facility under SBI Shoppe Scheme? a) Individuals/Partnership c) Franchisees b) d) Trusts All of above 3 Which type of credit facility will be granted under SBI Shoppe Scheme? a) Demand Loan c) Term Loan b) d) Cash Credit All of above 4 Loan under SBI Shoppe can be granted for __________ a. d.50 b) d) 1. b.75 183 . 15. All of above 5 What is the maximum quantum of finance that can be sanctioned under SBI Shoppe? a) Rs. Repair/Renovation/Modernisation Furniture/Fixtures/Electrical fittings/Accessories for the shop/office etc. 5. c.00 c) 1. minimum DSCR should be ____ a) 1.00 lacs Rs. 20.25 1.00 lacs c) Rs. PANCHKULA SBI Shoppe. present and prospective owners of __________can be granted credit facility a) c) Shops/Offices/Show-rooms C. 00 lacs b) d) Rs. Shops/offices/show rooms b) c) Offices for CA/Consultants d) Training Centres/Garages All of above 12 Which type of credit facilities will be granted under SBI Shoppe Plus Scheme? a) 2 Cash Credit c) 1 C/C and 1 T/L b) d) 2 Term Loans 2 Demand Loans 13 Commission Agents (Arthias) __________can be financed under Arthias Plus Scheme? a) Dealing with Agr.00 lacs Rs. 20. 50.00 lacs c) Rs. Loan 11 Target group for SBI Shoppe Plus Scheme is present and prospective owners of a. 15. Produce b) Regd. while granting loan under SBI Shoppe? a) AB 3 c) No lien letter b) d) No objection Certificate Both (b) and (c) 10 SBI Shoppe Plus Scheme is the combination of _______________ a) SBI Shoppe & H/ loan c) SBI Shoppe & P/Loan b) d) SBI Shoppe & Car loan SBI Shoppe & Edu.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. with Market Committee c) Possess a license from DFSD d) All of above 14 Borrowers will be financed against __________ under Arthia Plus a) Stock c) Both (a) and (b) b) d) Receivables None of above 15 Which type of credit facility can be granted under Arthia Plus Scheme? a) Cash Credit (Hyp. 10. which document in addition to other documents should be obtained.00 lacs 17 The margin required under Arthias Plus is_________% a) 25 c) 40 b) d) 20 10 184 . PANCHKULA 9 In case of the rented property. of Book Debts) c) Demand Loan b) d) Term Loan CTL 16 What is the maximum amount that can be financed under Arthia Plus Scheme? a) Rs. 50 lacs will be as per_________ a) Traditional method c) CRA Model b) d) Scoring Sheet Need based 21 The repayment of credit facility sanctioned under Arthias Plus Scheme. SBI Shoppe Plus & Arthia Plus 1 d 11 d 2 d 12 b 3 c 13 d 4 d 14 b 5 d 15 a 6 a 16 d 7 b 17 c 8 d 18 d 9 d 19 b 10 a 20 c 21 b 185 . 25 lacs & upto Rs.5 20 Assessment under Arthias Plus for loan amount above Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 18 Collateral Security for loan amount upto Rs. 25 lacs under Arthias Plus Scheme will be equitable mortgage of Residential/Commercial property with worth _____times of the loan amount a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 1. 25 lacs under Arthias Plus Scheme will be equitable mortgage of Residential/Commercial property with worth _____times of the loan amount a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 1. will be within ______months a) 3 c) 9 b) d) 6 12 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SBI Shoppe.5 19 Collateral Security for loan amount above Rs. 00.25. e) Any of (a) . ______ a) 75. Car loan can be granted to _______under Car Loan Scheme to SME units a) b) c) d) Unit/Promoters/Partners/Senior Executive Family Members (Spouse & Children) of Promoters/Partners Unit SME CA holder of Bank. Whenever Senior Executive joins as _________ his NAI shall be clubbed with the ______of joint applicant )Promoter/Partner a) b) c) d) applicant & EMI borrower & NMI co-applicant & NMI cannot be granted to Senior Executive 5.000 3. Senior Executive under Car Loan to SME Units is defined as employee in ____ a) b) c) d) Top Management Directors Employee holding the position of responsibility Any of the above 186 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT SME Car Loan 1. If the car loan to SME unit is availed in the name of the Unit_______will guarantee the repayment of loan a) b) c) d) Company Promoter(s) Partner(s) All of the above as applicable 4. an individual/joint applicant should have a minimum NAI of Rs.(b) (c) & (d) individually or jointly with unit 2 For availing car loan under Car Loan to SME Units.000 c) 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 b) d) 1.000 1.50. other SME Clients subject to advising the sanction to the Bank in which they are having a loan account. 000/Nil Under SME Car Loan inspection in regular account is to be undertaken on ______basis a) b) c) d) monthly quarterly half yearly waived 187 . 500/.& 10. Under Car Loan to SME Units.55.5 b) d) 2.5 7. 1000/. Margin under Car Loan to SME Units is __________% of the “ on road price” of the vehicle a) b) c) d) 10 20 5 15 8._________ & maximum Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5 c) 3. For purchasing a new car. PANCHKULA 6. For sanctioning a car loan under Car Loan to SME Units. ____ lacs can be sanctioned for purchase of new vehicle a) 10 c) 20 b) d) 15 No upper limit 9. 1000/.50.000/0.____________ a) b) c) d) 11.5 4. a maximum loan of Rs. & 50 & 50 & 65 & 60 Processing fee charged under Car Loan to SME units is _____% subject to minimum Rs. 60 40 50 50 0.& 10.000/0. EMI/NMI percentage should not exceed ______% and authority vest with the rank of AGM to relax it upto______% a) b) c) d) 10.& 50.55. loan can be sanctioned for a maximum of ____times of NAI of the borrower under Car Loan to SME Units a) 1. b) d) If an account remains irregular beyond a period of 30 days. a) 1 c) 3 15. over and above the applicable rate will be charged under Car Loan to SME Units. a) 1 c) 3 14. PANCHKULA 12. ____ lac can be sanctioned for purchase of used vehicles a) 10 c) 20 17. 2 5 b) d) 2 5 b) d) 15 25 The vehicle purchased under Car Loan to SME Units is to be kept comprehensively insured for the market value or at least _______% above the loan amount a) b) c) d) 18. a) 1 c) 3 16. b) d) 110 100 120 10 Loan on fixed rate of interest under Car Loan to SME Units. a penal interest @ ___% p.m. copy of income tax return for the last ____financial year(s) should be taken before sanctioning a loan under Car Loan to SME Units. 2 5 Pre payment penalty will be charged @ ___% of the loan prepaid in case of Car Loan to SME Units. a) 5 c) 15 b) d) 10 Not to be sanctioned 188 . a maximum loan of Rs. loan sanctioned will be repaid in _____years a) 5 c) 8 13. will be sanctioned for amount exceeding Rs _____lacs. 7 10 As an evidence of income. b) d) Under Car Loan to SME Units.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. For purchase of a new car under Car Loan to SME Units. 5 years 2 years 7 years 1 year Car Loan to those SME Units ___________ should be restricted. a) b) c) d) 20. Reimbursement of unencumbered vehicle not > than ________ can be done in case of Car Loan to SME Units. a) b) c) d) which are weak or have turned NPA or likely to become NPA The relations between branches & promoter(s) is soured Wherever it is proposed to initiate legal action against the unit/promoters All of the above KEY TO ASSIGNMENT SME Car Loan 1 e 11 d 2 b 12 b 3 d 13 b 4 c 14 a 5 d 15 b 6 b 16 b 7 d 17 d 8 d 18 d 9 d 19 b 10 b 20 d 189 . PANCHKULA 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Rice Mill Plus & Dall Mill Plus 1 Existing Profit making rice shellers with CRA rating of _____and above can be covered under Rice Mills Plus Scheme a) c) 2 Modernisation of building All of above C/C.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10. T/L & Bill limit SME Credit Plus b) d) L/C & B/G All of above Rs. 1.00 crore Rs.00 crore No upper limit 6 12 b) d) 9 18 Term Loan sanctioned under Rice Mills Plus Scheme will be repaid in ____years excluding the moratorium period a) c) 7 b) d) A moratorium of _____months can be granted in case a borrower is sanctioned Term Loan under Rice Mills Plus Scheme? a) c) 6 Machinery Working capital needs How much advance can be granted under Rice Mills Plus Scheme? a) c) 5 SB 6 SB 9 Which type of credit facilities can be provided under Rice Mills Plus Scheme? a) c) 4 b) d) Credit facilities under Rice Mills Plus Scheme can be provided for _________ a) c) 3 SB 4 SB 8 5-7 7-9 b) d) 5-10 9-12 Under Rice-Mills Plus. 5.00 crore b) d) Rs. which additional credit facilities can be provided to the borrowers a) b) c) d) Cash Credit – Book Debts Limit against by-products and gunny bags Limit against other grains during lean period All of above 190 . 33% 75% 33% 75% b) d) 50% 60% b) d) 50% 60% Units having CRA rating of _______ can be granted loan under Dal Mills Plus Scheme a) SB 4 and above c) SB 8 and above 13 50% Nil Under Rice Mills Plus for loans over Rs. c. At least 50% of the partners of new units are our existing borrowers & known to the bank.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 5 lacs. collateral security will be taken as Equitable mortgage of property/tangible security belonging to borrower/guarantor valued not less that _________% of loan amount a) c) 10. CRA rating of the unit is not below SB 7 d. 33% 75% b) d) SB 6 and above SB 9 and above Credit facility under Dal Mills Plus Scheme can be granted for the purpose of: a) Machinery c) Working Capital b) d) Building All of above 191 . PANCHKULA 8 Rice Mills Plus Scheme has been extended to new units established by our existing borrowers where: a. and Unit having credit rating SB7 & above. Under Rice Mills Plus for loans upto Rs. 5 lacs. All of above 9. 5 lacs. and Unit having credit rating SB8 & below collateral security will be taken as Equitable mortgage of property/tangible security belonging to borrower/guarantor valued not less that _________% of loan amount a) c) 12 b) d) Under Rice Mills Plus for loans over Rs. collateral security will be taken as Equitable mortgage of property/tangible security belonging to borrower/guarantor valued not less that _________% of loan amount a) c) 11. Management of the new units lies with our existing borrowers b. 00 crore No upper limit Collateral Security under Dal Mill –Plus for loan upto Rs. 80% b) d) 20%.00 crore c) Rs. 2. a moratorium of maximum _____months can be granted a) 6 c) 12 16 b) d) b) d) b) d) Regular All of above Under Dal Mills Plus Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 crore 19 5 to 7 9 to 12 Which CRA model will be used for loan under Dal Mills Plus Scheme? a) Simplified c) Trade 18 9 18 Term Loan under Dal Mills Plus Scheme will be repaid in ______years excluding moratorium period a) 3 to 5 c) 7 to 9 17 L/C & BG All of above b) d) Rs. 3. 5 lacs_________of the loan amount a) 10%. 80% nil. 5 lacs is_____and above Rs. 50% c) nil. PANCHKULA 14 Which type of credit facility can be granted under Dal Mills Plus Scheme? a) Term Loan & CC c) SME Credit Plus 15 b) d) For Term Loan component under Dal Mills Plus Scheme. 75% KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Rice Mill Plus & Dall Mill Plus 1 d 11 d 2 d 12 d 3 d 13 d 4 d 14 d 5 c 15 c 6 a 16 b 7 d 17 a 8 d 18 d 9 d 19 d 10 b 192 . 1. how much loan can be granted? a) Rs. mismatch in cash flows None of above 193 . 5 30. sudden increase in raw material costs. delay in shipment/realization of receivables. 5 25. 5 Cash Credit EPC bills discounting against stock. Corporate Loan & Standby Line of Credit for Purchase of Vehicle 1 What is the target group for Standby Line of Credit (Working Capital) Scheme? a) c) 2 b) d) SB 6 SB 8 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ____crore. whichever is lower. 5 b) d) 20. receivables etc All of the above Which of the following statement is correct in respect of SLC (WC) a) b) c) d) 6 SB 5 SB 7 Which type of facility will be granted under SLC(WC) ? a) b) c) d) 5 Exporting unit All of above A maximum of ____% of Fund Based and Non-Fund Based Limit or Rs. the unit should have a minimum CRA rating of ________ a) c) 3 SSI units C & I Units SLC(WC) should be calculated separately for peak and non peak limits Additional interest of 1% over the regular limit will be charged Discretion to waive the additional cost rests with the controllers All of above Which amongst the following is not correct in respect of SLC (WC) a) b) c) d) It will be granted generally for a period of 2 months at any instance SLC(WC) cannot be extended to units who have utilized SME Credit Plus facility It will be granted to meet contingency needs arising out bunching or orders. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Standby Line of Credit (Working Capital). can be granted under SLC (WC) a) c) 4 b) d) To become eligible for SLC (WC). are _________ a) c) 9 Repayment of High cost debt Shoring of NWC b) Acquisition of Trade mark etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d) All of above Which type of credit facility will be provided under Corporate loan? a) c) 10 Clean Cash Credit Cash Credit Corporate Trust/HUF b) d) Non-Corporate Both (a) & (b) A minimum of Rs. _____crore under Corporate Loan Scheme a) c) 5 15 b) d) 10 25 13 How much amount can be financed under Corporate Loan Scheme to a corporate borrower? a) Rs. ____lacs will be granted under Corporate Loan? a) c) 12 b) d) Which type of borrowers are covered under Corporate Loan? a) c) 11 Clean Term Loan Term Loan 25 75 b) d) 50 100 A non-corporate borrower can be granted a maximum of Rs. 100 crore d) No limit 14 Repayment period of the Term Loan granted under Corporate Loan Scheme will not exceed _______years a) 3 b) 5 c) 7 d) 9 15 For availing credit facility under Stand By Loan to Corporate for Purchase of Vehicles Scheme. the CRA rating of the unit should be ________and above a) SB-5 c) SB-7 b) d) SB-6 SB-8 194 . 10 crore b) Rs. PANCHKULA 7 Corporate Loan Scheme covers customers of the following sectors: a) c) 8 Agr C&I & SSI b) d) SBF Both (b) & (c) The purposes for which Corporate Loan can be granted. 25 crore c) Rs. 25 c) 10. 30 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ____lacs under Stand By Loan to Corporates for Purchase of Vehicles a) 10. 100 The loan sanctioned under Stand By Loan to Corporates for Purchase of Vehicles will be repaid in ______years a) 3 c) 7 19 Short Term Loan CTL b) d) Old None of above The margin under Stand By Loan to Corporates for Purchase of Vehicles is____% of the cost of the vehicle including tax and insurance a) 10 c) 20 b) d) 15 25 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Standby Line of Credit (Working Capital). 50 18 b) d) b) d) 5 9 The loan under Stand By Loan to Corporates for Purchase of Vehicles will be granted for _____vehicles a) New c) Both (a) & (b) 20 10. Corporate Loan & Standby Line of Credit for Purchase of Vehicle 1 D 11 A 2 c 12 b 3 a 13 d 4 d 14 a 5 d 15 c 6 d 16 c 7 c 17 a 8 d 18 b 9 a 19 a 10 d 20 c 195 . PANCHKULA 16 Which type of credit facility will be provided under Stand By Loan to Corporates for Purchase of Vehicles Scheme? a) Demand Loan c) Term Loan 17 b) d) The borrower will be granted ____% of the fund based limit not exceeding Rs. c) Purchase of house boats/luxury boats d) All of above 2 Which of the following are not eligible to avail the credit facility under Paryatan Plus Scheme? a) Individuals/Partnership c) Trust 3 T/L All of above b) d) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 3 lacs 6 b) d) Which type of credit facility can be granted under Paryatan Plus Scheme? a) C/C c) L/C & B/G 5 Corporates HUF The target group for Paryatan Plus Scheme will be ________ a) Hospitality/Transportation c) Adventure/Religious tourism 4 b) d) b) d) 5 40 Which of the following is incorrect regarding Paryatan Plus Scheme a) b) Maintenance of C/A to route all receipt is mandatory Appropriate licenses should be obtained 196 . PANCHKULA Paryatan Plus & Working Capital Finance for Trade & Services sector 1 Under Paryatan Plus. b) Purchase of luxury buses/coaches/cars/vans etc. 2 lacs No such limit b) d) 5 40 ____% Margin to be obtained for financing old vehicles under Paryatan Plus a) 10 c) 20 8 b) d) ____% Margin to be obtained for financing new vehicles under Paryatan Plus a) 10 c) 20 7 Travel/Tour operators All of above Minimum amount to be financed under Paryatan Plus ? a) Rs. 1 lac c) Rs. the credit facility can be sanctioned for ________ a) Construction/renovation/modernization/expansion to Hotels/Yatri Nivas /Dharmshalas/restaurants/coffeehouses /ice-cream parlours /amusement parks/ropeways/health clubs etc. 0 12 b) d) Term loan sanctioned under Paryatan Plus Scheme.25 We can provide credit facility for old vehicles less than ___years under Paryatan Plus Scheme a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 Collateral security for a minimum of ___% of the loan amount in the form of immovable property or liquid security i.75 2. minimum DSCR should be_____ a) 1.e.. a start up period not exceeding ____months.50 crore for advance b) d) 75 125 Which type of units showing profits during the last 3 year and having CRA rating of SB 4 and above can be granted working capital finance liberally under Trade & Service Sector? a) Retail & Wholesale traders in agricultural and industrial Commodities b) Dealers in consumer durables/consumer goods/vehicles c) Big land lords d) Both (a) & (b) above 197 . will be taken for credit facilities under Paryatan Plus Scheme a) 50 c) 100 14 12 24 While sanctioning term loan for the purchase of vehicle under Paryatan Plus Scheme. TDRs. NSCs and KVPs etc.5 c) 2. can be granted a) 6 c) 18 10 13 b) d) 5 to 7 9 to 12 b) d) 1. will be repayable within ______years including start up period not exceeding 18 months a) 3 to 7 c) 7 to 9 11 Only skilled/trained persons eligible There is an upper ceiling of Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA c) d) 9 In case of Term Loan sanctioned under Paryatan Plus Scheme. 7. it should be ensured that projected annual turnover should not be more than ____% of the last year turnover a) 10 c) 20 17 b) d) b) d) 50 No security is required Out of prescribed Collateral Security under working capital finance for Trade & Services sector_____% Collateral security will be taken as mortgage of immovable property a) 50 c) 33 19 15 25 While granting working capital finance under Trade & Services sector_____% Collateral security will be taken. 15 b) d) 25 No such stipulation M/s. 2 c) 20. has offered collateral security to the extent of 75% of the loan.0% KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Paryatan Plus & Working Capital Finance for Trade & Services sector 1 d 11 a 2 d 12 a 3 d 13 a 4 d 14 d 5 b 15 b 6 c 16 d 7 d 17 b 8 d 18 c 9 c 19 b 10 a 198 . a) 100 c) 20 18 15.. 10 16 b) d) While granting working capital finance under Trade & Services sector.75% b) d) 0. 5 25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Oriental Handloom Co. ____crore a) 10. can be granted to the unit? a) 0. a trading unit. PANCHKULA 15 Working capital under Trade & Services Sector can be granted ____% of Projected Annual Turnover (PAT) subject to a maximum of Rs.50 1.25% c) 0. how much concession in rate of interest over and above CRA rating. desirous of working capital limit with CRA rating of SB 8-9. 50 2.75 b) d) 1.00 c) 25. 5. 10.00 lacs b) d) Rs.25 c) 1.00 b) d) 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 6 For loan of above Rs 25. a borrower can be sanctioned a maximum loan to the tune of Rs. 25. 20. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT Flexi Loan for Trade & Service & General Purpose Term Loan for SSI 1 Borrowers with __________ are eligible to avail credit facility under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme? b) CRA rating of SB 10 and above c) Cash profits in each of the preceding 3 years d) Net Profit in the last year d) All of above 2 Flexi Loan for Trade and Services can be granted for the purpose of ________ a) Stocks/book debts c) Vehicles/Machinery 3 b) d) Land and building All of above Which type of credit facility will be granted under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme? a) Term Loan c) Overdraft b) d) Cash Credit Demand Loan 4 What is the minimum amount that can be sanctioned under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme? a) Rs.00 lacs c) Rs.00 lacs 5 Under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme.00 lacs under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme.00 100. which CRA model will be used? a) Simplified Non-Trade c) Simplified Trade b) d) Regular Trade Regular Non-Trade 7 Minimum DSCR for loan under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme should be:____ a) 1. _____lacs a) 50.00 199 .00 lacs Rs. can be granted for ___________________ a) c) Shoring of NWC Payment of High cost debt b) d) R&D All of above 200 . PANCHKULA 8 Term Loan under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme.25 1.50 13 Which type of SSI units can be sanctioned loan under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme? a) c) CRA rating SB 7 & above No default history b) d) Profits in all the preceding 3 yrs. will be repaid in __ a) 3-5 years c) 7-9 years b) d) 5-7 years 9-12 years 9 The repayment period of term loan under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme can be extended upto ____years in deserving cases a) 3 c) 7 b) d) 5 8 10 TOL/TNW ratio of the unit for finance under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme should not be more than ____ a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 4 11 Total Long Term Liability to equity ratio of the unit for finance under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme should not be more than ____ a) 1: 1 c) 3: 1 b) d) 2: 1 4: 1 12 Current Ratio of the unit for finance under Flexi Loan for Trade and Services Scheme should not be less than ____ a) 1 c) 1. All of above 14.33 b) d) 1. Which type of facility can be granted under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme? a) c) Cash Credit Demand Loan b) d) Term Loan Overdraft 15 Credit facility under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. will be repaid in ______years a) c) 18 10 25 3 4 b) d) 5 7 While arriving at TNW for sanctioning loan under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme. loans from friends and relatives will be treated as _____ a) c) Capital Current Liability b) d) Quasi-Capital Term Liability KEY TO ASSIGNMENT Flexi Loan for Trade & Service & General Purpose Term Loan for SSI 1 d 11 b 2 d 12 a 3 a 13 d 4 a 14 b 5 d 15 d 6 c 16 b 7 b 17 a 8 a 18 b 9 d 19 b 10 d 20 201 . PANCHKULA 16 Maximum loan under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector is Rs.___lacs a) b) 17 50 100 3 7 b) d) 5 6 The repayment period of term loan granted under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme can be extended upto _______years in deserving cases a) c) 19 b) d) Term loan sanctioned under General Purpose Term Loan for SSI Sector Scheme. Doubtful Doubtful. Substandard Loss. Loss Standard. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT NPA MANAGEMENT & RECOVERY PROCESS-I 1. URIPY stands for_____________ a) Under realized interest of previous year b) Unrealized interest for previous year c) Under realized income of previous year d) None of the above 202 . NPA stands for__________ a) b) c) d) Non Payment of Account Non Payment of Asset Now Performing Asset Non Performing Asset 2. SMA stands for___________ a) b) c) d) Specially Managed Accounts System Managed Accounts Some Mentioned Accounts Special Mentioned Accounts 3. IRAC stands for___________ a) b) c) d) Income recognition & Advances Classification Interest recognition and classification Income Recognition and Asset Classification None of the above- 5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. INCA stands for__________ a) Interest not be collected account b) Interest not be counted against c) Interest not collected account d) None of the above 6. SMA is a category between___________& _____________ a) b) c) d) Standard. Doubtful 4. 24 b) 12 c) 18 d) 06 A Doubtful asset is one. A Cash Credit or Overdraft Account will be treated NPA. A Sub-Standard asset is one.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. if account remains ‘out of order’ for a period of more than_________days. if any Interest and/or instalment of principal remain ‘overdue’ for a period of more than _________days a) 30 b) 60 c) 90 d) 180 8. ATL/ACC/KCC will be treated NPA. a) Only (i) b) Only (ii) c) either i or ii d) none of these 10. but there are no credits continuously for 90 days or credits are not enough to cover the interest debited during the same period. A term loan will be treated NPA. if any Interest and/or instalment of principal remain ‘overdue’ for a period of _________ a) b) c) d) two harvest seasons. but not exceeding a period of two half years. Out of Order means: i) If the outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the sanctioned limit/drawing power OR ii) If the outstanding balance in the principal operating account is less than the sanctioned limit/drawing limit. a) 30 b) 60 c) 90 d) 180 9. An account will be identified as NPA from: the date of out of order b) the date on which interest /principal have remained overdue for 90 days . 2 crop seasons for short & one crop season for long duration from due date either a or b neither a nor b 11. c) the date since interest charged during any quarter is not serviced fully within 90 days from the beginning of the quarter d) None of the above 12. which has been classified as NPA for a period not exceeding ________months a) 13. PANCHKULA 7. which has been remained as NPA for a period exceeding ________months a) 24 b) 12 c) 18 d) 06 203 . 0% 01. The age of DA-1. PANCHKULA 14. DA-2 & DA-3 will be ___________ a) b) c) d) 15. It will make no difference to the asset classification The asset classification depends upon time period elapsed The account can be straightway categorized as Doubtful None of the above 02.0% 0.0% zero % A general provision of _______on total out standings in Sub-standard accounts (Secured portion) should be made a) 2. upto 1 year. a) b) c) d) 2. assessed by the bank/approved valuers/RBI inspection.5% .5%. wholly or partly. more than 2 years to 3 years & over 5 years None of the above A Loss asset is one where: a) loss identified by the Bank or internal or external auditors or the RBI inspection but the amount has not been written off . more than 1 year to 3 years & over 3 years upto 2 years.2. b) 0.5% 19.________ should be made on the secured & unsecured portion of the Substandard assets . 12.25% . 60% 10%.is required to be made on Standard Assets on global portfolio basis.3.2. If the realizable value of security. more than 1 year to 4 years & over 4 years upto 3 years.0% .25% c) 10% d) zero % A provision of ______. a) b) c) d) 18.5% 50%. is < 10% either a or b neither a nor b b) c) d) 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. If there is a sudden reduction in the value of security in the account (above 50%) in a sub standard account a) b) c) d) 17. A general provision of a minimum of ______ to _____. 20% 100% 204 . 30. 50 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. All accounts of the borrower will be classified as NPA None of the above If there is a sudden reduction in the value of security (upto 100%) in a sub standard account a) b) c) c) It will make no difference to the asset classification The asset classification depends upon time period elapsed The account can be straightway categorized as Doubtful. 40 20. D2 & D3 Assets respectively. a) 23. a) 2. 100. 100% b) 50% c) 75% 125% d) If one account of the borrower becomes NPA. Ans. A provision of _______should be made on unsecured portion of the Doubtful assets. 100 20. d) 30 % c) 100% A provision of ____. a) b) c) d) 22. 20. The account can be straightway categorized as loss. KEY TO ASSIGNMENT NPA MANAGEMENT & RECOVERY PROCESS-I Q. 50 A provision of_____should be made on Loss assets. 1 c 11 b 21 b 2 d 12 b 22 a 3 c 13 b 23 c 4 c 14 a 24 d 5 c 15 c 6 a 16 c 7 c 17 b 8 c 18 c 9 c 19 c 10 c 20 c 205 . Ans. 30. b) 50% Only the account which has become NPA will be classified NPA NPA classification will be facility wise. 40. Ans. _____&_____is made on secured portion of D1.5% 21. what will be IRAC status of other accounts? a) b) c) d) 24. PANCHKULA 20. Q. Q. Lok Adalats have______ a) b) c) d) 7. b) 15 lacs c) 20 lacs d) 25 lacs Can doubtful Asset be upgraded to Sub-standard on Cash Recovery? a) Yes c) Partial to the extent of recovery. b) Short inquiry b) DRTs c) SARFAESI Act d) Civil Which advances may not become NPAs under the 90 day norm a) Staff advances b) Advances where moratorium has been granted c) Advances where the outstandings are covered by security value as in NSCs/IVPs /FDRs d) All of the above 6. PANCHKULA NPA MANAGEMENT & RECOVERY PROCESS-II 1. Where can rate of interest be rectified in DL/TL loan processing? a) Maintenance 2. b) No d) Partial to the extent of intt. adequate powers no powers judicial powers none of the above What is the maximum amount in lacs for a suit to be filed in LOK ADALATS ? a) 10 lacs 8. b) 7 d) 9 b) Long enquiry c) Common processing d) a & c Which is the most popular recovery channel? a) Lok Adalats Courts 5. 206 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. c) Long Inquiry d) none of the above How many new IRAC codes are available in the system? a) 6 3. c) 8 Where to find that an account has become an NPA? a) Short enquiry 4. recovery . b) A/C is in live ladger. PANCHKULA 9.000/.00. a) Realize dues without intervention of court. d) Direct the debtors of borrower to pay direct to Bank. c) Our share is more than 75% among secured creditors. On which IRAC status the account is actually treated as NPA a) Old IRAC 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) New IRAC c) None of above When the old IRAC status is replaced by the system with new IRAC status. Under which of the following conditions Securitization is not applicable. _______days notice is required under section 13(2) of Securitization Act. Allied agricultural activity loans such as poultry loans will be come NPA if a) Default persists as per 2 crop seasons . Which of the following is not a Power of Bank/FI under Securitization. a) 45 12. d) Law of limitation is applicable 11. a) 0500 & 1200 b) 0700& 1900 c) 1000& 2000 d)1100 & 2100 13.not exceeding 2 half years b) In accordance with 90 day norms c) None of the above 14. b) Take over assets by authorized official c) Sell Assets of borrower other than mortgaged ones. a) Daily b) Monthly c) Once in a year on date defined by the bank d) As & when advised by the branch 207 . b) 30 c) 90 d) 60 Recovery Agents should contact the borrower between------hrs -----hrs.& above. a) Where outstanding is Rs 1. 10. 1 a 11 d 2 c 12 b 3 d 13 b 4 c 14 b 5 d 15 c 6 c 16 7 c 17 8 b 18 9 c 19 10 b 20 208 . Q. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT NPA MANAGEMENT & RECOVERY PROCESS-II Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. Ans. (b) IPC (d) NI Act to Pay the cheque to return the cheque with the objection “Bs” confirmation required to return the cheque with the reason “joint account holder involved in an solvency proceedings” none of the above A Power of Attorney is terminated on the (a)Death of the customer (c) Insolvency of the customer 4.CPC (c)Banking Regulation Act 2.. The statutory protection available to a collecting banker under Sec. b) Only bearer instruments d) none of these Holder in due course is defined under section------of Negotiable Instrument Act. PANCHKULA Legal Aspects of Banking-I 1. (b) Lunacy of the customer (d) All of the above (b) Power of attorney register (d) Trust Deed Register When a trustee becomes insolvent the trust account which he is authorized to operate …… a) Must be closed b) Must be closed & fresh a/c opened for future operations c) Can be continued but operations watched carefully d) That trustee should not be allowed to operate the account 6. c. d. b has filed insolvency petition and a cheque drawn by A is presented for payment. b. a) 10 c) 9 b) 8 d) 18 209 . 3. (a) Branch Document Register (c)Not to be entered 5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. It would be in order a. Important portions of the Trust Deed relevant to the trust account must be entered in the ……. A & b maintain a current account operated by E OR S . Issuance of a cheque without balance is punishable under a) Cr. 131 of NI Act is available in case of-----------: a) All cheques and drafts c) Crossed cheques and drafts 7. admitting a minor to the benefits of the partnership. Act is not available to collecting bankers for the following: a) b) c) e) Cheques bearing account payee endorsements Cheques bearing forged endorsements Cheques with irregular endorsements None of the above 210 . authorised to operate on the account All partners. PANCHKULA 8. 138 11 b) 10 d) 20 While collecting cheques/bills etc. with the consent of all the partners. All partners. 50 A contract of Insurance is a contract of---------------------------: a) Indemnity c) Guarantee 12 b) Registrar of Societies/Firms d) None of the above b) A trustee of the customer d) A debtor Protection under Section 131 of the N. 1881 permits institution of criminal proceedings against persons who have issued cheques that have bounced? a) Sec. 144 c) Sec. alongside evidence of dishonour. is required to be noted with---a) Competent court c) Notary Public/Oath commissioner 10 Which section of the Negotiable Instruments Act.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 28 d) Sec. except the minor Only Active Partners A dishonoured Bill of Exchange. vide Sec. is signed by whom? a) b) c) d) 9. for a customer the bank acts as--------------------------a) An agent of the customer c) A pledger 14 b) Pledge d) Hypothecation What is the maximum number of partners in a non-banking partnership firm? a) 7 c) 12 13 b) Sec. including the dormant/sleeping partners.I. including the minor All partners. The account opening form of a partnership firm. 30(1) of Indian Partnership Act. The banker will be held liable for “conversion” unless: a) b) c) d) 21 22 The cheque was specially crossed to the collecting bank The cheque was crossed “Account Payee only” The cheque was crossed before it was deposited into the bank The cheque was crossed before it was presented to the paying bank In the case of dishonour of cheque due to insufficiency of funds the punishment under Section 138 of N. 1872 211 . 1881 c) Indian Partnership Act. Act is---------: a) Twice the amount of cheque b) One year imprisonment c) Twice the amount of cheque or one year imprisonment d) Twice the amount of cheque or two year imprisonment or both Rule in Clayton’s case has been incorporated in the------------------------: a) Negotiable Instrument Act. 1932 b) Banking Regulation Act. 1949 d) Indian Contract Act. PANCHKULA 15 A Holder in Due Course of a cheque does not get protection in case of-----------a) Irregularity in endorsement b) Forging an endorsement c) Default in the title of previous holder d) None of the above 16 The Negotiable Instruments Act allows 3 days of grace on-------------------------: a) Cheques c) Promissory Note b) Usance Bills of Exchange d) Demand Draft 17 Inchoate Negotiable Instrument means---------------------------------: a) Post-dated instrument c) Lost instrument b) Pre-dated instrument d) Incomplete Instrument 18 Negotiable Instrument does not deal with-------------------------: a) Promissory Note b) Bill of Exchange c) Term Deposit Receipt d) Cheques 19 In case of wrongful payment of a cheque the Bank is liable to------------a) Payee c) Drawer b) Holder d) Holder-in-due-course 20 A banker collects a cheque on account of a customer who is not a true owner of the instrument.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.I. c 18 c 9. b) Allow C to operate the account. as such payment will not be payment in due course None of these A joint account is in the name of A and B with instructions " either or survivor". X is adjudged insolvent. c 16 b 7. d 11 a 21 d 2. b) 10 d) 20 Pay the cheque. a 14 c 24 a 5. if otherwise in order Pay the cheque after confirmation of Y Not pay the cheque. d 13 a 23 b 4. What is the maximum number of partners in a Banking partnership firm? a) 7 c) 12 24. c 12 d 22 d 3. Ans 1. We should-------: a) Not allow C to operate the account without oral confirmation of B. A grants a power of attorney in favour of C. A trust has X and Y as its trustees.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. c 19 c 10. Q. We should------: a) b) c) d) 25. PANCHKULA 23. c 17 d 8. as either of account holders is competent to appoint an attorney c) Not allow C to operate the account d) Suggest B that he should also execute a power of attorney in favour of somebody Key to Assignment: Legal Aspects of Banking-I Q Ans. Subsequently a Cheque signed by X is presented for payment. c 20 a 212 . C 15 A 25 C 6. Ans. Creditor-Debtor b) Lessor-Lessee d) Principal-Agent 213 . the bank. b) Transfer of Property Act d) Indian Contract Act b) Direct Pledge d) None of the above A banker has following securities with him. where the relationship is of_________ a) Bailor . Banker’s general lien is defined under which of the following Act-------. after giving a proper/reasonable notice to the borrower can-----------a) b) c) d) 6. Securities received for sale Securities deposited upon a particular trust. Securities left in banker’s hands for an advance which has been declined None of the above What does the term particular lien denote-------------- a) b) c) d) Right to retain possession of goods in respect of which the dues have arisen Right to keep the securities indefinitely Right to sell the securities Right to keep the securities for other dues 5. Right of set off is exercisable. a) Sale of Goods Act c) Negotiable Instrument Act 2. PANCHKULA Legal Aspects of Banking-II 1.Bailee c) Debtor-Creditor. Which of these is subject to banker’s general lien? a) b) c) d) 4. The Banker’s Lien on securities is treated as---------------a) Implied Pledge c) A special right 3. in case of default.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Because the bank’s right under general lien is an implied pledge. of customer: a) Right of lien c) Right of adjustment b) Right of Set-off d) Right of appropriation 7. Convert general lien into a particular lien Sell the security under certain circumstances without filing a suit Can sell only after filing a suit None of the above A bank has a right called ----------to club two accounts (one of which has debit balance and another has credit balance) in the same capacity. after obtaining consent of Y d) Yes. Can you exercise right of set off as a banker--------a) No. Banking regulation Act. 12. can be exercised after obtaining consent letter. 214 . A Garnishee order is issued by ------------a) The RBI to scheduled bank for stopping payment in an account. ‘X’ has an overdraft account. 10. ‘X’ has a joint “former or survivor” account XY with his wife ‘Y’. a) Debts which are to arise in future b) Contingent debts of the customer c) Funds deposited by the debtor for a specific purpose d) For due and lawful debts 9. the banker can exercise its right of set off. it is possible as the account is former or survivor c) Yes.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. In respect of time barred debts. right of set off--------------: a) b) c) d) is not available can be exercised after obtaining permission from the court. after obtaining court order 11. For which among the following. in joint accounts it is not possible b) Yes. c) The Income Tax Recovery Officer attaching funds in the account maintained by the bank. in case of need. b) The competent court for attaching funds due to a judgement debtor by a third party for payment to the judgement creditor. can be exercised if loan and deposit are in the same right/capacity. where he is not paying dues. PANCHKULA 8. d) The district Magistrate requiring the bank to remit to his office a certain sum of money to the debit of particular account. Garnishee order is issued under which of the following-----------a) b) c) d) Civil Procedure code Criminal Procedure code Indian Contract Act. Stop operations and inform customer None of the above 17. After paying the amount to Judgement creditor.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A bank has received on order under section 226(3) of the income tax act. the customer be informed. PANCHKULA 13. An attachment order is received from Income Tax Officer for attaching funds lying in saving bank account of a person. Branch manager can be fined upto Rs. d) The district Magistrate requiring the bank to remit to his office a certain sum of money to the debit of particular account 14. 5000 and sentenced upto one year. 18. which is already matured. Your branch has received a garnishee order for the account of Mr. Attachment Order is issued by---------------a) The RBI to scheduled bank for stopping payment in an account. In the process of issuing a Garnishee order court first issues-----------a) b) c) d) Order Nisi Order primary Order attachment Order absolute 15. ‘X’. b) The competent court for attaching funds due to a judgement debtor by a third party for payment to the judgement creditor. in case. with penalty. the customer be informed. Who is a garnishee in case of a bank account. The banker shall be treated as an assessee in default. where a garnishee order is served? a) Judgement debtor b) Judgement creditor c) Judgement debtor’s debtor d) Cash credit customer 16. the bank fails to execute this order u/s 226(3) of income tax Act: a) b) c) d) Branch manager can be arrested. c) The Income Tax Recovery Officer attaching funds in the account maintained by the bank. Which of the following action the bank should take while making payment to the income tax officer concerned? 215 . What will be the consequences. What is the first action you are required to take? a) b) c) d) After paying the amount to the court. Amount can be recovered from the Bank. 1961 in the name of a customer who has a fixed deposit account. PANCHKULA a) The bank should insist for production of FDR duly charged by the party b) The bank cannot insist for production of FDR c) Production of FDR may be waived only if the income tax officer executes an indemnity bond in favour of the bank. If the garnishee order is received on a firm’s account. Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. Which of the following statement is correct in case your branch receives an attachment order from the income tax authorities? a) Your right of set off becomes inoperative b) You can exercise right of set off in respect of existing claims against the customer c) You can exercise the right of set off after obtaining an order from a competent court d) none of these 20. d) None of these 19. what would be the position of individual account of partners being maintained with same bank branch? a) b) c) d) The order will be applicable The order will not be applicable It will be applicable through special order of court None of the above Key to Assignment : Legal Aspects of Banking-II Q. 1 d 11 a 2 a 12 b 3 d 13 c 4 a 14 a 5 b 15 c 6 b 16 c 7 c 17 c 8 d 18 b 9 d 19 b 10 b 20 a 216 . Ans. (True or False) 9).) After receipt of notice from the secured creditor for repayment of dues by the borrower. SARFAESI Act is applicable to the Regional Rural Banks. (True or False) 6) A securitization or reconstruction company needs registeration from RBI for commencement of business.) On request of the secured creditor the District Magistrate or the Chief judicial Magistrate can take possession of the security for handing over it to the creditor.) The SARFAESI Act is applicable for pledged securities also. Mortgage or asset backed debt instruments can be issued by the securitization company or reconstruction company to the general public. SARFAESI Act is applicable only when there is security. (True or False) 3. (True or False) 7). (True or False) 217 . . Right of acquisition of a financial asset by the securitization company or reconstruction company is subject to the prior agreements or contracts about the asset . . (True or False) 4. (True or False) 8). the directors of such company are entitled to compensation for loss of office. . The security receipts issued by the securitization or reconstruction company requires registration. (True or False) 11). court intervention is required even for actions under the SARFAESI Act. the borrower is legally prevented from transferring his property in any way. (True or False) 10). Acquisition of a financial asset by the securitization company or reconstruction company is with the liability also over such an asset.) 2. (True or False) 12).STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA SARFAESI ACT & CENTRAL REGISTRY 1.) When the management of the company is taken over by the secured creditor. (True or False) 5. (True or false) For the enforcement of a mortgage security. Asset reconstruction means -------------.by any securitization company or reconstruction company of any right or interest of the creditor in any------ 23). 20). (True or False) 14). PANCHKULA 13). Duty to report satisfaction of charge to the central registerar is on the creditor or on the borrower ? 218 . Any direction issued by the RBI under SARFAESI act has ---------effect and is ------------on the parties concernerd. . After coming into operation .the provisions relating to central registry the banks and financial institutions will have to register all security interests created in the asset. (True or False) 15) A guarantor to the loan is within the meaning of the word borrowed under SARFAESI Act (True or False) 16) Banks and financial institutions can issue notice for enforcement over security under SARFAESI Act only if these securities are not __________ creditor and only when the account is classified as ___________ 17. 18) Which are the four documents involved for the securitization transaction? 19) For each such acquired or to be acquired asset by the securitization or reconstruction company there should be --------------. the holder thereof is entitled to a -------------in the financial asset. 22). 21).scheme. When the securitization or reconstruction company issues security receipts.) If the borrower does not pay within ___________ days after notice by the secured creditor the creditor can __________ of the security. The period stipulated in the Act for filing details of security interest is -------days. Has SARFAESI Act defined hypothecation and whether the Act is applicable to hypothecation security? .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 24). d. b. Whether existing or future receivable are property? a.) With the Reserve Bank of India. d. but if and when charged to the leader. 28). 29) From the following which function is of a securitization company? Acquisition of loan transaction from the lender. Besides the SARFAESI Act .) When the RBI directs to do so. if hypothecated to the leader. as the Civil Court and DRT still have jurisdiction against the properties both registration.) With the ROC. registration under the SARFAESI Act as well as any other applicable law will have to be madeas the SARFAESI Act is not subsititution of any other law. 2002? a. c. d.) When any bank or financial institutions obtain a charge against property. c.) 219 .) With the central Registry.) c.) When can the provision of SARFAESI Act.) Yes.) With the registrar of Assurance within whose jurisdiction the property lies. b. b) No. Help the lender in recovery by sale of charged property.some other laws requires some registration of charge created in the property. if one charge noting is by a registered document. the creditor can choose under such law he needs registration. 27. c.) Yes.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.) When there is default in repayment and the bank declares the account as NPA.) NO. 2002 be invoked for proceeding against the charged property? a. 26. d. c) Yes.) b.) When there is default in repayment by the borrower. with which will the transaction have to be registered under the SARFAESI Act. Take legal steps against the defaulter borrower on behalf of the lender. b. a.) When the bank feels that it is necessary for the recovery at any time. PANCHKULA 25). Is such double registration avoidable? a) Yes.) Acquisition of financial assets from the originator.) No. d) No. 21. 14.take possession offer document. 25.security receipt Separate Undivided interest Statutory. 11. 28.NPA Sixty. 27.financial assistance 30 Creditor b a d a d 220 . PANCHKULA ANSWERS: 1. 13. 2.agreement.binding Acquisition. 23. 26. 29.debenture. 5. 6. 20. 18. 16. 17. 24.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. False False True True False true False False False False False True True True True In possession. 4. 10. 9. 12. 7. 15. 3. 22. 19. 8. an equitable mortgage becomes time-barred after ____ years.The certificate to commence business is to be called for. Minimum number of directors in a public limited company must be……………. for perusal and return for opening of an account of: a) Public Limited Company c) Private Limited Company b) Club & Association d) Partnership firms 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Objectives of the company Borrowing powers of the directors b)Authorised Capital d)Registered Office A person will be declared as legally dead.As per the Indian Limitation Act. a) 12 yrs b)7 yrs c) 5 yrs d)3 yrs 5. if for a period of ………….years or more the persons who would have normally known of his existence have not heard of him/known of his existence.Articles of association of a company contains details regarding: a) b) c) d) Objectives of the company Authorized capital of the company Matter related to the conduct of day-to-day business of the company Registered office of the company 221 .1949 deals with? a)Return of unclaimed deposits c)Maintenance of Currency chests b)Permission to open branches d(Nomination Facility 6. b) 10 c) 12 d) 3 e) None of these Which among the following is not found in the MOA of a Company? a) c) 4. Advances General Two firm are said to be identical when a) b) c) d) Partners of the firms are the same When two firms have some common partners When the two firms have any common partner When the two firms have same name 2. PANCHKULA 1.With with does section 45Z of Banking Regulation Act . a) 3 b) 6 c) 10 d) 12 7. a) 5 3. Hypothecation advances granted to partnership undertakings should be registered with: a) c) The Registrar of Companies The Registrar of Firms b) The Registrar of Assurance d) Do not require any registration 13.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. it can be recovered: a) From her husband c) From her husband’s estate b) From her separate estate d) None of the above 14.In the matter of a Joint Stock Company.00 crore Private Limited Companies None of these 10.Guarantees are defined in: a) Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 b) Banking Regulation Act 1949 c) Indian Contract Act 1872 d) RBI Act 1934 222 .Accounts in the name of companies can be opened without certificate of commencement of business in the case of ___: a) b) c) d) Public Limited Companies Public Limited Companies with an authorised share capital of Rs. 11.In the case of joint stock company. the registration of charge with the Registrar of Companies is not necessary: a) b) c) d) Against the pledge of movable property Against hypothecation of movable property Against assignment of book debts Against mortgage of fixed assets 12. through its own resolution is restrained from creating further charge on its assets c) Where a charge created in favour of the bank is not registered with the Registrar of Companies d) The charge is in the nature of only a floating charge on its assets. the term “negative lien” means: a) A lien which does not confer on the bank a right of sale of asset b) Where a company. PANCHKULA 9. 1.If a married woman is a borrower and does not repay bank dues. The charge assignment is governed by the provisions of: a) Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 b) Transfer of property Act c) Indian Contract Act 1872 d) RBI Act 1934 21..For creating an equitable mortgage. which charge should be created: a) Assignment c) Pledge b) Hypothecation d) None of the above 20.When a debt is offered as security.In the event of mortgage of immovable property.When loan is to be granted against the security of a LIC policy. which of the following is true….In case of mortgage of immovable property as collateral security.After the repayment of the loan secured by assignment of debt the charge is: a) b) c) d) Transferred in favour of borrower Endorsed in favour of the borrower Re-assigned in favour of the borrower None of the above 223 . a search report from legal counsel is insisted upon for____ years: a) 8 c) 12 b) 10 d) 30 19.The mortgage has been defined under section _____of Transfer of Property act: a) 57 c) 59 b) 58 d) 60 16. which charge is to be created: a) Mortgage c) Assignment b) Hypothecation d) Pledge 22. a) Ownership is transferred c) A specific interest is created b) Right is transferred d) None of the above 17. PANCHKULA 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. which of the following is required: a) Original Title Deed c) Attested copy of the title deed b) Photocopy of the title deed d) Only Furd (Girdawari) 18. in the interest of the bank none of the above 24. Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.: a) 172 c) 372 b) 272 d) None of the above Advances . PANCHKULA 23. 1. whether the registration of charge u/s 125 of Companies Act is necessary: a) b) c) d) Yes Not necessary Preferable. a 11 a 21 c 2 d 12 d 22 c 3 c 13 b 23 a 4 b 14 c 24 d 5 d 15 b 25 a 6 d 16 c 7 a 17 a 8 c 18 c 9 c 19 a 10 b 20 b 224 . Q. Co. Ans.Hypothecation is defined in: a) Indian Contract Act 1872 c) Negotiable Instrument Act b) Transfer of Property Act d) SERFASI 25. Ans..General Q Ans. If the assignor is a Ltd.The pledge is defined under section __________of Indian Contract Act. Indian Contract Act d.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 13 c) 8. 4. Sale of Goods Act b. 8. 17 5.I. Master of Computer Appreciation Ministry of Company Affairs Member Chartered Accountant Registration of Charge with ROC Which new e-forms will be used for creation/modification/satisfaction of charge with ROC a) 8. a. if audited accounts are not approved by shareholders at annual general meeting within … months. MCA – 21 relates to _____ a. Act c. documents in physical form are not been accepted after ______ a) 30-04-2006 c) 30-06-2006 6. 10. 10. 15 8. N. 6 c. 9 d. b. 10. c. b) d) 31-05-2006 31-07-2006 Authorised officials of the branches should obtain Digital Signature Certificates (DSC) from IDRBT before _______ a) 30-04-2006 c) 30-06-2006 7. b) d) b) d) 31-05-2006 31-07-2006 “Small Business Credit Card” has been rechristened as ______ a) SME Credit Card c) Kisan Credit Card b) d) SME Credit Plus Kisan Gold Card 225 . 3 b. The Bank Guarantees are covered undera. d. Companies Act 3. 19 For filing the charge for registration. 10. The companies are required to seek an extension of time from the concerned Registrar of Companies. 12 2. PANCHKULA Advances General matters-I 1. Profit Volume Ratio is _____ a) b) c) d) 13. 5. Gross Profit divided by Turnover Profit % of selling price Net Profit % of Cost of sales Contribution % of Selling Price When there is no production. Traditional Projected Balance Sheet Working capital limit for C& I (Mfg) units upto Rs. b) d) Projected Annual Turnover None of above Which of the following is not a Current Assets a) b) c) d) 11. the net loss will be equal to ____ a) Fixed Costs c) Total Costs b) d) Variable Costs Break even sales 226 . Working capital limit for SSI units upto Rs. 5. b) d) Advance given to supplier Prepaid expenses Dues from partners Interest accrued on investment “Cost of Sales” is _______ a) Cost of Raw Material consumed and direct expenses including depreciation b) Cost of Raw Material consumed and direct expenses excluding depreciation c) Cost of Production plus indirect expenses d) Cost of production plus opening stocks of semi-finished and finished goods minus closing stocks of semi-finished and finished goods 12. PANCHKULA 8.00 crore should be assessed as per _____method a) Traditional Method c) Projected Balance Sheet 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 crore should be assessed as per ________method a) Operating Cycle c) Nayak Committee 9. Selling price per unit X Fixed Cost/Contribution Sales – Cost of Sales/Sales Fixed Cost/Contribution None of above Cash received minus cash paid during the year Profit Before Interest and tax plus depreciation Profit after interest and tax plus depreciation Savings with housewives DSCR calculated to ensure the repayment of Term Loan indicates. Break Even Point for sales is equal to _____ a) b) c) d) 15. b) d) b) d) Rs. Applicant. 10 lac and above Rs. Cash Accrual is _____ a) b) c) d) 16. Ensure term loan repayment Ensure end use of credit To check margin for working capital All of above Funds Flow Analysis is done if a unit has availed working capital limit of _______ a) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Profitability Turnover Various Parties to a Bank Guarantee are _____ a) b) c) d) 18. Promisee and Bank None of above The objective of Funds Flow Analysis is _____ a) b) c) d) 19. Beneficiary and Guarantor Debtor. 20 lac and above 20. 5 lac and above c) Rs. unit’s. PANCHKULA 14. a) Liquidity c) Solvency 17. 25 lac and above Profit from normal business and retained in the business are termed as _____ a) Revenue Reserve c) Statutory Reserve b) d) Capital Reserve None of above 227 . Creditor and Surety Promiser. has to be registered with the Registrar of Companies under Indian Companies Act within ____days a) 10 c) 30 22. b) d) b) d) Working Capital Gap All financial Resources To verify the “CAPITAL CLAUSE” of a company as a banker.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ranking equally in priority Ranking in proportion to the lender’s share in total advances Ranking as per the ranks of individual bank Ranking as per CRISIL Rating In a Funds Flow Analysis. 20 45 Pari Passu charge refers to _____ a) b) c) d) 23. Bank’s charge on the assets of a company. PANCHKULA 21. “FUNDS” refer to _____ a) Cash c) Net Working Capital 24. the document needs to be checked is _______ a) Memorandum of Association b) Articles of Association c) Certificate of Incorporation d) Certificate of commencement of Business ADVANCES GENERAL MATTERS-I 1 6 11 16 21 b c d c c 2 7 12 17 22 c a d a a 3 8 13 18 23 d c a b d 4 9 14 19 24 c b a d a 5 10 15 20 c c c a 228 . the type of guarantee issued is a) Financial c) Bid-Bond b) d) Performance Deferred Payment 7. “Equity” refers to ______ a) b) c) d) Capital. Centres for creating equitable mortgage are _____ a) b) c) d) All district headquarters Centres approved by Local Head Office Notified as per Transfer of Property Act Notified by RBI 229 . O for Opportunities and T for _____ a) Technology c) Threats b) d) Technical ability None of above b) d) Importing goods None of above 5. In “SWOT ANALYSIS’. “Block Assets” means _____ a) Goodwill c) Non moving assets 3. W for Weakness. S stands for Strength.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. In case of bank guarantee issued to ensure for prompt payment of instalments for the machinery/equipment purchased. Reserves & Surplus and Retained Profit Equity shares Capital and Term Liabilities None of above 4. “Debt” in a balance sheet refers to _____ a) Outside Liabilities c) Term Liabilities b) d) Current Liabilities None of above b) d) Fixed Assets None of above 2. Packing Credit is granted for _____ a) Packing goods c) Advance against Exports 6. PANCHKULA Advances General matters-II 1. Sales and Selling Price b) Technique of determining effect of technology on products c) Technique of determining effect of competition d) None of above 13.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Liabilities Classify as Term Liabilities Deduct from Profit Sensitivity analysis refers to _____ a) Technique of determining the effect of changes in Cost of Raw Material. are classified? a) b) c) d) 12. How Statutory liabilities will be classified in the Balance Sheet? a) c) 11. PANCHKULA 8. Contribution means ______ a) b) c) d) 14. tax and dividend payable etc which are known but not provided for. Quick Ratio TOL/TNW b) d) DER DSCR Which of the following denotes to liquidity ratios a) DER and TOL/TNW b) DER and Current Ratio c) Current Ratio and Quick Ratio d) TOL/TNW and DSCR 10. b) d) Non Current Assets Current Assets How the liabilities i.e. Non Current Liabilities Current Liabilities Provide for these liabilities as Current Liabilities Treat as Misc. Excess of revenue over variable cost Excess of revenue over fixed cost Excess of revenue over total cost Excess of revenue over operating cost What is Working Capital Gap (WCG)? a) Current Assets minus Current Liabilities b) Fixed Assets minus Term Liabilities c) Current Assets minus Current Liabilities excluding bank borrowings d) None of above 230 . Ability to meet immediate liabilities of a unit is indicated by ______ a) c) 9. The Bench Mark for Current Ratio is ____ a) c) 17.00 1. Raw Material Receivable Cash Budget Method is used for assessing working capital requirement in case of _________ a) c) 20.50 “Receivables” in a Balance Sheet refers to _____ a) c) 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Mortgage Lien b) d) Hypothecation Assignment Sundry Creditors Sundry Debtors b) d) Receivable from Govt. PANCHKULA 15. what will be the primary security? a) c) 18. the margin money held on account of LCs/BGs issued will be treated as _____ a) c) Fixed Asset Intangible Asset b) d) Current Asset Non-Current Asset KEY 231 . 1.33 SSI units Seasonal Industry/Construction Co. b) d) C&I Units All of above While assessing Working Capital Requirement. b) d) In case of Cash Credit limit against Book Debts.25 1. What is bridge loan? a) Loan for construction of bridges b) Interim loan made available pending long term arrangements by raising equity and MTL etc. c) Working Capital Loan to meet long term requirements d) None of above 16. 1. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA Advances General matter-II 1 6 11 16 c d a c 2 7 12 17 b c a b 3 8 13 18 a a a c 4 9 14 19 c c c c 5 10 15 20 c c b b 232 . whichever is lower. 3 10 Pre-payment charges on Term Loan should be credited to _____account a) Interest c) Commission 5. _____lacs as per RBI Guidelines a) 1 c) 5 4. 60 c) 75. b) d) b) d) Cash Credit Both (a) & (b) Demand Loan against CWC/SWC Receipts will be restricted to ___% of the value of the warehouse receipt valued at market value OR ___% of the minimum support price (MSP) declared by STATE/CENTRAL Govt. Interest rate change is to be advised to customers Bank shall deliver a copy of loan document to the customer It is a voluntary code adopted by bank None of above Loans to SSI are collateral free upto Rs. How many declarations are there in Fair Lending Practices Code (FLPC) a) 4 c) 8 2.. 6 10 Which of the followings is incorrect in respect of FLPC a) b) c) d) 3. 70 80. 80 b) d) 60. b) d) b) d) Agriculturist All of above Which type of credit facility will be provided to the borrowers against CWC/SWC Receipts a) Demand Loan c) Term Loan 7. 90 233 . PANCHKULA Advances General matter -III 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Exchange Discount Financed against Central Warehousing Corporation (CWC)/State Warehousing Corporation (SWC) Receipts can be granted to _____ a) Manufacturers b) c) Traders dealing in Commodities d) 6. a) 50. _____crore a) 10 c) 20 14. For finance against CWC/SWC Receipts. PANCHKULA 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 6 12 Margins for loan granted against CWC/SWC Receipts should be topped up on ____basis a) Daily c) Fortnightly 12. For finance against CWC/SWC Receipts. b) d) Composite loan to SSI sector has been enhanced from Rs. _______lacs a) 60 c) 100 13. 50 lacs to Rs. Personal Guarantee of partners or major shareholders Hypothecation of Goods Charge over warehouse receipt All of above Personal Guarantee of partners or major shareholders Hypothecation of Goods Charge over warehouse receipt All of above Loan granted against CWC/SWC Receipts will be repaid in a maximum period of ____months a) 3 c) 9 11. the Primary Security will be ____ a) b) c) d) 9. the Collateral Security will be ____ a) b) c) d) 10. Weekly Monthly b) d) 75 200 A manufacturing and Trade & Service business unit can be defined as SME if its turnover is upto Rs. b) d) b) d) 50 25 RBI has fixed prudential exposure norms @ _____% of total capital funds to single borrower a) 5 c) 15 b) d) 10 20 234 . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10 20 b) d) 30 50 RBI has fixed prudential exposure norms @ _____% of total capital funds to group borrowers including additional exposure of 10% for infrastructure financing a) 20 c) 40 b) d) 30 50 KEY Advances General matter -III 1 6 11 16 c d c c 2 7 12 17 d c c d 3 8 13 c c b 4 9 14 a a c 5 10 15 c d d 235 . b) d) RBI has fixed prudential exposure norms @ _____% of total capital funds to group borrowers a) 20 c) 40 17. PANCHKULA 15. RBI has fixed prudential exposure norms @ _____% of total capital funds to single borrower including additional exposure of 5% for infrastructure financing a) 5 c) 15 16. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA Advances General matter -IV 1. Articles of association of a company contains details regarding: a) b) c) d) 2. Objectives of the company Authorized capital of the company Matter related to the conduct of day-to-day business of the company Registered office of the company Accounts in the name of companies can not be opened without certificate of commencement of business in the case of……… a) Public Limited Companies b) Public Limited Companies with an authorised share capital of cr. c) Private Limited Companies d) None of these 3. In the case of joint stock company, the registration of charge with the Registrar of Companies is not necessary: a) b) c) d) 4. Against the pledge of movable property Against hypothecation of movable property Against assignment of book debts Against mortgage of fixed assets For creating an equitable mortgage, which of the following is required: a) c) 5. Original Title Deed Attested copy of the title deed b) Photocopy of the title deed d) Only Furd (Girdawari) A DP note obtained without affixing revenue stamps ………. a) can not be Rectified c) no effect 6. Rs. 1.00 b) can be admitted as evidence. d) both a & b In “SWOT ANALYSIS’, S stands for Strength, W for Weakness, O for Opportunities and T for _____ a) Technology c) Threats b) d) Technical ability None of above 236 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 7. Non registration of a firm with the Registrar of Assurances attracts the following disability a) b) c) d) 8. Creditors can not sue the firm The firm cannot sue the debtors Partnership cannot be wound up Firm cannot borrow from the bank Which one classification of Preference Shares is incorrect a) b) c) d) 9. Current Liabilities if falling due in next 12 months Term Liabilities Term Liabilities if falling due in next 12 years None of the above As per Loan policy TOL/TNW benchmark for Manufacturing Units is a) 2 10. b) 3 c) 4 d) 5 As per Loan Policy TOL/TNW benchmark for Traders is a) 2 b) 4 c) 5 d) 3 KEY KEY : Advances General matter –IV 1 6 c c 2 7 a b 3 8 a c 4 9 a b 5 10 d c 237 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA LEGAL ASPECTS GENERAL BANKING-I 1. In the case of dishonour of cheque due to insufficiency of funds the punishment under Section 138 of N.I. Act is---------: a) b) c) d) 2. Twice the amount of cheque One year imprisonment Twice the amount of cheque or one year imprisonment Twice the amount of cheque or two year imprisonment or both Rule in Clayton’s case has been incorporated in the------------------------: a) Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881 c) Indian Partnership Act, 1932 3. What is the maximum number of partners in a Banking partnership firm? a) 7 c) 12 4. b) 10 d) 20 A trust has X and Y as its trustees. X is adjudged insolvent. Subsequently a Cheque signed by X is presented for payment. We should------: a) b) c) d) 5. b) Banking Regulation Act, 1949 d) Indian Contract Act, 1872 Pay the cheque, if otherwise in order Pay the cheque after confirmation of Y Not pay the cheque; as such payment will not be payment in due course None of these A joint account is in the name of A and B with instructions " either or survivor". A grants a power of attorney in favour of C. We should-------: a) Not allow C to operate the account without oral confirmation of B. b) Allow C to operate the account, as either of account holders is competent to appoint an attorney c) Not allow C to operate the account d) Suggest B that he should also execute a power of attorney in favour of somebody 6. As per recent direction of RBI, a bank can collect an account payee cheque for any person other than the payee constituent, provided. a) b) c) d) the payee has mandated for it the drawer withdraw the account payee mandate both a and b above neither a nor b above 238 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 7. The companies are required to seek an extension of time from the concerned Registrar of Companies, if audited accounts are not approved by shareholders at annual general meeting within … months. a. 3 b. 6 c. 9 d. 12 8. KYC norms are applicable in following cases a.All new account b.All new account and old accounts with High value transactions c.All cash transactions d.All accounts 9. Customer’ has be defined in a. b. c. d. 10. NI Act BR Act COPRA Act KYC Guidelines Sec. 45ZA of Banking Regulation Act, 1949 deal with? a. Returned of unclaimed deposits b. Permission to open new branches c. Maintenance of liquid assets d. Nomination facility 11. Unclaimed deposits are classified by the bank as …….. liabilities a. Time b. Current c. Deferred d. None of these 12. The Bank Guarantees are covered undera. Sale of Goods Act b. N.I.Act c. Indian Contract Act d. Companies Act 239 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 13. When do we honour payment of a cheque in cash after business hours? a. If it is presented by any person b. If it is presented by the payee c. If it is presented by the drawer d. If it is presented by the person known to bank officials Answers LEGAL ASPECTS GENERAL BANKING –I 1. 6 11 d b b 2 7 12 d b c 3 8 13 b d c 4 9 a d 5 10 c d 240 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA LEGAL ASPECTS GENERAL BANKING -II 1. If a person is declared as insolvent, he will remain so till: a) He lives. b) Court gives discharge certificate c) He starts another business d) None of the above 2. If a married woman is a borrower and does not repay bank dues, it can be recovered: a) From her husband b) From her separate estate c) From her husband’s estate d) None of the above 3. The person on whose behalf the guarantee is issued is called: a) Applicant b) Beneficiary c) Guarantor d) None of the above 4. Guarantees are defined in: a) Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 c) Indian Contract Act 1872 b) Banking Regulation Act 1949 d) RBI Act 1934 5. Bailment has been defined in which section_____ of Indian Contract act 1872: a) 247 b) 147 c) 148 d) 347 6. The mortgage has been defined under section _____of Transfer of Property act: a) 57 b) 58 c) 59 d) 60 7. When the immovable property is mortgaged then: a) Ownership is transferred c) A specific interest is created 8. For creating an equitable mortgage____ is required: a) Original of the title deed c) Attested copy of the title deed 9. b) Right is transferred d) None of the above b) Photocopy of the title deed d) Only Furd (Girdawari) A search report from legal counsel is insisted upon for____ years: a) 8 b) 10 c) 12 d) 30 241 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 10. When a debt is offered as security, which charge should be created: a) Assignment c) Pledge b) Hypothecation d) None of the above 11. The charge assignment is governed by the provisions of: a) Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 c) Indian Contract Act 1872 b) Transfer of property Act d) RBI Act 1934 12. When loan is to be granted against the security of a LIC policy, which charge is to be created: a) Mortgage b) Hypothecation c) Assignment d) Pledge 13. After the repayment of the loan secured by assignment of debt the charge is: a) Transferred in favour of borrower b) Endorsed in favour of the borrower c) Re-assigned in favour of the borrower d) None of the above 14. If the assignor is a Ltd. Co., whether the registration of charge u/s 125 of Companies Act is necessary: a) Yes b) Not necessary c) In the interest of the bank d) None of the above 15. Under Transfer of Property act………………..would mean transfer of actionable claim: a) Assignment b) Mortgage c) Negotiation d) Pledge 16. In the case of dishonour of cheque due to insufficiency of funds the punishment under Section 138 of N.I. Act is: a) Twice the amount of cheque b) One year imprisonment c) Twice the amount of cheque or one year imprisonment d) Twice the amount of cheque or two year imprisonment or both 17. Rule in Clayton’s case has been incorporated in the: a)Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881 b) Banking Regulation Act, 1949 c) Indian Partnership Act, 1932 d) Indian Contract Act, 1872 d) 242 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 18. A cheque is issued on 05-02-09 with remarks "valid upto 05-03-09." The cheque presented for payment on 10-03-09 should be: a) b) c) d) Returned with the reason" cheque contains extraneous matter" Can be paid because it is within 6 months from the date of issue Returned with reason "requires revalidation" Returned with reason "insufficient funds" 19. A trust has X and Y as its trustees. X is adjudged insolvent. Subsequently a Cheque signed by X is presented for payment. We should: a) Pay the cheque, if otherwise in order b) Pay the cheque after confirmation of Y c) Not pay the cheque, as such a payment will not be payment in due course d) None of these 20. A joint account is in the name of Hari and Krishna with instructions " either or survivor". Hari grants a power of attorney in favour of Lakshman. We should: a) Not allow Lakshman to operate the account without oral confirmation of Krishna b) Allow Lakshman to operate the account, as either of account holders is competent to appoint an attorney c) Not allow Lakshman to operate the account d) Suggest Krishna that he should also execute a power of attorney in favour of somebody 21. As per the Indian Limitation Act, an equitable mortgage becomes time barred after ____ years. a) c) 22. b) 6 d) 12 The certificate to commence business is to be called for, for perusal and return for opening of an account of: a) c) 23. 3 10 Public Limited Company Private Limited Company b) Club & Association d) Partnership firms Articles of association of a company contains details regarding: a) b) c) d) Objectives of the company Authorized capital of the company Matter related to the conduct of day-to-day business of the company Registered office of the company 243 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA 24. Accounts in the name of companies can not be opened without certificate of commencement of business in the case of ___: a) b) c) d) 25. In the case of joint stock company, the registration of charge with the Registrar of Companies is not necessary: a) b) c) d) 26. b) Right is transferred d) None of the above Original Title Deed Attested copy of the title deed b) Photocopy of the title deed d) Only Furd (Girdawari) In case of mortgage of immovable property as collateral security, a search report from legal counsel is insisted upon for____ years: a) c) 30. Ownership is transferred A specific interest is created For creating an equitable mortgage, which of the following is required: a) c) 29. The Registrar of Companies b) The Registrar of Assurance The Registrar of Firms d) Do not require any registration In the event of mortgage of immovable property, which of the following is true….. a) c) 28. Against the pledge of movable property Against hypothecation of movable property Against assignment of book debts Against mortgage of fixed assets Hypothecation advances granted to partnership undertakings should be registered with: a) c) 27. Public Limited Companies Public Limited Companies with an authorised share capital of Rs. 1.00 crore Private Limited Companies None of these 8 12 b) 10 d) 30 IRAC norms were introduced from the year ending …… as on 31 st March a) 1992 b)1993 c) 1991 d) none of the above 244 STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER, PANCHKULA KEY LEGAL ASPECTS GENERAL BANKING-II 1. b 2. b. 3. b 4. c 5. d 6. b 7. c 8. a 9. d 10. a 11. b 12. c 13. c 14. a 15. a 16. d 17. d 18. c 19. a 20. c 21. d 22. a 23. c 24. a 25. a 26. d 27.c 28. a 29. d 30. b 245 if _____ a) All the account holders are persons of Indian Nationality who have gone abroad for business. profession or gainful employment indicating indefinite stay abroad.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 1 NRE ACCOUNTS 1 Who can open an NRE Account? a) Indian nationals whose stay abroad is more than 182 days in the previous financial year./PSU serving abroad and persons deputed abroad with international agencies like IMF & WHO etc. c) PIOs and their Spouse d) Officials of Central/State Govt. b) Indian resident who have gone abroad for studies. business. d) All of the above e) Either of (a) & (b) 5 Operation of NRE Account by third party can be permitted by ADs _______ a) b) c) d) Under a Power of Attorney Letter of authority in the prescribed format Either of (a) or (b) None of the above 246 . profession or gainful employment for indefinite stay b) PIO with spouse even he/she is foreign national c) Only first applicant to be NRI and others can be resident Indian. e) All of the above 2 The balance along with interest in NRE account can be repatriated with the permission of __________ a) RBI c) Commerce Ministry b) d) Ministry of Finance No permission required 3 NRE account can be opened in the form of ________ a) C/A c) TDR b) d) S/B All of above 4 Joint NRE account can be opened. Notes upto the equivalent of USD 2000 d) All of above 247 . Securities purchased from the funds in NR (E) Account d) All of above 9 Which of the following debit transactions.C. PANCHKULA 6 Which of the following credit transactions are permitted into NRE Account? a) Transfer from any other NR (E) account of the same account holder b) Transfer from FCNB of account holder c) Transfer of funds between NRE Accounts of different persons held with same AD or different ADs d) All of the above 7 Which of the following debit transactions are permitted from NR (E) account? a) b) c) d) 8 Local withdrawal Transfer to any other NR (E) account of the account holder Transfer to FCNB account of the account holder All of the above Which of the following credit transactions are allowed in NR (E) Account? a) Proceeds of remittance in freely convertible foreign currency received from abroad in an approved manner b) Proceeds of foreign currency/bank notes/travelers cheques etc. ADs can allow in NR(E) account subject to report to RBI on Form A 2? a) Remittance to the country of residence of account holder b) Sale of foreign currency travelers cheques. by the account holder during his temporary visit to India c) Interest/dividend earned on Govt. to the account holder or dependents on production of evidence of travel abroad c) Sale of F.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ADs can authorize in NR (E) account? a) Permissible investments in shares/security/commercial paper of Indian companies b) Purchase of immovable property c) Both (a) & (b) d) None of the above 10 Which of the following debit transactions. _______ a) Equivalent to Rs.100 lacs d) No limit b) d) RFC ( HCD) RFC ( Domestic) TDR/STDR under NRE Account can be opened for a period of : a) b) c) d) Minimum1 year and maximum 10 years Minimum1 year and maximum 5 years Minimum6 months and maximum 10 years None of the above 248 . plantation and real estate Direct investment on non-repatriation basis Acquisition of house/flats for their residential uses subject to FEMA All of above ADs can grant FC loans to the NRIs minimum to the tune of Rs._______ a) b) c) d) 14 60 days None of the above ADs can grant loan to NRE for the following purpose a) b) c) d) 13 b) d) USD25000/GBP15000/EURO 20000 USD15000/GBP10000/EURO 10000 USD30000/GBP20000/EURO 25000 No limit ADs can grant FC loans to the NRIs against their deposits maximum to the tune of Rs.50 lacs c) Equivalent to Rs. his account will be designated as _______ a) Resident Account c) Either ‘a’ or ‘b’ 17 b) Equivalent to Rs. PANCHKULA 11 NRE Savings Bank opened with zero balance will be operationalised if the remittance is received in the account within a period of _______days a) 30 days c) 21 days 12 Investment other than in Agr. 20 lacs 15 ADs can grant _______to NRE account holders a) Overdraft c) Either a or b 16 b) d) Demand Loan None of these If a non-resident account holder returns to India for permanent settlement.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Bhutan. for all bonafide purposes.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.Resident (Ordinary) Rupee (NRO) account / sale proceeds of assets (inclusive of assets acquired by way of inheritance or settlement). Nepal. on production of an undertaking by the remitter. c) + Afghanistan. 19. What type of transaction is not permitted by the Power of Attorney Holder ? a) Repatriate funds held in accounts outside India for any other purpose b) make payment of gifts on behalf of the account holder c) transfer funds from the said account to another NRE account. NRI/PIO may remit an amount up to USD one million. Sri Lanka for acquisition / transfer of immovable property d) All of the above. What type of transaction is permitted by the Power of Attorney Holder ? a) b) c) d) 20. Which of the following statement/s is/are true in the case of PIOs : a) To Exclude Pakistan. certificate by a Chartered Accountant in the formats prescribed by CBDT All of the above. Bangladesh for Bank Accounts b) + Srilanka for investment in firms. Iran. per financial year. Facilitate investments in India in case NRI is permitted to do the same All of the above. China. subject to a) b) c) d) the satisfaction of the Authorized Dealer bank. Withdrawals for local payments and Remittance to the account holder himself under a specific power. KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 1(IB) 1 6 11 16 d d b c 2 7 12 17 d d d b 3 8 13 18 21 d d a d d 4 9 14 19 c c b d 5 10 15 20 c d c d 249 . PANCHKULA 18. out of the balances held in his Non. d) All of the above 21. GBP b) d) AUD. EURO Can Dollar. GBP c) INR.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. AUD 3 The following types of accounts can be opened under FCNR (B) 4 a) S/B b) C/A c) TDR/STDR d) All of above FCNR (B) account can be opened for a minimum period of _____year a) 1 c) 3 5 b) d) 2 4 Interest on FCNR (B) deposit for a period of _______is calculated on actual number of days without any compounding effect a) 1 year c) 3 years 7 2 5 The maximum period for which FCNR (B) account can be opened is _____years a) 1 c) 5 6 b) d) b) d) 2 years 5 years Interest on FCNR (B) deposit for a period of _____is calculated for every block of 180 days and thereafter for the remaining actual number of days with compounding effect a) More than 1 year c) More than 3 years b) d) More than 2 years More than 5 years 250 . PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –2 ( FCNB ) 1 Foreign Currency Non-Resident (Bank) account can be opened in ____designated currencies a) 1 c) 3 2 b) d) 2 6 Which are the new currencies permitted for opening FCNR (B) account? a) USD. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5 c) 1. (designated foreign currency) under FCNR (B)? a) 500 c) 2000 9 GMU Kolkatta Respective RBO b) d) Weekly Monthly b) d) 14 28 For premature withdrawal under FCNR (B) deposit. interest is payable ____% less than the rate applicable to the period for which the deposit remained with the bank a) 0. PANCHKULA 8 What is the minimum amount of USD/GBP/EURO deposit.5 14 b) d) Deposit under FCNR (B) which remained overdue for more than _____days. cannot be renewed from the date of maturity a) 7 c) 21 13 200000 500000 The reporting of FCNR (B) transactions to GMU Kolkatta is _____ a) Daily c) Fortnightly 12 b) d) Transactions pertaining to FCNR (B) will be reported to _____ a) RBI c) Respective LHO 11 1000 5000 Minimum amount of JPY _____currency can be accepted as deposit under FCNR (B) a) 100000 c) 300000 10 b) d) b) d) 1.0 No penalty is to be levied If deposit under FCNR (B) is withdrawn before the completion of one year from the date of deposit. what interest is payable to the depositor? a) 1% less than contract rate c) No interest to be paid b) d) 2% less than contract rate None of above 251 . He tenders USD currency notes for this purpose. No bank can pay more interest. Bank to ensure that the customer continues to be NRI. Mr. c) Interest is linked to LIBOR of respective currencies d) Both ‘b’ & ‘c’ 18. He wants to open FCNB deposit for USD 25000/-. branches are reporting toGMU Kolkatta through Quarterly Statement – 2. All of the above are applicable. pertaining to ______ a) b) c) d) 16 Currency wise balances of FCNR (B) Deposits Transfer of FCNR (B) Interest paid balance Both (a) & (b) None of above At the end of each calendar quarter. How will you handle the transaction ? a) b) c) d) e) NRIs during their temporary visits to India can deposit FCNotes & FCTCs in their accounts as also open new accounts with FCN & FCTC. Preclosure of FCNB issued against FCN/FCTC will not be at TT buying rates hence noting to be given on the FCNB deposit receipt. Bank to verify and ensure that FCN in excess of USD 5000 FCTC in excess of USD 10000. Sharma comes to India on a temporary visit. On account of NRI returning to India. PANCHKULA 15 At the end of each calendar quarter. Conversion of NRE TDR/STDR to FCNB or Vice versa before maturity attracts penal interest provisions as usual : a) True b) False 20. He also has FCTC for USD 10000 with which he wants to open an NRE account.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 19. branches are reporting to GMU Kolkatta through Quarterly Statement – 1. pertaining to ______ a) b) c) d) 17 Currency wise balances of FCNR (B) Deposits Transfer of FCNR (B) Interest paid balance Both (a) & (b) None of above Which of the following statement is not correct in the case of FCNR(B) accounts: a) Interest is linked to LIBOR of USD b) Interest rates regulated by RBI. FCNR/ NRE Term deposit can continue till maturity : a) True b) False 252 . FCN+FCTC in excess of USD 10000 are declared in CDF. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 2 (IB) ( FCNB ) 1 6 11 16 d a a b 2 7 12 17 d a b a 3 8 13 18 c b b e 4 9 14 19 a a c a 5 10 15 20 c b a a 253 . can open ________account in foreign currency a) NRE c) RFC (HCD) 2 2000 5000 b) d) C/A All of above Returning Indian who has been NRI for minimum one year.USD. Joint (Both returning Indians to be eligible) Only first applicant to be returning Indian Both (a) & (b) Advance value (In Rs. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 3 RFC ACCOUNTS 1 NRI returning to India.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.) is calculated at ______rate in case of sanctioning rupee loan against balance held in RFC (HCD) account a) Notional c) TT Buying 7 b) d) RFC (HCD) account can be maintained in ______name of returning Indians a) b) c) c) 6 USD EURO RFC (HCD) account can be opened as _____account a) S/B c) TDR 5 b) d) The minimum deposit in USD under RFC (HCD) is ______ a) 1000 c) 3000 4 NRO All of above Resident Foreign Currency (Home Coming Deposit) account can be opened in our bank in_______only a) Rupees c) GBP.EURO 3 b) d) b) d) TT Selling FCTC buying RFC (HCD) scheme replaced the earlier ______scheme a) NRE c) FCNR (B) b) d) NRO RIFEE 254 . GBP EURO. USD. GBP.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. EURO USD. PANCHKULA 8 Depositor on attaining the status of NRI again. JPY. JPY GBP. JPY The minimum balance required for opening the account under RFC (Domestic) scheme in USD and EURO currencies is _______ a) 250 c) 750 b) d) 500 1000 255 . EURO. would be eligible to transfer the balances of RFC (HCD) account to _______account a) NRE c) Both (a) & (b) 9 b) d) FCNR (B) None of above Balances under RFC (HCD) are exempted from _____requirements a) CRR c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) SLR None of above 10 Tax on interest income from RFC (HCD) is exempted till NRI remains _______ a) Resident but not ordinarily resident b) NRI c) PIO d) None of above 11 A person resident in India may open an account in foreign currency under ________scheme 12 a) Resident Foreign Currency (Home Coming Deposit) b) Resident Foreign Currency (Domestic) c) Either of (a) or (b) d) None of above Accounts under RFC (Domestic) will be opened as ______ a) S/B c) TDR 13 C/A STDR The account under RFC (Domestic) can be maintained in ______currencies only a) b) c) d) 14 b) d) USD. the balances in RFC (Domestic) account can be transferred to ______account a) NRO c) FCNR (B) b) d) NRE Both (b) & (c) 256 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the maximum balance in the designated currencies can be upto _______ a) 100000 c) 500000 17 b) d) b) Purpose d) None of above Consequent upon change of status from resident to non-resident. PANCHKULA 15 The minimum balance required for opening the account under RFC (Domestic) scheme in GBP currency is _______ a) 250 c) 750 16 b) d) C&I DBD b) d) Fixed Notional FCTC buying A small legend “____________” is branded on the reverse of each cheque of cheque book issued to the account holder of RFC (Domestic) a) Name c) Both (a) & (b) 20 200000 No limit The transactions under RFC (Domestic) account will be at _____rate a) TT Selling c) TT Buying 19 b) d) The balances of all the accounts opened under RFC (Domestic) scheme will be classified in ____segment a) IB c) P 18 500 1000 Under RFC (Domestic) Account. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 3 (IB) ( RFC ACCOUNTS) 1 6 11 16 c a b d 2 7 12 17 b d b c 3 8 13 18 a c a b 4 9 14 19 c c b b 5 10 15 20 d a a d 257 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. T.Selling b) d) Bill Buying T. a) TT selling rate b) Bill selling rate 3 b) d) our branches b) d) Bill Buying T.N.D.Buying For purchasing clean instruments or sending them for collection.N. which rate will be applied: a) T. PANCHKULA INTERNATIONAL BANKING ASSIGNMENT-4 MISC 1 For conducting forex business. which rate will be applicable: a) T.Selling 5 categorised For advance remittance Imports. which type of instruments are considered as ineligible: a) Mutilated c) Post-dated b) d) Stale All of above 258 .Buying d) T.C.Selling b) d) Bill Selling C.Buying b) Bill Buying c) D.Buying For negotiation of export bills. which rate will be applicable: a) T.Buying c) D.C. which rate will be applicable: a) T.T.Selling c) T.T.Selling c) T. arising out of handling import bills by way of retirement of documents under L/C.T.Buying 6 in For outward remittance. _______categories a) A & B c) Both (a) and (b) 2 7 c) d) FC Note selling rate FCTC selling rate b) d) Bill Selling C.Buying For payment of DDs drawn on us.C.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.Buying c) DD Buying 8 C-1 & C-2 None of above When our Nostro Account has already been credited.Selling 4 are Which of the following rates is the most favourable to the customer .D.C. which rate will be applied: a) T.C.T. cheque in original are sent to: a) FD Kolkatta c) Respective ZO 11 b) d) Respective LHO Not sent In case. PANCHKULA 9 The Cooling period pertaining to collection of clean instruments is treated between: a) 10 to 14 days c) 10 to 21 days 10 b) d) Under Cheque Truncated System (CTS). ___________would be sent to Singapore Branch. a) Original Cheque c) Image Return Document 12 10 to 15 days None of above b) d) Zerox copy of cheque None of above Nostro account means a) “Our Account with you” b) Foreign Currency account maintained by us with a foreign bank/branch abroad c) Both a & b are correct d) None of the above 13 Foreign Department (FD). b) “A” category branches can do both Trade & Service related transactions while “B” category branches can not c) “A” category branches can only open and maintain Nostro accounts.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. cheque is returned unpaid under CTS. a) “A” Category branches can open and maintain Nostro Accounts while “B” Category branches can not. 259 . Kolkatta has been renamed as a) b) 14 Global Link Services Global Marketing Unit c) d) None of these No change What is the difference between a Forex “A” category branch & Forex “B” category Branch. while “B” Category branches operate on the Nostro accounts) d) “A” category branches can do all types of transactions while “B” category branches can only handle service related transactions. a) c) 1.line rates d) Both card rates and on-line rates are obtained through IFM e) All are correct 260 .000 50.referred to as on.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 b) d) 5. in case of Inward Remittance. PANCHKULA 15 A foreign draft in case of Inward Remittance for value equal to/exceeding USD ________must bear 2 signatures. the matter will be reported to: a) c) 17 Concerned bank GMU Kolkatta b) d) Correspondent Bank Not to be reported Which is not true as regard to the basis of quoting forex rates: a) Banks deal in currencies – They buy & Sell currencies like any commodity b) Currencies are bought cheaper and sold costlier so that Banks can make profits c) The inter bank rates are basis for quoting rates to the customers d) All are correct 18 Which of the followings is not true : a) Rates for small value transactions are fixed at the beginning of the day – called Card rates b)Card rates are applicable for transaction with rupee value of < 10 lacs c) For transactions of > 10 lacs the inter bank rate prevalent at that time forms the basis.000 16 If the advice is not received within one month from the payment of draft.000 10. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.4 MISC 1 6 11 16 c b c c 2 7 12 17 a a c d 3 8 13 18 a d b d 4 9 14 b b a 5 10 15 a d a 261 . PANCHKULA KEY TO INTERNATIONAL BANKING ASSIGNMENT. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 5 REMITTANCE PRODUCTS 1 SBI-Express product is a---------a) Inward Remittance Product c) Both a & b b) d) Outward Remittance Product Product for Exporters 2. Similar product on the lines of SBI-Express Remit (US) has been rolled out for the remitters in following country/ countries : a) USSR c) Australia 3 b) d) UK UK & USSR What is the main objective of launching SBI-Express product? a) INR funds flow from Gulf b) Funds flow from any country c) INR funds from Gulf and other countries d) None of above 4 What is the size of minimum remittance (per transaction) under SBI-Express? a) Rs 500 c) Rs 50000 5 b) d) Rs 1000000 for Middle East No such restriction What is the per calendar quarter limit of remittance for Blue Collared Workers/ Professionals under SBI-Express? a) Rs 5 Lacs/ 10 Lacs c) Rs 5 Lacs/ 15 Lacs 7 Rs 5000 No such restriction What is the size of maximum remittance (per transaction) under SBI-Express? a) Rs 50000 c) Rs 500000 6 b) d) b) d) Rs 10 Lacs/ 15 Lacs Rs 10 Lacs/ 25 Lacs What is the per calendar half year limit of remittance for Blue Collared Workers/ Professionals under SBI-Express? a) Rs 5 Lacs/ 10 Lacs c) Rs 5 Lacs/ 15 Lacs b) d) Rs 10 Lacs/ 15 Lacs Rs 6 Lacs/ 25 Lacs 262 . GBP. GBP.EURO d) USD b) INR d) USD.EURO.JPY 13 What is the quantum of remittance (Min. aggregate remittance limit (per week) under“SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 10000 c) USD 20000 b) d) USD 15000 USD 30000 15 What is the max. under“SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 100 & 10000 c) USD 500 & 10000 b) d) USD 50 & 5000 USD 100 & 1000 14 What is the max. PANCHKULA 8 What is the per calendar half year limit of remittance for Blue Collared Workers/ Professionals under SBI-Express? a) Rs 5 Lacs/ 10 Lacs c) Rs 7 Lacs/ 40 Lacs b) d) Rs 10 Lacs/ 15 Lacs Rs 6 Lacs/ 25 Lacs 9 When was new Remittance product “SBI Express Remit” launched? a) 01-02-2005 c) 01-01-2006 b) d) 25-02-2005 01-12-2005 10 “SBI Express Remit” has been launched with the objective of------a) b) c) d) Targeting NRIs Targeting NRIs in US Targeting both NRIs and residents None of the above 11 What are the purposes covered for remittance under “SBI Express Remit”? a) Family maintenance b) Transfer of funds to remitter’s NRI a/c a) Remittances favouring foreign tourists visiting India b) All the above 12 In which currency funds are remitted under “SBI Express Remit” (US)? a) USD. & Max ). per day.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. aggregate remittance limit (per month) under“SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 10000 c) USD 25000 b) d) USD 15000 USD 30000 263 . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.I) 1 6 11 16 a c d c 2 7 12 b d d 3 8 13 c c b 4 9 14 a b b 5 10 15 b b d 264 . PANCHKULA 16 What is the maximum aggregate remittance limit (per quarter ) under“SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 50000 c) USD 80000 b) d) USD 75000 USD 40000 KEY TO ASSIGNMENT –IB(REMITTANCE PRODUCTS. nil for $ 100 & above 265 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT -6 REMITTANCE PRODUCTS-II 1 What is the maximum aggregate remittance limit ( per half year) under “SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 100000 c) USD 130000 b) d) USD 120000 USD 150000 2 What is the maximum aggregate remittance limit ( per year) under “SBI Express Remit”? a) USD 160000 c) USD 175000 b) d) USD 180000 USD 150000 3 How many times remittances are permitted (per week/month) under “SBI Express Remit”? a) 4/6 c) 2/8 b) d) 3/6 1/4 4 How many times remittances are permitted (per quarter/half year) under “SBI Express Remit”? a) 4/6 c) 10/20 b) d) 8/16 16/24 5 How many times remittances are permitted (per year) under “SBI Express Remit”? a) 30 c) 50 6 b) d) 40 60 How many accounts can be used for debit instructions under “SBI Express Remit”? a) 3 c) 2 b) d) 1 4 7 What is the transaction fees under “ SBI Express Remit”? a) b) c) d) $ 2 for all remittances No fee is chargeable Rs.100 per transaction $ 1 for remittance $ 50 to $ 99. nil for higher value $ 1 for remittance $ 50 to $ 99. c) WU is responsible for ensuring compliances under RBI guidelines and AML measures at the send side of transaction: d) a & b e) All of the above 12 What is the maximum number of transactions a receiver can receive in a calendar year through WU? a) 6 c) 12 13 b) d) 10 No such restriction What is the size of maximum remittance (per transaction) under WU? a) Rs 50000/ USD 1000 c) Rs 500000/ USD 10000 b) d) Rs 120000/ USD 2500 No such restriction 266 . Road. b) NRI Branch. 10. b) It is available to branches of Associate Banks through NEFT. nil for $ 100 & above No charges 9 Which of the followings is correct in the case of Instant Transfer ? a) It is a real time rupee remittance facility from SBI branches in 18 countries to beneficiary’s account maintained in any branch in India. Kochi d) D. Mumbai Which of the followings is true in case of a Western Union Tie Up ? a) Remitter remitting money abroad from WU Counters is given MTCN which is a ten digit secret number: b) Beneficiary to go to any authorized branch with valid proof of identity. PANCHKULA 8 What are the issue and courier charges for demand drafts under “SBI Express Remit”? a) b) c) d) $ 2 for all remittances Rs 50 for $50 to $ 1000. c) Available to non-account holders of our foreign branches at certain centres d) All of the above.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. N. The nodal branch for Western Union Tie Up is ? a) Overseas Branch Mumbai c) Overseas Branch. Calcutta 11. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 14 What is the maximum cash amount paid out to the receiver under WU? a) Rs 100000 c) Rs 120000 b) d) Rs 50000 No such restriction 15 e-Remit is : a) A web based product offered at SBI Singapore for making remittances to India b) This facility can be used by all individuals who are residents of Singapore c) Customers of banks which are members of eNETS payment system can use this facility worldwide d) All are correct e) Only ‘a’ & ‘b’ applicable KEY TO ASSIGNMENT –IB-6 (REMITTANCE PRODUCTS.II) 1 b 2 d 3 b 4 d 5 a 6 a 7 d 8 b 9 d 10 b 11 e 12 c 15 d 13 b 14 b 267 . PANCHKULA International Banking Assignment-7 Release of Foreign Exchange-I 1 Foreign currency travelers cheques are valid for _____from the date of issue a) 1 year c) 5 year 2 b) d) XOS return None of above b) d) A2 A4 In case of outward remittance through TTs/SFMSs/DDs. will be noted down on _________ a) Traveller cheque c) Zerox copy of TC 3 b) d) b) d) A2 A4 Which is not true in case of release of foreign exchange for foreign travel: a) Xerox copies of passport and visa to be obtained in case of non customer b) In case of account holders the same to seen/verified and details noted on standard application form c) The customer should produce the air ticket for the purpose of verification d) The customer should not be asked to produce the air ticket 268 . which form will be signed by applicant. it will be entered in: ____________ a) R-return c) BEF statement 4 2 year Infinite period While encashing FCTC. if remittance is exceeding USD 500 for payment against imports? a) A 1 c) A 3 5 b) d) After encashing the purchase transaction of FCTC.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. if remittance is exceeding USD 5000 for payment against non-imports? a) A 1 c) A 3 6 Payment Voucher None of above In case of outward remittance through TTs/SFMSs/DDs. which form will be signed by applicant. etc. passport no. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 c) 5. except persons going to Iraq.per academic year from close relatives in India b) Upto USD 100000/.000 For medical treatment abroad. PANCHKULA 7 Currency notes to Indians going abroad can be issued upto USD _____or its equivalent per person. Libya. _____ per person a) 1. ADs can issue foreign exchange upto USD ______ : a) 25000 b) 50000 c) 75000 d) 100000 For studies abroad ADs can issue foreign exchange upto USD _______ to meet expenses towards tuition fee and books etc : a) USD 100000/.per financial year from balances held in their NRO accounts c) Both a & b d) Either of a & b 13 ADs are empowered under FEMA to release foreign exchange upto USD _______ for taking up employment abroad a) 10000 c) 100000 b) d) 50000 200000 269 . Nepal & Bhutan a) 1000 c) 5000 8 9 12 b) d) Specialised Training All of above Indians going abroad can take outside India / or bring into India (other than Nepal & Bhutan) Indian currency notes upto an amount not exceeding Rs.000 11 3000 10000 Authorised Dealers (ADs) can release foreign exchange upto a maximum of USD ________ for Business Visit a) 10000 b) 15000 c) 20000 d) 25000 ADs can issue upto USD 25000 for_______ a) International Seminars c) Study Tour 10 b) d) b) d) 7.500 10. PANCHKULA 14 For private visits to any country (except Nepal and Bhutan). a) 1000 c) 10000 b) d) 5000 100000 17 How much foreign exchange can be gifted by a resident Indian individual to close relatives/ friends abroad ? a) USD 1000 b) USD 5000 c) USD 10000 d) USD 200000 18 FEMA has empowered ADs to issue foreign exchange for a maximum of USD _______ for subscription to newspaper and magazine etc. irrespective of number of visits in the year b) Per annum per member of the family without any age limit. without any age limit a) 10000 c) 100000 15 b) d) 50000 200000 A person going abroad on private visit/s can be released foreign exchange not exceeding USD 10000 as under: a) Per visit per member of the family without any age limit for each visit.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) 5000 c) 25000 19 15000 100000 How much foreign exchange can be released by ADs for remittance of Prize Money for sports? a) USD 25000 c) USD 75000 20 b) d) b) d) USD 50000 USD 100000 Upto USD _______ per person can be released by ADs to a person going abroad on emigration a) 25000 c) 75000 b) d) 50000 100000 270 . ADs can release foreign exchange upto USD _______. irrespective of number of visits c) Per annum per member (only adult) of the family irrespective of number of visits d) None of these 16 ADs can issue foreign exchange upto USD ______for meeting the maintenance expenses of close relatives residing abroad. PANCHKULA 21 Currency notes to Indians going to Iraq & Libya can be issued upto USD _____or its equivalent per person a) 1000 c) 5000 22 b) d) 3000 10000 Currency notes/ coins to Indians going to Iran.000 b) d) 3000 Full foreign exchange KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – IB 7 Release of Foreign Exchange-I 1 6 11 16 21 d c a d c 2 7 12 17 22 b b c d d 3 8 13 18 a d c c 4 9 14 19 a d a a 5 10 15 20 b b b d ***** 271 . Russian federation and other Republics of Commonwealth of Independent States can be issued upto USD _____or its equivalent per person a) 5000 c) 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) Each time prior to encashment of the FCTC. following instructions have been issued : a) All FCTC handling branches to obtain a Merchant Code from Amex by Code which will be retained as a permanent record at the branch. the same should be surrendered to the AD c) Only ‘ a’ is applicable d) Both ‘a’ & ‘b’ are applicable 2 What is the maximum limit upto which a resident can retain foreign currency notes ? a) c) USD 1000 USD 2000 b) d) USD 5000 No limit 3 What is the maximum limit upto which a resident can retain foreign currency coins? a) c) USD 1000 USD 10000 b) d) USD 5000 No limit 4 Name the card of our bank that offers freedom to shop anywhere in the world? a) c) SME Credit Card Vishwa Yatra Card b) d) Kisan Gold Card Artisan Credit Card 5 For encashing AMEX FCTC. 272 . g) All are applicable. if it is otherwise in order. e) If the FCTC under reference is genuine. the branch to log on to AEB’s online Authorization Home page and input the particulars of FCTC and the merchant code allotted to the branch. the branch will get an approval code online which should invariably be mentioned on FCTC . f) The branch will then pay the FCTC. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 8 RELEASE OF FEX-II 1 How many days in advance can a resident seek release of foreign exchange before proceeding abroad : a) To be purchased in a way that the same to be used within 180 days of issue b) If not used within 180 days.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Both ‘a’ & ‘b’ Both ‘b’ & ‘c’ 7 SBI Vishwa Yatra Card can be used in which currency? a) c) USD Euro b) d) GBP All of above 8 What is the minimum amount for which Vishwa Yatra Card can be initially loaded? a) b) c) d) USD 100 250GBP. 400EURO and USD 500 USD 1000 USD 10000 9 What is the maximum amount for which Vishwa Yatra Card can be used besides usual USD ceiling? a) b) c) d) USD 100 USD 500 USD 1000 GBP & EURO equivalent of USD 10000 10 Which rate will be applied while selling Vishwa Yatra Card? a) c) TT Selling TT Buying b) d) Bill Selling TC Buying 11 Which rates will be applied for purchasing the unspent balance in Vishwa Yatra Card? a) c) Bill Buying TT Buying b) d) Bill Selling TC Buying 12 Refund of Vishwa Yatra Card is permitted after _____working days after return of customer in India a) c) 3 9 b) d) 6 12 273 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 6 SBI Vishwa Yatra Card can be used at a) b) c) d) e) Visa Electron merchant establishments worldwide Visa Electron merchant establishments worldwide (ex. Nepal/ Bhutan) Visa ATMs worldwide. PANCHKULA 13 Under Liberalised Remittance Scheme of RBI. 200EURO and USD 250 d) USD 10000 18 Transactions through Vishwa Yatra Card can be as under : a) Cash withdrawal at ATM –minimum USD 100 and maximum USD1000 per day b) Transaction at Pos –min. or max.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. resident individuals can remit upto USD _________ per calendar year a) c) 5000 200000 b) d) 15000 35000 14 For availing the facility of Liberalised Remittance Scheme. upto balance in the card c) Both a & b are correct d) No restriction on min. the resident individual must have maintained the account with the bank for a minimum of _____years a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 5 15 The transaction under Liberalised Remittance Scheme will be reported by branches on______ a) c) Monthly basis Half yearly b) d) Quarterly basis Not to be reported 16 International Credit Card can be used to meet foreign travel expenses upto----per annum prescribed under FEMA. a) c) 5000 10000 b) d) 15000 25000 17 What is the minimum reload amount for Vishwa Yatra Card ? a) c) USD 100 USD 1000 b) 125GBP. no limit and max. amount ***** 274 . PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT –8 (IB) RELEASE OF FEX-II 1 6 11 16 c e a c 2 7 12 17 c d b b 3 8 13 18 d b c c 4 9 14 c d a 5 10 15 e b a ***** 275 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –9 (IB) LETTER OF CREDIT 1 Letter of Credit are subject to various articles of _______ a) N.Act b) UCPDC 600 c) Company’s Act d) None of above 2 In case of Letter of Credit.I. opening bank provides _________ a) Cash Credit b) Term Loan c) Undertaking to pay d) Bank Guarantee 3 The beneficiary under a letter of credit is a) the bank opening the credit c) the confirming bank b) the customer of the opening bank d) the exporter 4 A letter of credit is addressed to a) the beneficiary b) the negotiating bank c) the reimbursing bank d) none 5 Which type of L C was removed from UCP 600 ? a) Confirmed L C b) Revolving LC c) Green Clause LC d) Revocable LC 6 UCP rules are framed by a) ICC c) WTO b) UNO d) G 7 Countries 7 Red Clause Letter of Credit refers to special clause authorizing for _______ a) b) c) d) Transfer Renewal without amendment Advance to beneficiary upto shipment Advance to beneficiary before shipment 8 Green Clause Letter of Credit refers to special clause authorizing for ______ a) b) c) d) Transfer Renewal without amendment Advance to beneficiary before shipment Advance to beneficiary upto shipment 276 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. confirmation will be added by a) LC Issuing Bank b) LC Advising Bank c) Reimbursement Bank d) None of these 277 . the documentary credit will be deemed as expired a) 15 days c) Two months b) d) One month Six months 14 Under UCP 600 the phrase ‘Reasonable time’ of UCP 500 was with a) 5 days c) 5 banking days substituted b) 7 banking days d) 10 days 15 Back-to-Back LC is issued to a) Importer Customer b) Exporter Customer c) Exporter Customer who has received Export LC d) None of these 16 In case of Confirmed LC. PANCHKULA 9 Back to Back Letter of Credit refers to special clause that L/C is issued with _________ a) Transferability c) Renewal b) d) On security of another L/C Advance to beneficiary upto shipment 10 RBI approval for opening the Letter of Credit is to obtained if the tenor of Bills of Exchange exceeds _____days from the date of Bill of Lading a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 360 11 Import Letter of Credit opened is advised and restricted for negotiation to _ a) Our Foreign Office c) GMU Kolkatta b) d) Banks with agency arrangements None of above 12 The terms of an irrevocable Letter of Credit can be amended if ______agree a) Beneficiary c) Opening Bank b) d) Applicant All of above 13 If documents are not received within _____days after validity date. the effect of incoterm to be added later d) none of these 19 UCPDC had been first brought out by ICC in the year a) 1919 b) 1975 b) 1933 c) 2007 20 In a letter of credit. the advising Bank is responsible for a) b) c) d) Financial standing of the issuing bank Financial standing of the applicant Payment of the LC amount Authenticity of the LC KEY TO ASSIGNMENT –9 (IB) LETTER OF CREDIT 1 6 11 16 b a b b 2 7 12 17 c d d c 3 8 13 18 d d b a 4 9 14 19 a b c b 5 10 15 20 d c c d 278 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 17 Incoterms cover a) ownership and transfer rights b) Contracts of carriage c) rights and obligations of parties to contract of sales d) none of these 18 The price quoted by the seller for the product a) will vary depending upon the incoterm chosen b) is irrespective of incoterm c) will be the base price. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –10 (IB) FINANCING IMPORTS & FC FUNDING 1 Supplier’s Credit refers to credit for ______into India extended by overseas suppliers with a maturity less than 3 years a) Export c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) Import None of above 2 Buyer’s credit refers to loans for payment of imports into India arranged by importer’s bank or financial institution with a maturity less than _____ a) One year c) Three years b) d) Two years Five years 3 Buyer’s credit and Supplier’s credit for 3 years and above comes under the category of _______ a) L/C c) B/G b) d) ECB None of above 4 The settlement of funds in SBI’s Supplier’s Credit Product is done within _____days of shipment a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 360 5 Buyer’s Credit can be arranged by our branches for the importer’s client by issuing ___________favouring our Foreign Offices/Foreign Banks a) Guarantee c) Letter of Comfort (LOC) b) d) Letter of Undertaking (LOU) Any one of above 6 For import of non-capital goods. Guarantees. Letter of Undertaking (LOU) and Letter of Comfort (LOC) can be issued for a period of _______ a) 1 year c) 3 years b) d) 2 years 5 years 279 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Guarantees. Letter of Undertaking (LOU) and Letter of Comfort (LOC) can be issued for a period of_____ a) 1 year c) 3 years b) d) 2 years 5 years 7 For import of capital goods. PANCHKULA 8 The amount of Buyer’s Credit should not exceed USD ______million per import transaction a) 10 b) 20 c) 30 d) 50 9 Maximum interest (all in cost ceilings) in Trade Credits ( Supplier’s Credit & Buyer’s Credit) is as under a) LIBOR+ 350bps c) LIBOR+ 200bps b) d) LIBOR+ 100bps LIBOR+ 250bps 10 All in cost ceilings in Trade Credits ( Supplier’s Credit & Buyer’s Credit) is applicable as prescribed by a) FEDAI c) RBI b) d) Banks have freedom to fix None of above 11 Which is not applicable in the case of FCNB (B) Loan Scheme a) Can be extended for financing WC & TL b) Banks have freedom to fix interest rate.YEN USD. GBP.YEN c) USD.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.YEN 13 FCDL Loan is normally given for a period of a) 6 months to 12 months c) 3 months to 11 months b) d) 3 months to 12 months None of above 14 FCTL Loan is normally given for a period of a) b) c) d) 1 to 5 years 3 to 5 years 1 to 3 years.AUD. GBP. GBP. GBP.CAD.AUD.EURO.EURO b) d) USD. and upto 5 years with the permission of HO None of above 280 . tenor and purpose of loan c) RBI/GOI permission required for sanction d) Loans cannot be used for personal purpose and acquisition of consumer durables 12 FCNR(B) Loans can be extended in following currencies a) USD. PANCHKULA 15 Which is not applicable in the case of Swing Facility a) It envisages conversion from foreign currency to rupee at the option of borrower b) Normally conversion to take place at the time of interest re-setting c) Conversion on any other date not permitted d) Conversion on any other date permitted with prepayment penalty 16 Which is not applicable in the case of ECB-Automatic route a) Prior approval from RBI not required b) AD to process application . Hospitals and Software sectors.years a) 3 years c) 10 years b) d) 5 years 7 years 20 ECB upto USD 20 million or equivalent is sanctioned for a period with minimum average maturity of---------.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. in a financial year is --a) USD200 million c) USD500 million b) d) USD300 million USD100 million 18 The maximum amount of ECB that can be raised by a corporate in the Hotels.million or equivalent can have call/put option provided the minimum average maturity of 3 years is copiled before exercising the option a) USD250 million c) USD20 million b) d) USD500 million USD100 million 281 . in a financial year is -----a) USD200 million c) USD500 million b) d) USD300 million USD100 million 19 ECB above USD 20 million and upto USD 500 million or equivalent is sanctioned for a period with minimum average maturity of---------. give approval and forward the application to RBI c) Loan to be released only after RBI allots the number d) ECB can be utilized for repayment of existing Rupee loans 17 The maximum amount of ECB that can be raised by a corporate.years a) 3 years c) 10 years b) d) 5 years 7 years 21 ECB upto USD --------. except Corporate in the Hotels. Hospitals and Software sectors. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 10(IB) FINANCING IMPORTS & FC FUNDING 1 6 11 16 21 b a c d c 2 7 12 17 c c b c 3 8 13 18 b b c d 4 9 14 19 c c c b 5 10 15 20 d c c a ***** 282 . ) in the case of imports exceeding USD---or its equivalent a) USD 25000 c) USD 50000 6 Monthly Half yearly Non submission of evidence of import by the importers is to submitted to RBI in------return a) XOS c) BEF 5 b) d) Documents evidencing import are to be preserved for ---.intervals a) Fortnightly c) Quarterly 3 b) d) b) d) 3 months 6 months Fully utilized Exchange Control Copy of Import Licence is to be retained bya) RBI c) AD b) d) Importer DGFT 283 .from the date of shipment a) 30 days c) 21 days 2 1 year Not required b) d) ENC STAT b) d) USD 100. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –11 (IB) IMPORTS 1 The normal time limit for settlement of import payment is-----.000 None of these Evidence of import/ Bill of Entry is to be submitted by the importer within a period of----from the date of remittance a) 21 days c) 30 days 7 b) d) Non submission of evidence of import by the importers is to submitted to RBI at half yearly intervals ( June/ Dec. except cases under investigation a) 2 years c) 3 years 4 6 months None of above Consolidated statement of Trade Credits is submitted to RBI at----.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.period from the date of verification. 000 c) USD15. Certificate of payment of I./ Undertaking of Central / State Govt.000 12 Remittances against import of books can be received within a period of-----provided interest payment . PANCHKULA 8 Ads to permit advance payment in the case of a PSU/Deptt. is not in a position to obtain a guarantee from the international bank of repute.000 a) RBI c) M. it is required to seek specific waiver for the BG from _____if the advance remittance exceeds USD100.000 If importer is unable to obtain bank guarantee and AD is satisfied about the track record and bonafide of the importer. the requirement of BG/Stand-by LC may be waived if the advance remittance for import of goods is upto---a) USD25. Chartered Accountant’s certificate.000 d) USD100. Govt of India b) d) DGFT AD 11 Advance remittance permissible for import of services without BG is for--------a) USD25.000 c) USD50. are required for remittance against a) b) c) d) Import under penalty Replacement import Import of films on lease/ rental basis Import of Aircraft/ Aircraft engine/ Helicopter on lease basis 284 .O.000 9 b) d) USD500./ Undertaking of Central / State Govt for import of goods without insisting upon a bank guarantee up to----..000 USD100. if any .T.000 10 b) d) USD500.F.000 c) USD 200. is as per instruction in this regard a) 12 months c) No time limit 13 b) d) 3 months 6 months A no-objection certificate.000 USD100..STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 b) USD500.000 If a PSU/Deptt. a) USD25. the following document as an evidence of import may be obtained a) b) c) d) Self declaration only A Certificate from Chartered Accountant A Certificate from Overseas exporter None of the above 18 Import licenses are normally issued for the -----. 5 accounts d) Only a & b applicable e) All are applicable 16 When the imports are made in non.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 14 Non submission of evidence of import by the importers in the case of imports upto USD 100.physical form. a certificate from------would serve the purpose of import evidence a) Chartered Accountant c) Authorised dealer 17 b) d) RBI Exporter Where the value of import on DP basis falls between USD 25000 and USD 100.value of the goods to imported a) FOB b) CIF c) Insured d) None of the above 19 Discrepant documents under LC if not negotiated are to be sent for collection under Uniform Rules for Collection (URC 522) a) True b) False 285 .000 is to be followed up with the importer as under: a) Not required to be followed as per RBI guidelines b) To be followed as per Bank’s internal guidelines c) Both (a) & (b) are applicable 15 Which is not applicable in case of Diamond Dollar Account a) Customer to have good track record of 3 years and average annual turnover of Rs.000 and is for non-customer. 5 crores or above during 3 preceding licensing years b) Customer to apply through AD to RBI for approval c) Customer can have only max. The B/L submitted has notation ‘on board’ without mentioning ‘clean’. Can the B/L be accepted as non-discrepant? a) Yes b) No KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 11(IB) IMPORTS 1 6 11 16 b b b a 2 7 12 17 c c c b 3 8 13 18 b d c b 4 9 14 19 c c c b 5 10 15 20 b c e a ***** 286 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 19 Documents accompanying a usance bill of exchange will always be delivered against acceptance to the drawee a) True b) False 20 LC calls for ‘clean on board’ B/L. whichever is higher a) 2 c) 4 b) d) 3 5 6. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –12(IB) FORWARD CONTRACTS 1. b) d) Sale None of above While booking forward contract. The limit of Forward Contracts in case of Importer/Exporter is fixed on the basis of average of previous ______years or previous year turnover. his overdue bills should not exceed ___% of the turnover a) 10 c) 20 b) d) 15 25 287 . If an exporter wants to avail Forward Contract facility. In case an Importer/Exporter desire higher limit than the one fixed by AD. Forward Contract can be booked for ______transactions a) Purchase c) Both (a) & (b) 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. it has to be ensured that due date does not fall on ______ a) Saturday c) Public Holiday b) d) Sunday All of above 3. they will have to take approval from _____ a) FICCI c) Commerce Ministry b) d) Finance Ministry RBI 7. Forward contract should not be booked for ______ a) Import bills a) Advance remittance against exports b) d) Export bills None of above 4. Forward Exchange Cover Facility can not be provided against balance lying in _______ a) FCNRB c) NRE C/A Account b) d) NRE S/B Account Both (b) & (c) 5. it will be passed on to the customers as under a) b) The customer can opt for settlement of full gain on due date The customer can opt for upfront settlement of exchange gain at discounted rate (discount equal to PLR) by choosing option‘To Day’ 288 . 126 b) d) Quarterly. Statement of outstanding Forward Contract will be sent to FD Kolkatta at _____intervals on Form _____ a) Monthly. ADs while booking a forward sale contract should ensure that…. In case of import bill. Before booking a forward sale contract. 116 Yearly. A forward purchase contract can be booked if the applicant submits: a) Firm contract signed by buyer and seller b) Communication from buyer accepting seller’s quotation and exporter’s undertaking to produce the contract within one month from the date of booking c) Irrevocable Letter of Credit d) Any of the above 9. Branch has to contact the customer _____days prior to the date of expiry of forward contract a) 3 c) 7 b) d) 5 10 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 136 11. the delivery period should not be more than _____days from the date of shipmen a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 360 13. a) b) c) d) Import items are freely importable under current foreign trade policy Suitable limit for forward contract is sanctioned to the importer Both (a) & (b) None of above 14. it should be ensured that the importer submits ________ a) A firm order/Import Elcee/Import Collection bill b) Invoice c) Bills of Exchange d) Any one of above 12. 106 c) Half-Yearly. PANCHKULA 8. In case of any exchange gain arising out of the cancellation of forward contract before due date. A forward purchase contract will be cancelled on _____rate a) c) TT Buying Bill Buying b) d) TT Selling Bill Selling 20. Part Cancellation of forward contract ______ a) b) c) d) Can be done Cannot be done Can be done if a request from the customer is received None of above 289 . 17. In case of any exchange loss arising out of the cancellation of forward contract. PANCHKULA c) d) Both (a) & (b) Only a is applicable 15. A forward contract can be cancelled ________ a) c) Prior to the expiry date Either of (a) or (b) b) d) On expiry date None of above 16. otherwise 2nd working day b) No profit passed on if cancelled after due date c) All losses to customer in such cases d) All are applicable. it will be recovered from the customers as under a) b) c) d) e) The exchange loss on cancellation before maturity date to be booked upfront i. Following instruction/s are true in the case of Unusable contracts : a) Maximum time limit for cancellation of undelivered contracts – 7th working day if the contract involves pipeline transaction.e. A forward sale contract will be cancelled on ________rate a) c) TT Buying Bill Buying b) d) TT Selling Bill Selling 19. on cancellation date The amount recovered would be the loss discounted at simple savings bank rate for the intervening period The customer has the option to have settlement on maturity date Only a & b applicable All are applicable 18.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Cross Currency Forward Contracts (CCFC) can be booked for a minimum amount of USD ________ a) c) 1. how many exchange risks are covered? a) c) 1 3 b) d) 2 4 24. In case of Cross Currency Forward Contracts (CCFC).STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ______lac a) c) 5 15 b) d) 10 25 290 .00.00. Which type of exchange risks are covered under Cross Currency Forward Contracts (CCFC)? a) b) c) d) Misc. PANCHKULA 21.000 b) d) 2.000 10.000 5. the contract will be cancelled on _________ a) c) Preceding working day Either of (a) & (b) b) d) Succeeding working day None of above 23. While canceling a forward contract. minimum delivery amount should be equivalent to Rs.00. In case 15th day from the due date of a forward contract falls on Saturday or Public Holiday. Foreign Currency (MFC) against USD USD against rupee Both (a) & (b) None of above 25.000 26. In case of Cross Currency Forward Contracts (CCFC).00. the matter should be reported to GMU Kolkatta on______ a) c) Same day 3rd day b) d) Next day 7th day 22. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 12 (IB) FORWARD CONTRACTS 1 6 11 16 21 c d a d a 2 7 12 17 22 d a c d b 3 8 13 18 23 26 c d c a b b 4 9 14 19 24 d c c b c 5 10 15 20 25 b b c c a 291 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. at the branch as permanent record a) 7 days c) 3 days b) d) 3 working days 7 working days 292 . PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 14 (IB) RETURNS 1 The information pertaining to inflows and outflows of foreign exchange is submitted by ADs to RBI through ______ a) XOS Statement c) BEF Statement 2 All branches dealing in forex A Category B Category Both (b) & (c) R-Return is submitted _______ a) Once a week c) Once a month 4 b) d) 7th day and 21st day None of above b) d) GBP All currencies R-Returns are now to be submitted to RBI ______.2 to GMU-K only within---. and should reach RBI within 7 calendar days of the relative fortnight a) Branch-wise c) Both (a) & (b) 7 Twice a week Twice a month A separate R-Return (Nostro) and a separate R-Return (Vostro) for _____currency is to be submitted a) USD c) EURO 6 b) d) R-Return is submitted on _____of the month a) Ist day and 15th day c) 15th day and last day 5 R-Return Bill of Entry R-Returns are submitted by _______branches a) b) c) d) 3 b) d) b) d) Bank-wide None of above Branches are now required to submit R-Return data in electronic format FETTERS 6. duly signed.days and retain the hard copy.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 8 Non-Resident Deposits – Comprehensive Single Return (NRD – CSR) is sent to RBI through floppy/e-mail at ________intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 9 10 a) NRE b) NRO c) RFC d) FCNR (B) BAL return containing the foreign currency balances of authorized dealers and rupee balances of non-resident banks is sent to RBI at _________intervals b) d) ORA R-Return b) d) FD Kolkatta None of above Which statement containing the particulars of outstanding exports bills is being sent by ADs at half-yearly intervals (June/December) to RBI? a) BAL c) XOS 14 Quarterly Yearly BEF statement showing details of imports for which documentary evidence has not been received from importers. is being sent at half yearly intervals to ______ a) RBI c) Both (a) & (b) 13 b) d) Name the statement which is sent to RBI at quarterly intervals containing the details of permissions granted for opening of trading/non-trading office/posting of representatives abroad a) STAT 10 c) BAL 12 Quarterly Yearly STAT 10 return being submitted to RBI at monthly intervals pertains to the details of _____accounts a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 11 b) d) b) d) ORA BEF Which return is sent to RBI at yearly intervals (in December). containing the details of export bills written off? a) BAL c) XOS b) d) EBW BEF 293 . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5 crores & above is sent on----intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly 294 . PANCHKULA 15 A return containing details of pending ECGC claims is sent to LHO at _______intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 16 b) d) Quarterly Yearly Details of foreign contributions received by associations/organizations under FCRA 1976 is sent to LHO at ______intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly 17 The information on the number of applications received and total amount remitted under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme is to be submitted to RBI-----------intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly 18 The information on the number of applications received and total amount remitted under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme should reach RBI within -------days of the following month a) 7 days c) 3 days b) d) 5 days 10 days 19 The information on Un.intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly 21 Advance payment against Exports of Rs.intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly 20 b) d) Quarterly Yearly Report on Booking of Forward Contracts is sent on ----.hedged Foreign Currency Exposure of Corporates is sent at ----. intervals to their respective LHO/SBU a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 14 (IB) RETURNS 1 b 6 b 11 b 16 c 2 7 12 17 d b a a 3 8 13 18 21 c d a c b 4 9 14 19 22 c c b b b 5 10 15 20 d b b a 295 . PANCHKULA 22 Branches have been advised to furnish the compliance levels in relation to FCRA 1976 at -----.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT – IB-15 EXPORTS-I 1 Under FEMA. a person cannot export until he possess: a) RBI Licence c) Importer/Exporter Code 2 A2 A3 b) d) 15000 25000 b) d) 6 10 The exporter has to submit the duplicate copy of GR along with necessary documents to ADs within _____days from the date of shipment( Not required upto US$ 25000) a) 7 c) 21 7 b) d) GR passed by customs contains ____digits running serial no a) 4 c) 8 6 6 months 1 year The exporters are exempted to declare if their exports do not exceed USD ____or its equivalent a) 10000 c) 20000 5 b) d) In which form.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. exporter has to declare the exports? a) A 1 c) GR 4 Licence from FICCI None of above The exporter has to give an undertaking to realize the proceeds within ________from the date of shipment a) 3 months c) 9 months 3 b) d) b) d) 14 28 After negotiation of the documents. AD is required to report the transaction to RBI in the form ____ a) FD 124 c) A 2 b) d) ENC A4 296 . Selling 11 Gift of goods exceeding Rupees ---------. these should be through ______ a) R Return b) c) BEF statement d) remain outstanding for more than the reported to RBI at half-yearly intervals XOS statement None of these 10 If the export bill is not realized within the stipulated period.in value requires approval of RBI a) 2 lacs b) 7 lacs c) 5 lacs d) 10 lacs 12 XOS statement will be sent to RBI as on ____________________ a) 31st Dec & 30th June c) 31st Dec 13 b) d) 31st March & 30th Sep 30th June ADs can permit GR waiver for export of goods free of cost for export as under a) 2% of annual turnover in preceding three years. PANCHKULA 8 After realization of relative bill.C.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. max.10 a) 3 months b) 12 months c) 6 months d) None of these 14 If the exporter is unable to get his bill realized within 6 months from the date of shipment. it should be crystallized at _______rate a) Bill Buying b) Spot TT Selling c) Bill Selling d) T.06. max Rs. AD will send the duplicate copy of GR duly verified to a) RBI b) Respective LHO c) Respective ZO d) Kept for verification by auditors 9 If the bills exceeding USD 25000 stipulated period.5lacs b) 2% of annual turnover during three preceding licensing years. he must seek extension of time from: a) RBI c) FICCI b) d) Finance Ministry Authorised Dealer 297 . Rs.10 lacs for status holder exporters c) Both a & b applicable d) None of these 14 The period of realization and repatriation to India of the amount representing full export value of goods or software exported has been enhanced to _____ till 30. 000/. the exporter has to apply in _______form a) A 1 b) A2 c) ETX d) All of above 19 After granting the necessary extension for realization of overdue export bill. 5 18 For getting extension of time for overdue export bill. ADs should ensure that total outstanding exports of the exporter should not exceed ____% of the average of export realizations during the preceding ____financial years a) 5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1 c) 10. 3 b) d) 10. extension may be granted for ____months at a time a) 6 c) 12 17 b) d) 9 None of above Before considering the extension of time of overdue export bill beyond 1 year from the date of shipment. PANCHKULA 15 RBI has authorized ADs to extend the time if exports have not been realized within 6 months. it will be entered by ADs in ______________ a) R return c) XOS statement 21 b) d) BEF statement Not required Ads can approve proposals for export of goods on consignment basis for realization of export proceeds upto ---. if the exporter has filed a suit against importer abroad. provided: a) b) c) d) 16 Value not exceeding USD 1000.(USD 1 million) Extension is for 6 months at a time ADs are satisfied about the reasons All of above The ceiling of USD 1 million in case of powers vested with ADs for extension of time for overdue export bills will not apply. In such case.from the date of shipment a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 360 298 . 2 10. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – IB-15 EXPORTS-I 1 6 11 16 21 c c c d d 2 7 12 17 b b a a 3 8 13 18 c d c c 4 9 14 19 d b b c 5 10 15 20 d b a c 299 . can be allowed reduction in invoice value upto ___% a) 5 c) 15 4 10 25 The exporter seeking reduction in invoice value. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT –16 (IB) EXPORTS-II 1 ADs handling shipping documents have been permitted by RBI to allow reduction in export value not exceeding ___% of invoice value a) 5 c) 15 2 6 A1 A3 b) d) 10 No limit If an exporter wants reduction in invoice value for an amount exceeding 10% of invoice value. will submit an application on form ______ a) RDX c) A 2 3 b) d) b) d) RBI Commerce Ministry ADs are authorized to allow remittance of agency commission (on submission of application by the exporter) if declared normally in ____ a) Export Bill b) GR c) Bills of Exchange d) All of above ADs can allow remittance of agency commission even if it is not declared on GR provided it is mentioned in ______ a) Export Bill b) Bills of Exchange c) A valid agreement between Exporter & beneficiary d) All of above 300 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. he will have to submit the application to AD who in turn will forward it to ____ a) FICCI c) Finance Ministry 5 b) d) The exporters who are in the business for more than 3 years and their export outstandings do not exceed 5 % of the average annual export realization during preceding 3 calendar years. Sale c) Purchase. including reduction in invoice value. PANCHKULA 7 Full amount of a export bill will be shown as ____transaction and remittance of agency commission as ____transaction. _______will be obtained from the exporter? a) A 1 c) Both (a) & (b) 9 b) d) b) d) 2 5 The details of written off bills will be sent to RBI at ______intervals a) Monthly c) Half-yearly b) d) Quarterly Yearly 301 . in R-Return a) Purchase. ADs can allow for _____ Write off of bill None of above b) d) 15 25 The amount of the bill proposed to be written off must have remained outstanding for _____year of more a) 1 c) 3 13 b) d) Before allowing self write-off of unrealized bills. Sale While remitting agency commission. in addition to application. Purchase 8 If an exporter is unable to realize his export bill within the stipulated time despite his best efforts. Participation in Trade Fairs abroad a) Filing a suit c) Both (a) & (b) 11 b) d) Which of the following international trade transaction does not require prior approval from the RBI ? a) b) c) d) 10 Sale. Hire etc. ADs will ensure that amount of such bills does not exceed ____% of the total export proceeds realized during the previous calendar year a) 10 c) 20 12 A2 None of above Acquisition of immoveable property abroad for Overseas offices Counter Trade Agreements Export of goods on Lease. Purchase Sale.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2 by FEDAI. the following instructions are applicable to crystallization of unpaid export bills a) ADs are free to decide on the period for crystallization b) Bills to be crystallized at spot TT selling rate c) Exchange difference arising out of crystallization to be recovered from or passed on to the customer d) All of above e) Only b & c 302 . if any involved.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. does not exceed 25% b) Realisation of export proceeds not delayed beyond 6 months from the date of export c) Both (a) & (b) d) None of above 18 Claims settled in rupees by ECGC should not be construed as export realization in foreign exchange a) True b) False 19 Branches not submitting a monthly certificate to GMU-K by 10th of following month in case of PCFC Loans and EBR bills crystallized on due date would not be granted Fund Angle Clearance for further loans a) True 20 b) False In terms of the amendment to rule no. export value or country of destination a) Authorised Dealer c) Shipping company 16 b) d) The period of realization applicable for exports by units in SEZ is-----a) 6 months c) 12 months 17 Reserve Bank Importer b) d) 18 months No time limit Prior approval of RBI for change of buyer/consignee in the event of default by the latter is not required provided: a) Reduction in value. 2 A. a statement will be sent to RBI for written off bills during the year on Form _______ a) XOS c) EBW 15 b) d) R-Return BEF Whose responsibility is to ensure that the documents do not reveal any material inter se discrepancies in regard to description of goods exported. PANCHKULA 14 At the end of December each year. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 16 (IB) EXPORTS-II 1 6 11 16 d c a d 2 7 12 17 a a a c 3 8 13 18 d b d a 4 9 14 19 b d c a 5 10 15 20 b b a d 303 . 50 crores Rs. None of these 2 For getting a Star Export House status. ____crore over 3 years a) 500 c) 2500 b) d) 1000 2000 5 An export house has made export turnover to the tune of Rs. 25 crores b) d) Rs. it will be classified as _____Export House a) Star Trading House c) Trading House b) d) Premier Trading House None of these 6 The units in Special Economic Zone (SEZ) are permitted to credit ____% of its foreign exchange receipts in their FC (SEZ) Account a) 25 c) 75 b) d) 50 100 7 A person resident in India may open with ADs an account in foreign currency to be known as ______Account a) NRE c) FCNR b) d) NRO EEFC 304 . a) Star Trading House c) Premier Trading House b) d) Trading House None of these 4 For getting a Star Trading Export House status. the export turnover over 3 years should be Rs. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 17 (IB) EXPORTS-III 1 An exporter will be classified as Export House if export turnover is ---. it will be classified as ______.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 20 crores c) Rs. _____crore a) 50 c) 200 b) d) 100 300 3 If an export house has achieved export turnover over three years to the tune of Rs.over past three years plus current year’s export realisation a) Rs. 10000 crore over 3 years. an export house has to make export turnover for Rs. 500 crore. has been prescribed a) 1. EURO EURO. EURO JPY. EURO USD.000 d) 25.000 b) 5.000 c) 10. USD. EEFC Account can be opened? a) b) c) d) USD. AUD. GBP. AUD 13 For opening an EEFC Account. JPY. GBP.000 14 The balance lying in EEFC Account are exempted from the purview of--a) CRR c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) SLR None of above 15 EEFC Account holders are required to obtain prior approval of _____pertaining to remittance for purchase of trade marks a) RBI c) Commerce Ministry b) d) Finance Ministry Industry Ministry 305 . JPY. minimum balance of USD______or its equivalent. AUD.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 8 Which type of credit facility can be granted against the security of balance held in EEFC Account? a) C/C & T/L c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) L/C & B/G No facility 9 All exchange earners can retain upto ___% of their foreign exchange earnings in their EEFC Account a) 50 c) 100 b) d) 75 Not permitted 10 EEFC A/c by export customer will be maintained as ______ a) b) c) d) Non-interest bearing Current Account Interest bearing Term Deposit Non-interest bearing Saving Bank Account Interest bearing Saving Bank Account 11 EEFC Account can be opened in how many currencies? a) 2 c) 6 b) d) 4 8 12 In which currencies. GBP. Fund Angle Clearance obtained from GMU-Kolkatta is to used as under: a)15 days allowed for its disbursement.00 lac 19 PCFC is available by way of _______ a) Term Loan c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) Cash Credit Overdraft 20 In case of PCFC. the same will be automatically cancelled. PANCHKULA 16 Pre-shipment credit in Foreign Currency (PCFC) is linked to ____interest rates a) SBAR c) LIBOR b) d) MIBOR Bank Rate b) d) B Designated 17 PCFC is operative at _____branches a) A c) C 1 18 Designated branches have to obtain Funds Angle Clearance (FAC) from GMU Kolkatta for all fresh disbursement of PCFC/EBR for amount exceeding ____ a) 5. b) If not availed within 15 days. e) All of the above applicable. irrespective of amount d) 20 . maximum period of credit allowed is ____days from the date of disbursement : a) b) c) d) 180 days Beyond 180 days and upto 360 days 2% extra Both ‘a’ & ‘b’ applicable None of the above 21. 306 . c) Next request for same facility can be made only after 45 days of original FAC date d) However. fresh request can be made before 45 days if borrower pays a charge of i% per annum from the date of original FAC.00 lac b) In all cases.00 lac c) 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT –17 (IB) EXPORTS-III 1 6 11 16 21 a d b c e 2 7 12 17 b d a d 3 8 13 18 b d a b 4 9 14 19 c c c b 5 10 15 20 b a a c 307 . 000 b) d) 50.00.000 c) 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 18 (IB) EXPORTS-IV 1 PCFC will be adjusted at the ruling TT Selling Rate for the currency concerned. inclusive of transit period a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 360 2 PCFC will be adjusted through the proceeds of export bills under ____ a) EPC c) Both (a) & (b) b) d) EBR None of above 3 Discounting of EBR bill has to be reported to FD on line if the amount exceeds USD ______ or its equivalent in other permissible currencies a) 25. if no export takes place even within _____days.000 Irrespective of amount 4 Interest recovered on EBR/PCFC loan will be recovered from ________ a) Relative EBR/PCFC account c) Either a or b b) d) Customer’s other account None of above 5 Cover under Individual Packing Credit Guarantee of ECGC is from the date of disbursement of loan to : a) b) c) d) Date of shipment Date of discontig of bill Date of credit to nostro account Date of repayment of rupee loan 6 PCFC/EBR transactions pertaining to Non-Designated Branches will be reported in R-Return of ________ a) Non-Designated Branch c) FD Kolkatta b) d) Designated Branch Respective LHO 308 . 1% 12 In case of running account facility advance can not be used for EPC/PCFC of more than ----days a) 180days c) 360 days b) d) liquidating 60 days None of these 13 Which is not true in the case of Pre-shipment finance in Foreign Currency a) Sharing of PCFC by supplier & EOH permitted b) Partly in rupee and part PCFC for same export order permitted c) Forward contacts can not be booked d) All are applicable 309 . PANCHKULA 7 Gross Interest Earnings received by Designated Branch on PCFC/EBR transactions of Non-Designated Branch will be transferred by the designated branch to ______ a) Non-Designated Branch c) FD Kolkatta b) d) Respective LHO Retained by Designated Branch 8 Income received by Designated Branch on account of Forex Remuneration and handling/processing charges pertaining to PCFC/EBR transaction of NDB will be transferred to ________ a) Non-Designated Branch c) FD Kolkatta b) d) Respective LHO Retained by Designated Branch 9 Statement of PCFC will be sent to FD Kolkatta at ______interval a) Fortnightly c) Quarterly b) d) Monthly Half-yearly 10 Statement of bills discounted under EBR will be sent at fortnightly interval to a) RBI c) FICCI b) d) FD Kolkatta Finance Ministry 11 The rate of interest on Pre-shipment finance in Foreign Currency upto 180 days a) LIBOR + 1% c) LIBOR + 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.50% b) d) LIBOR + 2% LIBOR . eligible exporters can be sanctioned post-shipment credit limits for _____days with some concession in rate of interest a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 365 20 A fresh application for credit facility under SBI Exporter Gold Card will be disposed off within ____days a) 10 b) 15 c) 20 d) 25 Scheme 310 . eligible exporters can be sanctioned pre-shipment credit limits for _____days with some concession in rate of interest a) 60 b) 90 c) 180 d) 365 19 Under SBI Exporter Gold Card Scheme. can be utilized by the exporter under SBI Exporter Gold Card Scheme.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. sanctioned over and above the limit. for a maximum period of _____days in one instance a) 60 c) 180 b) d) 90 365 18 Under SBI Exporter Gold Card Scheme. PANCHKULA 14 Which is not true in the case of Post-shipment finance a) Sanction of EPC to accompany sanction of post shipment facilities b) Separate limits for LC/ non-LC bills c) Both a & b d) None of these 15 Which is not true in the case of SBI Exporters Gold Card Scheme a) b) c) d) 16 Account standard for last three years Unit has not incurred losses during past 3 years Limit valid for 3 years All are true Which is not true in the case of SBI Exporters Gold Card Scheme a) Stand by limit of 20% of assessed limit to meet sudden orders b) Step up by 10% at end of 1st & 2nd year by BM allowed c) Interest concession for pre-shipment & post-shipment d) All are true 17 A stand by limit of 20%. 03.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.09 to 31.2011 Has been permanently dispensed with KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 18 (IB) EXPORTS-IV 1 6 11 16 21 d a b c a 2 7 12 17 22 b d c c d 3 8 13 18 23 d a c d d 4 9 14 19 24 b b d d a 5 10 15 20 b c d b ***** 311 . PANCHKULA 21 An application for renewal of limit under SBI Exporter Gold Card Scheme will be disposed off within _____days a) 10 c) 20 b) d) 15 25 23 Request for sanction of adhoc limits under SBI Exporter Gold Card Scheme will be processed within _____days a) 7 c) 21 b) d) 14 28 24 Due to the difficulties faced by the exporters.03. the requirement of overdue bills not exceeding 10% of the previous year’s export turnover has been dispensed with for a period of__ a) b) c) d) From 01.04.09 to 31.2010 From 01.09.04.09 to 30.2010 From 01.09. without specifying if such charges can be waived or not. The collecting bank will release the commercial documents a) Against acceptance b) Against payment c) The collecting bank to refer to seller or his bank for seeking instructions d) None of these 312 . it does not contain the instruction whether the commercial documents are to be released against acceptance( D/A) or payment( D/P). if full details regarding interest and charges to be collected from the drawee are given.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 19 (IB) COLLECTIONS 1 Documentary collections are covered under the provisions contained in----a) UCPDC 600 c) URC522 2 b) d) ISBP None of above ‘Documentary collection’ means collection of a) b) c) d) Financial documents accompanied by commercial documents Commercial documents not accompanied by financial documents Either (a) or (b) Only (a) 3 Clean collection means collection of a) Financial documents accompanied by commercial documents b) Commercial documents not accompanied by financial documents c) Financial documents not accompanied by commercial documents d) None of above 4 Under a collection. the presenting bank can waive interest and bank charges without reference to the seller or his bank a) True 5 b) False A collection contains a bill of exchange payable at a future date. However . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 6 Under URC522 which of the following statement is not true in respect of documentary collections a) Banks assume no liability or responsibility for consequences arising out of the interruption of their business by strikes and lockout b) Partial payments will be accepted if specifically authorized. the presenting bank will release the documents after full payment has been received c) The presenting bank is responsible for the genuineness of any signature or for the authority of any signatory to sign the acceptance d) All are applicable 7 Centralised cheque collection and export bill payment centre is a) GMU-K c) GLS 8 b) d) IBG. However. GBP cheques payable in UK and EURO payable in Euro countries only d) All are true 9 Under GNRCC. unless otherwise instructed. Mumbai Which of the following statement is not true in respect of cheque collections a) All credits in customer’s account in respect of cash letter to be released after cooling period of respective currency b) Individual cheques above USD10. which of the following is not applicable a) Under it. Corporate centre Overseas Branch.000 to be collected under FCS-Final Credit Service c) GLS collects USD cheques payable in USA. our Nostro account is credited immediately on receipt of cheque at other end b) The credit is reversed if the instrument is returned on or before period cooling c) The credit is not reversed if the instrument is returned after cooling period d) All are applicable 313 . 000 c) USD 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 10 Financial Action Task Force ( FATF) on money laundering was established by the G-7 summit in a) 1990 c) 2001 11 b) d) Which of the following is/are the important USA enactments to combat money laundering a) FATF c) USA PATRIOT Act e) b & c 12 b) False b) False b) d) Acceptance All of above Inward Remittance Cell has been set up at : a) Overseas Branch. the deadline for submission of information within 120 hour from the receipt of request is applicable to our branches situated in USA a) True 14 b) d) USA Patriot Act was originally enacted in a) 1990 c) 2001 13 1989 None of above b) d) GMU-Kolkatta None of the above IRC will process the remittances upto __for retail customers at prevailing Card rate.000 b) d) USD 50.000 None of above 314 . Mumbai c) Overseas Branch. the payment instructions are checked through a software – OFAC Filter set up at GMU-Kolkatta a) True 15 USA OFAC All of above Under USA Patriot Act’s 120 Hour Rule . Kolkatta 17 1989 None of above Which of the following is a stage of Money Laundering a) Introduction c) Integration 16 b) d) When we make remittances or receive remittances. except remittances received for opening of accounts: a) USD 5. IRC has the capability to send the remittances received for credit of customers account with other Banks: a) True b) False KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 19 (IB) COLLECTIONS 1 6 11 16 c c e b 2 7 12 17 c c c c 3 8 13 18 c d a b 4 9 14 19 a d a a 5 10 15 b b c ***** 315 . For transactions above USD 5.000 or its equivalent. PANCHKULA 18. IRC will facilitate re-conversion at level rate if the customer request within ____ days of the transaction: a) 10 days c) 15 days b) d) 7 days Conversion not permitted 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. as per FEDAI guidelines. c) It combines the benefits of a FCNR (B) deposit with Forward Cover to give enhanced return to its depositors. b) It is available in all the six designated currencies (viz. AUD.00. PANCHKULA International Banking ASSIGNMENT – 20 (IB) FCNB PREMIUM ACCOUNT 1. c 4. c) Only authorized branches can open ‘FCNR (B) – Premium Account’ d) All of the above. KEY TO ASSIGNMENT – 20 (IB) FCNB PREMIUM ACCOUNT 1. Which of the following is true in the case of FCNB Premium Account a) No auto renewal facility is available b) Yields from this product are presently higher than FCNR (B) deposit booked in corresponding foreign currency c) Both a & b are true 4. d 2. d 3. Which of the following is true in the case of FCNB Premium Account a) Deposit Tenor under FCNB is 1 year b) Minimum deposit: USD 2000 / GBP 2000 / EUR 2000 / AUD 2000 / CAD 2000 / JPY 2. Which of the following is true in the case of FCNB Premium Account a) It is the earlier called “Dollar Premium Account” as it was available in USD only. Which of the following is true in the case of FCNB Premium Account a) No interest payable if the FCNR (B) deposit is closed before maturity. CAD and JPY). 2. GBP. USD. d) All of the above. cancellation charges and exchange gain/loss to be borne by the customer at prevailing rate.000 c) Both principal and interest are payable in Indian Rupees at a predefined forward rate only and to be credited on maturity in NRE Savings bank account only d) All of the above 3. d 316 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) In case of cancellation of Forward Contract by the customer. EURO. the scale of finance. 50. bank No photograph to be obtained AB7 document is obtained for -------------a) 7. a) District Level Technical Committee c) Block level Consultative Committee b) District Consultative Committee d) None of above 317 . inspection charges should be levied @------------% of prescribed rates. a) c) 8. a) c) 2 100 25 Borrower Both a& b AB4 AB7 Guarantee Agreement c) Revival letter from the guarantor b) d) 50 No charges b) d) Guarantor None of the above b) d) AB5 None of the above b) Conversion of crop loan into Agri.000/None of the above While granting limits under KCC.000/- b) d) Rs.I 1 The relaxed security/Margin norms are to be applied------------.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) d) Deed of guarantee Document AB2 can be revived by the Guarantor by executing ---. 25.000/Rs. cost of photograph is borne by -------a) c) 3 Borrower wise Account wise Rs. 1.00. PANCHKULA SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE . a) c) 6 borrower borrower and bank on 50:50 Who executes document AB1? a) c) 5 Facility wise None of the above In case of advances to weaker sections. Term Loan d) None of the above Detailed opinion reports are to be complied only on such borrowers whose aggregate Agricultural advances exceed ------------. is prepared by--------.in agricultural advances. a) c) 4 b) d) In case of Agricultural advances. where cost of cultivation is worked out by the Bank. a) c) 15. b) 25 % d) No margin Interest on Crop loan on current dues is to be applied a) c) 13.00. 40 % 15 % Who is eligible for crop loan / KCC a) c) 12. 1. Owner Cultivators Share Croppers What is the margin on Crop loans up to Rs. 1. While granting limits under KCC. a) c) 14. b) Tenant farmers d) All of the above What is the margin on Crop loans above Rs. Rs 50000 Rs 200000 318 .000/.-------------a) c) 16. b) District Consultative Committee d) None of above Crop production Contigent Needs b) d) Ancillary activities All of the above In Contract Farming. the scale of finance.000/-where cost of cultivation is worked out by the Bank.00.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 9. is approved by -----a) District Technical Committee c) Block level Consultative Committee 10. following margins are required---a) c) 11. Rs.100000 b.25000 Rs. c. under tie-up arrangement crop loan can be granted without collateral security up to a. May & November On due dates b) April & September d) Half yearly 5% 25% b) d) 10% NIL 5% to 10% 25% to 30% b) d) NIL 15% to 25% Purpose for which KCC can be granted. d. While financing crop loan adopting scale of finance. 25.5. a) c) 18.00 lacs 50.00 lacs 30.000/Rs.000/Rs. norms for obtaining collateral security have been relaxed for limits up to --------a) c) 20. 10.000/- In case of Agricultural Term loans (where assets are created).------. Loans up to Rs. 40. 25.00.00 lacs b) d) 40.00 lacs None of above Loans for financing to dealers in drip irrigation/sprinkler irrigation system/agricultural machinery. b) d) Rs. a) c) 19.000/Rs.00 lacs 50.-------. 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. irrespective of their location.00.000/- b) d) Rs.000/- b) d) Rs.for financing distribution of inputs for the allied activities is treated as indirect agriculture advance under Priority sector lending.000/- Answers SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE . is treated as indirect agriculture advance under Priority sector lending up to Rs. 25. PANCHKULA 17. norms for obtaining collateral security have been relaxed for limits up to --------a) c) Rs.I 1 b 11 d 2 b 12 c 3 b 13 d 4 a 14 d 5 b 15 d 6 b 16 d 7 c 17 b 8 a 18 a 9 b 19 c 10 d 20 d 319 .00 lacs None of above In case of crop loans. 50.000/Rs. 50. 10. Both Village wise credit plans and Branch credit plan d. 50. Branch credit plan. 25. Village wise credit plans b.II 1.Kharif crop is harvested in the months of---------------a) October/November b) Feb/March c) June/July d) None of the above 320 . 1.000/d) Rs.000/c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. In case of crop loans/ agri. Rabi crop is sown/planted in the months of---------------a) October/November b) Feb/March c) June/July d) None of the above 5.Kharif Crop is sown/planted in the months of---------------a) October/November b) Feb/March c) June/July d) None of the above 6.00. 50. PANCHKULA SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE AGR. 25.000/3.000/2.000/b) Rs. 10. c. As per the revised guidelines of RBI. None of the above 4. In case of Agricultural Term loans (where assets are not created).000/c) Rs. 10. 1. norms for obtaining collateral security have been relaxed for limits up to --------a) Rs. the branches are required to prepare a.00. term loans norms for obtaining margins have been relaxed for limits up to a) Rs.000/d) Rs.000/b) Rs. 10.00 lac c) Rs. PANCHKULA 7. ATL accounts with minimum -------years repayment programme left.00 lac d) none of the above 8. For take over of ATL account from other Bank/Financial institution for other than allied activities.2.50000 b) Rs. a) 2 b) 3 c) 5 d) None of the above 10. AB1(SIMPLE) is applicable to farmers sanctioned with loan of Rs ___ a) Rs.00 lac d) No such stipulation 11.00 lac b) Rs. a) 2 b) 3 c) 5 d) None of the above 9.00 lac b) Rs.For take over of ATL account from other Bank/Financial institution for allied activities. 20.00 lac c) Rs. minimum amount should be-a) Rs.00 lac b) Rs.For take over of ACC account from other Bank/Financial institution.00 lac d) No such stipulation 321 .10.00 lac d) No such stipulation 12.1 lac c) Rs. 20. 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.The account should have been a Standard Asset in the books of other Bank/FI during the preceding -----years in case of take over of Agriculture Advance. are eligible for take over. 1. 20. minimum amount should be-----------a) Rs. 1.00 lac c) Rs.10. minimum amount should be-----------a) Rs. . The quantum of refinance extended by the NABARD for dryland development and waste land development (where individuals are the beneficiaries) will be to the extent of a) 50% of bank loan b) 60% of bank loan c) 75% of bank loan d) 100% of bank loan 18.. Bank pays interest on the current account balances maintained by our sponsored RRBs @ a) 3.is a) 10% b) 15% c) 20% d) No margin 15. is dispensed with for a Agl.1.000/-. Application for rephasement of term loan 17.. is must for the lending branch . obtaining the No-due Certificate from service area bank branch .000/322 .00.00. loan agreement b) Only DP Note c) Hypothecation of assets d) Mortgage of land 16. the borrower has to furnish security of a) DP Note & Delivery letter..5% b) No interest is being paid c) 5% d) 8% 14. loan amount upto Rs.. b.. The document AB6 is a. As per the revised guidelines of RBI . Where movable assets are not created and the loan amount is over Rs.. Guarantee Agreement b) Letter to the borrower demanding repayment of crop loan c) Revival letter d. a. 1.000/.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50. The margin money requirement for agricultural term loan upto Rs. PANCHKULA 13. The present approach by Govt.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.II 1 d 11 b 2 d 12 a 3 b 13 b 4 a 14 d 5 c 15 d 6 a 16 b 7 b 17 d 8 a 18 b 9 a 19 a 10 a 20 d 323 .00 c) No Stamp d) Varies from State to State Answers SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE . towards rural lending is a) Service Area Approach with relaxed norms b) Village adoption c) Multi Area Approach d) Scattered lending 20. PANCHKULA 19. Revival letters AB4 & AB5 have to be affixed with Rs.______ Revenue stamp a) 0.25 b) 1. From the due date of repayment / first overdue instalment from the date of demand whichever is earlier. inspection should be undertaken a) b) c) d) 6. For conversion of crop loans to term loans which of the following is required a) Annawari certificate b) VAO Certificate c) Technical Rep ort d) MDO certificate 3. 2. inspection should be undertaken a) b) c) d) 5. After disbursement of the crop loan.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. From the date of demand c) 3 yrs. In case of irregular crop loan. Limitation period for the hypothecation agreement AB1 in case of agricultural term loans a) 3 yrs. From the due date of repayment d) 3 yrs. PANCHKULA SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE III 1. DCB register is to be maintained for a) ATL only b) ACC only c) ATL and ACC d) None 4. From the date of revival b) 3 yrs. Monthly Quarterly Half yearly No inspection to be undertaken till harvest time Monthly Quarterly Half yearly At the time of harvest In case of regular ATL where moveable assets are created inspection should be undertaken a) b) c) d) Monthly Quarterly Half yearly No inspection for regular ATL account 324 . Monthly Quarterly Half yearly Annually The document can be revived by a b. PANCHKULA 7. c. In case of irregular ATL where moveable assets are created inspection should be undertaken a) b) c) d) 8. Monthly Quarterly Half yearly Annually In case of irregular ATL where immoveable assets are created inspection should be undertaken a) b) c) d) 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. In case of regular ATL where immoveable assets are created inspection after grounding of assets should be undertaken a) b) c) d) 9. d. Validity period of equitable mortgage is _______yrs a) b) c) d) 3 12 13 14 325 . Monthly Quarterly Half yearly At the time of harvest Obtaining a Revival letter Part payment Acknowledgement Of debt All the above “SILVICULTURE” refers to cultivation of a) b) c) d) Forest Trees Grasses Fodder crop Medicinal plant 12. 11. Mixed Farming means a) Multiple cropping b) Availing both crop loan & Gold loan c) Undertaking cultivation and allied activities d) None 14. the advances to self help groups (SHGs) should be categorised under a) SBF sub-segment b) SSI sub-segment c) AGR segment d) According to activity of SHG 18. The limitation period of mortgage is 12 years which will be counted from a. The mandatory percentage of agricultural advances to Net Bank Credit is ______ a) 15% b) 25% c) 40% d) 18% 17. The inspection visits are to be made by the field staff for a) Pre-sanction survey b) Post-sanction c) Recovery of loans d) All the above 326 . Date of creation of mortgage c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. For the purpose of reporting in performance report. Date of filing legal suit 16. PANCHKULA 13. Due date of repayment d. To avail unrestricted refinance from NABARD. the maximum level of Gross NPA to Loan & advances outstanding as at the end of the year preceeding previous year is a) b) c) d) 5% 10% 15% 20% 15. Execution of document b. The inspection charges on loans under agrl. PANCHKULA 19.000 & upto 2 lacs is a) 200/ p.monthly for ACC/KCC b.p.a.25.monthly for ATL c.p. segment with limits above Rs.quarterly for ACC/KCC and ATL d. Inspection of Agri NPA accounts should be done a.a.a.III 1 d 11 a 2 a 12 b 3 c 13 c 4 d 14 c 5 a 15 c 6 c 16 d 7 a 17 c 8 d 18 d 9 a 19 d 10 d 20 b 327 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. monthly for ACC/KCC and ATL 20. c) 10 00/. d) None of the above Answers SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE . b) 500/. Loan processing charges to be collected while processing a proposal with limits over Rs.00.500/. All of the above 328 . d. Product and Place b.500/b) Rs. None of the above 4.per lac d) Not.IV 1.250/. Applicable to agril.00 crore under Agrl.000/.500 per lacs c) Rs. c.000/. 200% of SOF fixed by DLTC/SLTC. 150% of SOF fixed by DLTC/SLTC.5% of the limits b) Rs. The progressive farmer means who a) uses advanced pre-harvest / post harvest technologies b) having irrigation facilitiers c) crop productivity is more than the average levels d) Maintaining good track of record for alteast one year e) All of the above 5. Scales of finance for crops fixed by DLTC is a) Net of margin b) including margin c) total cost of cultivation d) None of the above 6. The basic marketing variables are a. Progressive farmers can be financed production credit maximum to the tune of a. 2.& upto Rs. 2 lacs and up to Rs 1. 25. SOF recommended by DLTC/SLTC b. Price c. advances 3. Segment is a) 0. Promotion d. PANCHKULA SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE .400 per lac d) None of the above 2.lacs under Agrl. Segment is a) Rs.per lac c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Loan processing charges to be collected while processing a proposal with limits above Rs. a) High Tech Agri Borrowers b) Small/Marginal Farmer c) DRI borrowers d) None of the above 329 . PANCHKULA 7. while preparing DCB register.Which of the following should be included in the Demand. Valid in District Courts 8 The Demand Collection and Balance (DCB) register is prepared at the branches a) Monthly b) Quarterly c) Half -yearly d) Yearly 9. The document is a) Valid in the court of law.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a. b) Not valid in the court of law c) Valid only in DRTs d.C. Amounts due in ACC and ATL Accounts b. a) P-segment advances only b) C&I and SIB Segment advances only c) ATL and ACC advances only d) All segments of Advances 10.D. In the case of revival of documents. Both a & b d. Which of the following is treated as fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining DCB register. the guarantor signs the revival letter but borrower refuses to sign. d) None of the above 11. register is maintained by the branches for -------. b) 1st April to 31st March. c) 1st July to 30th June.Total interest debited should not exceed the principal amount in case of short term loans sanctioned to---------. Amounts transferred to Recalled Assets account in Agriculture c. None of the above 12. a) 1st Jan to 31st Dec.B. c. a) 40% c) 180% b) 25% d) None of above 14. 00.RBI b. b) To establish and maintain a close and continuous relationship between the Bank and borrower. 00.000/d) None of the above 330 . 000 b) Rs. The purpose of inspection is-------a) To ensure proper utilization of loans.Maximum loan that can be sanctioned to farmers under “Relief measures for farmers indebted to Non-institutional lenders” is-------------. a)Rs.00.50.40% c) 1.00% d) 10. If.000/c) Rs. Up front fee for ATL is waived up to a) Rs. 1.0% 16. the share of weaker section in Bank’s advances should be-------% of Priority sector advances. As per Government directives.000 d) Rs. shortfall is to be contributed to a.1.000/b) Rs. 00.25% b)0.Rural Infrastructure Development Fund of NABARD d. 25.None of th e above 15.50.000 c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000 17.5. d) All of the above 18.2.Central Govt. c) To ensure prompt repayment of dues. PANCHKULA 13. targets under Agriculture financing are not achieved. In case of Agriculture Advance the general provision on standard asset is a) 0. 1991 20..f.. PANCHKULA 19.. Answers SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES IN AGRICULTURE ... April...1989 d. not applicable for P-segment advances c.1980 c.... sponsored schemes. As per the revised guidelines of RBI .. The Service Area Approach was introduced w. strictly applicable for all advances b..1968 b. April. the Service Area concept is a. a.... not applicable for lendings except under Govt.IV 1 a 11 c 2 c 12 b 3 c 13 b 4 e 14 c 5 a 15 a 6 d 16 c 7 b 17 d 8 d 18 b 9 c 19 c 10 c 20 c 331 .....STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. April.e.... April. .. all the above 5..... not required to extend relief measures in areas affected by natural calamities b. must be required to extend relief measures in areas affected by natural calamities d. Rainfall b... 7 3 6. none of the above 4.. None of the above 3....... d..years for Small /Marginal Farmers.. District as a whole c. Fresh Crop Loans after conversion of earlier crop loan outstandings d.'Annewari' indicates. Conversion of crop loan b... The amounts of crop loans not collected due to natural calamity should be converted in to term loan for a period up to.. a..years for farmers other than SF/MF. a.. 9 5 b.. a... Rephasement of Agri.. 7 3 332 .. What are the relief measures to be extended by Banks to the farmers whose crops are damaged /affected by natural calamities? a. d...STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA RELIEF MEASURES IN AREAS AFFECTED BY NATURAL CALAMITIES – AGR V 1...... required to extend relief measures in areas affected by natural calamities c.. Extent to which the crops are damaged due to natural calamity d.. 9 5 b. c. Revenue Village wise b. a...... Block/Taluka as a whole d.. Term Loans c....' Annewari ' declared by Revenue Authority is now a.. The amounts of crop loans not collected due to natural calamity should be converted in to term loan for a period up to...Cropping pattern c.'Annewari' is declared for . None of the above 2... c. .... Where damage to crops arising out of natural calamity is very severe and has caused acute distress to the farmers and the calamity is for two successive years the branches may in consultation with the Task Force/ Steering Committee of SLBC . the same as was charged on the crop loan 11... The rate of interest on the short term loans converted on account of natural calamity should be.... 7 d..... PANCHKULA 7. 10 to11 c.years may also be considered in consultation with the Task Force/SLBC. a. True b. interest on the short term loan which has been converted may be postponed and recovered in the next harvesting/marketing season and there should be no compounding of interest outstanding on the short term loans in such cases. AB-7 d.. 3 to 4 d.. AB-5 333 . a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER..... In the case of Small/Marginal farmers.. False 10.. AB-2 b. Lower than the crop loan c. Higher than the crop loan b. conversion for longer period up to a maximum period of .. 8 to 9 b.. grant extension of converted loans for longer periods ranging up to. AB-6 c. 9 9.. or occurrence of three successive crop failures and the debt burden being found to be beyond the immediate repaying capacity of the borrowers. In extreme cases of hardship arising out of very severe loss to the crops . a... What document is required to be obtained from the borrowers/guarantors while granting facility of conversion of crop loan ? a....... 5 c.years a...... 11 b. 5 to 7 8. a.....What is maximum repayment period for loan sanctioned under “Relief measures for farmers indebted to Non-institutional lenders” scheme.... In regard to natural calamity where only crop for that year is damaged and productive assets are not damaged. agencies and compensation available under insurance schemes may be fixed having regard to the repaying capacity of the borrower and economic life of the new assets financed subject to a maximum period of . a) c) 24 months 48 months b) d) 36 months 60 months 13. In the event of natural calamities the Agl. keeping in view the repaying capacity of the borrowers and extent of damage on account of the natural calamity .. Term Loans in case of drought should not be extended to those borrowers who are having perennial sources of irrigation except where water supply was not released from canals or irrigation facility was not available from other perrenial sources. False 16..... a. d.years. for a period of___ a. c. True b... the branches may postpone the payment of instalments during the year of natural calamity.... a. 3 year and longer if the damage is severe b. False 17..years. PANCHKULA 12..... c. Term loan including interest liability less the subsidies received from the Govt. The facility of reschedulement of Agri.. Three years Two years b. In the event of a natural calamity like floods or cyclones where the productive assets are partially or totally damaged and borrowers are in need of a new loan the repayment of total Agl... 3 9 b. 5 15 334 . a.. Five years One year 15.. d.. 1 years c. Term loans instalments and interest should be rescheduled for a period of . 2 years d 3 years maximum 14. True b. Term Loans where only the crop for that year is damaged due to natural calamity and productive assets are not damaged should not be extended to those borrowers who are income tax payers.. The facility of reschedulement of Agri.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. may be considered as margin while financing fresh crop loans /term loans after conversion/rephasement on account of natural calamity. Margin requirements may be waived and the grants/subsidy given by the concerned State Govt.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. he should not be denied conversion facility merely on the ground of his inability to furnish land as a security. True b. Where the crop loan which was converted in to term loan was earlier given against personal security/ hypothecation of crop and the borrower is not able to offer charge/ mortgage of land as security for the converted loan.V 1 a 11 c 2 c 12 c 3 a 13 a 4 d 14 d 5 d 15 a 6 c 16 a 7 d 17 d 8 d 18 a 9 a 19 a 10 c 20 a 335 . True b. Branches should not insist on third party guarantees for providing conversion facilities. False Answers AGRICULTURE . False 19. PANCHKULA 18. True b. False 20. a. a. a. 00 lac d) Rs.00. b) Suitable third party guarantee can also be obtained c) prior permission of controlling authority is required d) all above 5.15% c. For KCC above Rs 1.25000 b) Rs. 1. 1. b) Expenses related to ancillary activities. KCC limit comprises of financing for a) Crop production and consumption credit.00. KCC limit is valid a) For ever b) For 1 year c) For 18 months d) For 3 years 336 . Margin stipulated for ATL or ACC/KCC of Rs.1.75000 d) Rs.00000/. Collateral security is required for ACC/KCC above a) Rs.50000 b) Rs.nil 6.50000 c) Rs.000 if there are genuine difficulties in creation of mortgage/ Charge over land what instructions need to be followed? a) any other appropriate security can be obtained.25% d. PANCHKULA ACC/KISAN CREDIT CARD (KCC) AGR.VI 1.is a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.75000 c) Rs. c) Both a & b d) None of the above 2. For ACC under tie-up arrangement/contract farming obtaining collateral is waived upto a) Rs.000/3.10% b.2 lakhs 4. 50000/c) Rs.e.Amount of annual premium to be paid to designated Insurance Co. c) The New India Assurance Company Ltd.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 25000/d) None of the above 9.KCC holders up to the age of ---------------------years are covered under Personal Accident Insurance Scheme. 00.in case of death due to accident or permanent total disability i. b) The Oriental Insurance Company Ltd. a) 50 c) 70 b) 65 d) No age limit 8. (loss of 2 eyes/2 limbs / 1 eye and1 limb) a) Rs.per KCC holder d) None of the above 10.000/-. d) Any of the four companies as per zone wise allocation 12. PANCHKULA 7.15/. b) Rs. Personal Accident Insurance Scheme for KCC holders covers risk up to Rs.Which insurance company is authorised to undertake servicing of business under PAIS? a) National Insurance Company Ltd. 1.Under Personal Accident Insurance Scheme. ----. under Personal Accident Insurance Scheme is ---------------------------a) 1% of KCC limit per KCC holder b) 2% of KCC limit per KCC holder c) Rs. the amount of premium is borne by— a) KCC holder b) Bank c) Shared by Bank and borrower in the ratio of 2:1 d) None of the above 11.What is the process of premium payment under PAIS? a) Branches sent direct to the company b) Sent by ABU at LHO c) Paid at bank level by the Central Office d)Regional Offices of Commercial Banks will pay the premium to the nearest designated office of the Insurance Company along with the list of KCC holders 337 . Which of the following requirements are treated as ancillary needs --------------a. Rs. The progressive farmers can be financed up to a maximum of ____ under KCC a) Equal to SOF advised by DLTC. d.000/c) 20% of peak credit limit granted for production purpose d) 20% of total production credit limit 338 .borrower can avail contingent credit needs under KCC up to ____ a) 10% of peak credit limit. Rs.Minor investment of short term nature & Post harvest expenses. The farmer. d) Assessed on case to case basis 15. c) Upto twice SOF by DLTC. b) 60 days.Year d) A Year 16. While fixing limit of the borrower under KCC. 5000/b) 15% of peak credit limit. max.Time limit for lodging claims under Personal Accident Insurance Scheme is---a) 30 days. b) Upto thrice above SOF. the branch may take into Account production credit requirements of the farmer for________ a) A Month b) A Quarter c) A Half.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.All of the above . PANCHKULA 13. b.Fuel/Power cost. 18. The credit limit of borrower under KCC scheme is required to be reviewed---a) Every Year b) After Two Years c) After Three Years d) Not reviewed 17. max. 10. c) 3 months d) None of the above 14.Repair & maintenance of Agricultural Machinery/Equipments c. d. The peak credit limit under KCC is fixed on the basis of__________ a) Operational land holding.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) Ancillary needs of the borrower c) Contingent needs of the borrower d) All of the above. b) To provide Credit Cards to farmers to avail loan facility within the district.and above.Existing borrowers of the branch/ bank having good track record for the last Two years. 3000/. Margin stipulated for Rs. c. The following farmers are eligible to get KCC _______________ a. 2. 339 .00 crore c)3000/. 22.and no limit d)none of above (*Minimum KCC limit for Uttaranchal State is Rs1. c) To provide adequate and timely support from banking system to the farmers for their short term production credit needs for cultivation of crops. b) Educational and Medical Expenses.000/-) 21. in a flexible and cost effective manner.and 1. purchase of inputs.All of the above. provided Branch Manager is satisfied with their Credit-worthiness.New borrowers including good borrowers of other banks. b Requiring production credit limit of Rs. Minimum and maximum loan to be sanctioned under KCC are a)5000/.The objectives for launching KCC are ________________. d) All of the above. PANCHKULA 19. c) Social & Religious ceremonies d) Al l of the above. 23. cropping pattern and scale of finance as Recommended by District Level Technical Committee (DLTC). 24. a) To provide Credit Cards like SBI Card to get payment from any part of the Country.00 lacs under ACC/KCC based on SOF is a) Nil b) 15 – 25% c) 10 – 15 % d) 20 – 25 % 20.and no limit b)5000/. Following needs of the farmer are treated as contingent needs under KCC a) Family maintenance expenses. 25000/c) Rs. Cheque book can be provided to a. a) Rs. 25000/-. we recover inspection charges @-------a. A literate KCC borrower with sanction limit of Rs 1 lakh and above d. d) None of the above 27.Rs. PANCHKULA 25. 10000/b) Rs.000/.-------------. A literate KCC borrower with sanction limit of Rs 25.10/b. For Crop loans up to Rs.No charges d. All literate KCC account holders b. Any borrower availing KCC 30.and above c.100/c.10/.Rs.and above c.Credit limit of the borrower under KCC is required to be renewed______ a) Every year b) After 2 years c) Once in 3 years d) Not required 26. A literate KCC borrower b. Repayment of Crop loan/KCC should be --------a) Quarterly b) Half yearly c) Linked with Harvesting and Marketing of the Crop. Any borrower availing KCC 340 . A literate KCC borrower with sanction limit of Rs 25.per inspection with minimum of Rs.50 per inspection with minimum of Rs. 50000/d) None of the above 28.000/.None of the above 29.2. ATM card can be provided to a.New applicants under crop loan/KCC are not to be insisted upon for submitting ‘No dues” certificates up to a loan limit of Rs. A literate KCC borrower with sanction limit of Rs 1lakh and above d.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. VI 1 c 11 d 21 c 2 d 12 d 22 d 3 d 13 a 23 d 4 d 14 c 24 d 5 d 15 d 25 c 6 d 16 a 26 c 7 c 17 d 27 b 8 b 18 c 28 c 9 c 19 a 29 b 10 c 20 c 30 a 341 . PANCHKULA Answers ACC/KISAN CREDIT CARD (KCC) AGR.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. c) Any other domestic needs like expenditure on account of children's education. What is the minimum margin for consumption loan in KGC scheme? a) 10% b) 15% c) 25% d) 30% 5.15% & 20% respectively c.10 lacs b) Rs. Under Kisan Gold Card Scheme. b) Repair of farm machinery. Following farmers are eligible to get Kisan Gold Card--------------a) All Farmers irrespective of their previous track record. PANCHKULA KISAN GOLD CARD & AGRI CLINIC & AGRI BUSINESS CENTRE AGR. b) Only selected farmers with handsome land holding. Under KGC the quantum of loan is a) Maximum Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. marriage. a minimum margin of _______% in the case of invesrment purpose and _______% in case of consumption purposes to be maintained. Consumption loan under KGC can be granted up to a) 20% of the eligible KGC limit b) 30% of the eligible KGC limit c) 40% of the eligible KGC limit d) 50% of the eligible KGC limit 3. with good track record of repayment in their ACC & ATL accounts for the last two years as on the date of application.5% & 10% respectively b. 10 lacs minus term loan out standing if any at the time of application d) All of the above 2. medical expenses etc. c) Farmers irrespective of their land holdings. d) All of the above 6.20% & 25% respectively d. Bullocks & carts. d) None of the above 4. land development.VII 1. a.5 lacs minus outstanding in the existing ATL account c) 50 % of the value of the land to be mortgaged as collateral security or 5 times the annual Farm income which ever is less.10% & 30% respectively 342 . The loan sanctioned under KGC scheme is required to be utilised by farmer for___________ a) Purchase of agricultural implements. with a maximum Rs. The Kisan Gold Card is valid for a period of ________years. a) ACC b) ATL c) Term Loan d) None of the above 10. b. a) One b) Two c) Three d) Five 9. Kisan Gold Card scheme (KGC) is applicable to a) Small and Marginal farmers only.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) Progressive farmers only c) Highly progressive farmers only d) All farmers irrespective of the size of their land holdings. The loans sanctioned under Kisan Gold Card are treated as --------accounts. All the above 343 .Good borrowers of other banks provided they liquidate their outstanding with other banks d. What is the usual norm of repayment under KGC-------a) 3 to 4 years b) 4 to 5 years c) 6 to 7 years d) 8 to 9 years 11. PANCHKULA 7. KGC limit can be sanctioned to a. Farmers who have closed their accounts without any default & who are not our current customers c. What are the activities that have recently been excluded from the list of activities financed under KGC? a) Purchase of land b) construction of farm house c) purchase of tractor and accessories d) All the above 13. How many accounts can be opened by the borrower financed under KGC----a) 1 b) 2 c) 5 d) any number of a/cs 8. 12. Existing Borrowers maintaining standard loan accounts for last 2 years. In case of Agri-clinics and Agri-business centres.Only consumption credit component c. 10000/b) Rs. Maximum Quantum of loan financed for an individual under Agriclinics & ABC is a) Rs. PANCHKULA 14.50% of loan amount b.Not required where assets are created b. No cash disbursal is allowed d.25000/c) Rs.3 lacs b) Rs.7 years c.5 lacs c) Rs. Loan amount sanctioned under KGC can be disbursed in cash upto a. Not required in any case 17. KGC limit can be disbursed for a) purchase of two wheelers b) purchase of agricultural land c) construction of House d) all of above 15. 50000/d) Rs. 500000/20.25000/c) Rs. a) Rs.25 lacs 344 . norms for obtaining margins have been relaxed for limits up to --------a) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50000/d) Rs.Proof required in case of farm machinery c. To ensure the end use of funds by verification of assets and collection of invoices/cash receipts.10 lacs d) Rs. 9 years d.10 years 16. 10000/b) Rs. Is there any mechanism for verification of enduse of funds given under KGC? a.5 years b. norms for obtaining collateral security have been relaxed for limits up to ---------. What is the repayment period for loans granted for setting up of Horticulture Orchards? a. Full extent of credit limit 18. within one month from the date of release of the funds d. In case of Agri-clinics and Agri-business centres. 500000/19. Not available 345 . Yes. 10% c. 10% d. 5-10% c. 10 -15 years with a moratorium period of 2 years 24. 3-5 years with a moratorium period of 2 years b. b. Yes.00 crore 22. Advance for Agri-clinics and Agri-business centres is classified under a. Whether loans under ACABC are covered under CGTMSE scheme a. 15% 26.Indirect Agriculture Advance c. 25%-30% b. 5% b. d. Nil d. Maximum quantum of loan that can be financed under Agriclinics & Agri business centre to be taken up as a group activity is a) Rs. 5 lacs c.C&I advance 23.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.50 lacs d) Rs1. To augment support and extension services for agriculture. 10-15% 15-25% 27. What is the objective of setting up of Agri-clinics and Agri-business centres? a. all above 25. 7-12 years with a moratorium period of 2 years d. 25% b. d. Advance for Agri-clinics and Agri-business centres can be repaid within a. What is the quantum of NABARD refinance available under the scheme? a. PANCHKULA 21. What is the margins for limits upto Rs 5 lac? a. all activities above Rs. 5-10 years with a moratorium period of 2 years c.30 lacs c) Rs. few activities are covered d. To provide self employment opportunities to technically trained persons. Yes. No 28. To strengthen transfer of technology and extension of services c.Direct Agriculture Advance b.50% as Direct Agriculture Advance d. all activities irrespective of loan amount b. What is the margins for limits more than Rs 5 lac? a. 100% c.20 lacs b) Rs. ST. Answers KISAN GOLD CARD & AGRI CLINIC & AGRI BUSINESS CENTRE AGR. women and other disadvantaged sections and those from North-Eastern and Hill States.VII 1 c 11 d 21 c 2 a 12 d 22 b 3 c 13 d 23 b 4 d 14 a 24 d 5 d 15 c 25 c 6 d 16 c 26 d 7 c 17 d 27 c 8 a 18 d 28 b 9 b 19 d 29 d 10 c 20 c 30 d 346 . should be a post graduate in agriculture c. both b. PANCHKULA 29. minimum 2 among group should be Agri Graduates d. one among a. All should be Agriculture Graduate b. & c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d. No subsidy b Credit linked capital subsidy @25% of the capital cost of the project funded through bank loan would be eligible c. What is the quantum of subsidy available? a. all except one of them would have to be agriculture graduate trained under the scheme and the remaining could be non-agri graduate with experience in business development and management. What are instruction regarding educational qualification if the group consists of 5 or more persons? a. 33.33% in respect of borrowers belonging to SC. 30. What is the procedure of obtaining statement of eligible book debts? a) Monthly b) yearly c) Half yearly intervals–verified from borrower’s books of a/c or audited financial statement. What is the eligibility criteria under ARTHIAS PLUS scheme? a) Commission agents enjoying good reputation and holding a valid license from the market yard/ board and are in the line of business for the past 3 years. Either b or c 347 . Agricultural Land c. Residential/ commercial property(non agri) worth 1. b) Commission agents having receivables from farmers only. d) all above 2.00lacs is a. Maximum repayment period that can be given under ARTHIAS PLUS is a) 12 months b) 6 months c) 15 months d) 24 months 7. d. c) Commission agents functioning in rural and semi urban markets/mandis. What is the periodicity of interest application? a) Monthly b) Quarerly c) Half yearly coincide with harvesting season d) annualy 4. CROP INSURANCE & PRODUCE MARKETING LOAN AGR-VIII 1. Margin stipulated for a loan under ARTHIAS PLUS is a) 10% b) 15% c) 25% d) 40% 6.5 times of the advance. No security is required b. Collateral security requirement for financing under Arthias Plus scheme upto Rs25. d) Not obtained 5. What is the type of advance ARTHIAS PLUS scheme? a) CC Hypothecation stocks b) CC Hypothecation of book debts not older than 6 months c) Demand Loan d) Term loan 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA ARTHIAS PLUS. a) Agriculture b) SIB c) C&I d) Any segment to suit branch convenience 9. Bank debts / receivables not older than __ months are eligible for finance under "Arthias Plus" a) 3 b) 6 c) 9 d) 12 10Maximum Loan amount under the scheme is Rs--------lacs a)25 b)50 c)15 d)30 11.10 lacs to Arthias (against receivables) is classified under ___________segment . Ltd. The implementing agency for NAIS is a) United India Insurance Co. Loans under the scheme is treated as a )indirect agriculture finance b) direct agriculture finance c)Small business finance d)Commercial advance 12.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Crops covered under the National Agricultural Insurance Scheme are a) All Cereals and pulses b) All Fruits and vegetables c) Only notified crops in the country d) None of the above 13. c) Agricultural Insurance Company of India Ltd. Loan under Produce Marketing Loan scheme is sanctioned ------------------. c) both a & b d) None of the above 348 . b) To help farmers to avoid distress selling. A loan of above Rs. a) To provide finance to farmers to purchase produces from the market. b) Oriental Insurance Co. d) GIC 14. PANCHKULA 8. full insurance cover to be obtained. The loan amount.10. can be financed under Produce Marketing Loan scheme is a) 50% of the value of produce.00 lac b) 60% of the value of produce.5.00 lac. 000/b) Rs. 50% of loan amount c. PML is treated as----a) Direct finance to agriculture b) Indirect finance to agriculture c) Clean loan d) Group loan 17.00 lacs 18. Margin in case of loan sanctioned against goods stored in farmer’s godown is -----% a) 50 b) 40 c) 30 d) 10 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 200% of loan amount 349 . no linkage with value of produce d) 60% to 80% of value of produce. What is maximum repayment period permissible for loan sanctioned under Produce Marketing Loan scheme? a) 6 months b) 12 months c) 18 months d) none of the above 19. the collateral security requirement upto Rs 10 lakhs is a.In case of loan sanctioned against warehouse receipt under Produce Marketing Loan. if value of stock exceeds---------------------a) Rs.10.100% of loan amount b. 000/d) No insurance required 20. PANCHKULA 15. Maximum Rs.15.00 lac c) Maximum Rs. Maximum Rs. Financing under “Produce Marketing Loan” can be made to a) All non-overdue ACC/KCC Borrower of our branches b) All crop loan Borrowers of other banks c) Non-borrower farmers d) All of the above 21. Maximum Rs. Under Produce Marketing Loan scheme. No collateral security is required d. 000/c) Rs.5.5.25. 10 lacs d) Rs. 5 lacs b) Rs. 15 d) 30 . 30 b) 25 . PANCHKULA 22. 2 lacs c) Rs. CROP INSURANCE & PRODUCE MARKETING LOAN AGR-VIII 1 d 11 a 21 c 2 b 12 c 22 d 3 a 13 c 23 a 4 c 14 b 24 c 5 d 15 b 6 b 16 a 7 c 17 d 8 c 18 b 9 b 19 b 10 b 20 d 350 . Maximum Produce Marketing Loan loan under Priority sector is a) Rs. 35 c) 10 . 40 24. Margin against warehouse receipt issued by Central/State Warehousing Corpn is ____% & _____% for repayment period of 6 months and for >6months but within 12 months respectively a) 20 . . PML is helpful in _______________ a) Increasing branch advances b) improving recovery position c) avoiding distress sale by farmer d) all the above 23. 25 lacs Answers ARTHIAS PLUS.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d) building of house. SCHEME FOR FINANCING TO PRIVATE COLD STORAGES/WARE HOUSES AGR .IX 1. 3. 2. c) purchase of farm equipment.00 lac d) No limit 5.00 lac c) Rs. c) 3-4 d) 4-5. PANCHKULA LAND PURCHASE SCHEME. 5. 2.Gestation period allowed under Land purchase scheme if land is to be developed is----------. FINANCING RURAL GODOWN .years a) 1-2 b) 2-3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 lac b) Rs.Minimum margin required for financing under Land Purchase scheme is--------a) 15% b) 25% c) 30% d) No margin is required 4. Loan under Land Purchase scheme cannot be considered for which of the following purposes a) cost of land b) registration charges and stamp duty. Loans for purchase of agricultural land can be sanctioned to a) Small and Marginal farmers b) Tenant cultivators. share croppers & landless agricultural labourers c) Both a & b d) None of the above 351 .10. What is maximum repayment period permissible for loans sanctioned under Land Purchase scheme a) 5-7 years after expiry of gestation period b) 7-8 years after expiry of gestation period c) 9-10 years after expiry of gestation period d) None of the above 6.Maximum loan amount. COLD STORAGE. which can be financed under Land Purchase scheme is----------a) Rs. Maximum subsidy provided under “Gramin Bhandaran Yojana” for individuals / Companies & Corporates is a) 15 % maximum Rs. d) 20% maximum Rs.56 lacs b) 25% maximum of Rs. Maximum subsidy provided under “Gramin Bhandaran Yojana” for projects in NE states hilly areas above 1000 MSL and for SC/ST individuals and their cooperatives is a) 25% maximum of Rs.50 lacs.12 lacs b) 15% maximum Rs. 25. 13. Agri graduates. CWC/State warehouse corporation is a) 20% maximum of Rs. 22.33% 352 . 62.26 lacs b) 25% maximum of Rs.33% maximum of Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 11. 40 lacs d) 33. 40. 50 lacs 12. 40. c) 20% maximum Rs.50 lacs d) 25% maximum of Rs. Maximum subsidy provided under “Gramin Bhandaran Yojana” for farmers. PANCHKULA 7.56 lacs c) 33.50 lacs.87 lacs c) 25% maximum of Rs. 25. “Gramin Bhandaran Yojna” is financing for construction of a) Farm House b) Residential House in rural area c) Rural Godown d) None of the above 8. Margin requirement for projects in NE States & hilly areas and SC/ST beneficiaries under Gramin Bhandaran Yojana is a) 5% b) 10% c) 20% d) 25% 10. Normal Margin Requirement under ‘Gramin Bhandaran Yojana’ is a) 10% b) 15% c) 20% d) 25% 9. 25 lacs. 50. 28. Cooperatives. 46.56 lacs.33% maximum of Rs. Subsidy provided to cooperatives for renovation of godowns under “Gramin Bhandaran Yojana” is a) 10% b) 25% c) 30% d) 33. 000 tonne d) No ceiling 17. 15 years 18. The capital investment subsidy (back ended) is released for construction of cold storage by a) APEDA b) Ministry of agriculture & co-operation c) National Horticulture Board d) NABARD 20. Advance under C&I segment d. Indirect Agricultural Advance c. Subsidy under Gramin Bhandaran Yojana is provided by a) RBI.What amount of subsidy is released as advance subsidy on sanction of loan by the bank ? a) 25% b) 22% c) 50% d) 33% 16. cold storages/ware houses designed to store agriculture produce irrespective oflocation is treated as a. PANCHKULA 14.15 years 19.5years b. c) Minister of rural development d) Ministry of Agriculture 15. Advance under SSI segment 353 . Maximum repayment period for loans under Gramin Bhandaran Yojana is a.Subsidy under Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme for construction of Rural Godowns is restricted to the maximum capacity of -------------a) 1000 tonne b) 5000 tonne c) 10. 11 years d. 5 years c. Direct Agricultural Advance b. Maximum repayment period for financing Cold Storages is a. Loans to pvt. 3 years b.9 years c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.11 years d. b) NABARD. PANCHKULA Answers LAND PURCHASE SCHEME. FINANCING RURAL GODOWN .IX 1 d 11 b 2 a 12 d 3 a 13 b 4 b 14 b 5 c 15 c 6 c 16 c 7 c 17 c 8 d 18 b 9 c 19 c 10 a 20 b 354 . COLD STORAGE. SCHEME FOR FINANCING TO PRIVATE COLD STORAGES/WARE HOUSES AGR .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ------is instrumental in high % of recovery in respect of advances to SHGs. PANCHKULA SELF HELF GROUP AGR-X 1. the Inter-se Agreement is executed by a) Bank b) NGO c) President & Secretary of the SHG d) All the members of the SHG 6. Yunus Khan c) Prof. Originator of the concept of SHG is a) Prof. In SHG finance. The concept of SHG originated from a) Sri Lanka b) Pakistan c) Bangladesh d) Indonesia 2. SHG can be financed a) 6 months after opening the saving Bank account b) 3 months after formation of group c) 6 months after formation of group d) 12 months after formation of groups 5. VVV stands for a) Village Vikas Vahini b) Volunteer Village Vahini c) Vikas Volunteer Vahini d) None of the above 7. Salman Khan 4. a) NABARD b) RBI c) Peer Pressure d) None of the above 355 . Mohammed d) Prof. Mohammed Yunus b) Prof.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The nodal agency for implementation of the concept of SHG in India is a) RBI b) NABARD c) RRBs d) Central Govt 3. c) Requirements of all the members of the group. SHGs and Credit linkage means----------------a) When bank staff forms SHGs. Bank accounts & loans to members etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Incentive provided to NGO for credit linking to SHG is a) Rs.00 lacs d) Rs.250/d) No incentive is provided 14. What is maximum Quantum of finance for financing to SHG ? a) Up to Rs. 50. 11.10.1. PANCHKULA 8. b) When SHG opens a SB account in the bank c) When SHGs are linked to the Bank for financing d) None of the above 9. 50000/c) Up to 4 times of the corpus of the group d) None of the above 12.750/c) Rs. Who is responsible for repayment of SHG loans? a) The NGO who formed the group b) The leader of the group c) All the members jointly and severally d) None of the above 10. 5.No collateral is obtained 356 .00 lacs c) Rs. Corpus means____________ a) Balance held in Saving Bank account of the SHG b) Total of balances held in cash. Rs.000/b) Up to 4 times of the corpus of the group Max. d) None of the above 13.00 lacs b)Rs. Who decides the rules and regulations for SHG ? a) The facilitator (who forms the group) b) The banker c) The leader of the group d) All the members of the group with their collective wisdom.500/b) Rs. Collateral Security is exempted for financing SHG for any industrial activity upto a) Rs. Six month period for considering bank linkage is reckoned from the date of a) Formation of group b) Opening of SB account c) Commencement of internal lending d) None of the above 17. SHG Bank credit linkage can take the form of a) SHG’s financed directly by banks b)SHG’s financed directly with NGOs facilitation c)Indirect finance to SHGs through NGOs/MFIs d)All of the above 18.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Articles of Agreement. SHG and NGO d) None of the above 19. PANCHKULA 15. While sanctioning loan to SHG . sponsorship letter. Inter-se agreement. What documents are to be obtained for financing to SHG? a) Application. Arrangement Letter c) Tripartite agreement between the Bank.arrangement letter b) AB-1. purpose for which loan is required is decided by a) Branch Manager b) DRDA c) BDO d) Group Answers SELF HELF GROUP AGR-X 1 c 11 c 2 b 12 b 3 a 13 b 4 c 14 b 5 d 15 d 6 c 16 a 7 c 17 d 8 c 18 a 9 c 19 d 10 d 20 d 357 . AB-3 or AB-2. SB account and loan account to SHG should be opened in the name of --------a) The leader of the group b) Office bearers of the group c) All the members of the group jointly d) Self Help Group only 16. Financing of SHGs is preferred because__________________ a) 100% NABARD refinance is available b) it is priority sector lending c) Branches get remuneration in TPM d) All the above 20. Six months period for considering Bank Linkage is reckoned from the date of a) Formation of group b) Opening of SB a/c c) Commencement of internal lending d) None of the above 6. d) Village panchayat leaders should be included as office bearers of SHG 358 . the minimum may be reduced to 5 in Hilly Area/Tribal Area/Disabled/Minor Irrigation activity. 5. Ideally what is the minimum and maximum no. PANCHKULA SELF HELF GROUP (I) AGR-XI 1.000/2 An SHG should not consist of more than ----persons a)20 b)10 c)12 d)15 3. of members in an SHG? a) 5-10 b) 10-20 c) 20 -25 d) None of the above *However.education etc c) debt swapping d) all the above 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Purpose of the loan to SHG can be ___________ a) income generation b) social needs like housing. Incentives to NGOs for credit linking a SHG is a) 250/b) 500/c) 750/d) 1. To be eligible for direct bank credit linkage which of these conditions is not compulsory a) Group should have been in existence for a period of 6 months b) Proper maintenance of accounts should be there c) The group should have undertaken savings and credit operations through its own resources. NABARD provides refinance upto ----%of loan amount given to SHG .50lacs 10. b) Financial empowerment c) a & b d) None of the above 12. While sanctioning loan to SHG – purpose for which loan is required is decided by a) Branch Manager b) DRDA c) BDO d) Group 11.50lacs c) 1.00lacs b) 0. c) It should not be blacklisted d) It should have extended finance to SHG 8. Processing charges for SHG loans are a) nil b) Rs500 per loan c) Rs250 per loan d) Rs1000 per loan 13. a) 50 b) 100 c) 75 d)60 359 . The important benefits to the members of Group is a) Social empowerment. Out of the incentive given to NGO ----% is given on formation of SHG and opening of Saving Bank a/c a) 40 b) 30 c) 50 d) 20 9. Which of the following is not a criterion for NGO to be eligible for payment of incentive a) Should be registered under Societies act/trust act b) Minimum period of existence should be 3 years. PANCHKULA 7. Under SHG Gold Card minimum loan that can be given is Rs------a) 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.50lacs d) 2. Margin in case of SHG credit card is (a) 20% (b) nil (c )10% (d) 5% 18. 20000/b) Rs. SHG credit card is valid for -----. 50000/d) None of these 15. (d) Should have adopted at least 2villages 17. a) insurance product from SBI life ( now discontinued ) b) bank’s loan scheme c) insurance product of New India Assurance co. (a) Should have reached the third level of linkage and have a minimum credit limit of Rs50000/(b) Should be regular in repayment of earlier loans (c) Minimum 2 members should be literate. d) Non of the above 360 . PANCHKULA 14.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 15000/c) Rs.years (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d)5 16. SHPI stands for a) Self help Group Promoting Institutions b) Self help Group participating individuals c) Safehealth Promoting Institutions d) Safe health participating Institutions 19. To be eligible for SHG credit card which of the following conditions need not be fulfilled. a) Rs.Grameen Shakti is an _____________for SHG members. Minimum loan amount under SHG credit card is ----------. It will be paid by debit to Charges Account. Branch b. SHGs will be paid a commission of 10% for NPAs c. Bank Regular scheme-Only NPAs d. Selection of SHGs for outsourcing of recovery in advances is vested with a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 20. Govt. Govt.monthly Answers SELF HELF GROUP (I) AGR-XI 1 c 11 c 21 a 2 a 12 a 22 d 3 d 13 b 4 b 14 c 5 a 15 a 6 d 16 d 7 d 17 b 8 c 18 a 9 a 19 a 10 d 20 d 361 . sponsored schemes— NPAs b. Outsourcing of recovery in advances through SHG is for a. Both b&c 21. SHGs will be paid a commission of 5% for Standard Assets b. LHO 22.monthly d. Module d. sponsored schemes-Both Standard and NPAs c. Region c. It will be paid by debit to Interest Account. Which of the following is not correct in respect of Outsourcing of recovery in advances through SHG a. 75 lacs b) Rs. Eligible category of Borrowers under “Gram Niwas” are a) individuals having satisfactory accounts with us b) Members of SHG having saving / loan account with us c) both the above d) neither of a and b 3. 0. 2 lac d) Rs. PANCHKULA GRAM NIWAS AND SAHAYOG NIWAS AGR. 1 lac c) Rs.50 lacs 6. c) Quarters for Farm Labourers. 1. Maximum loan under “Gram Niwas” for repair / renovation / extension of a house and or work space is a) Rs. 2 lac d) Rs. 2. “Gram Niwas is a scheme for financing for construction / repair/renovation of a a) Farm Pump Shed. Maximum loan under “Gram Niwas” for purchase of land is a) Rs. 1 lac c) Rs.000 is------. Maximum loan for construction/purchase of new house member under “Gram Niwas” is a) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50.50 lacs 5. 2 lac d) Rs.30 lacs b) Rs. 50. 5 lac c) Rs. b) Residential House / work shed. 2. 1.5 lacs that can be given to a 4. Margin requirement under “Gram Niwas” upto a loan of Rs. 0. d) Hotels in rural / semi-urban areas.000 b) Rs.of project cost a) Nil b) 5% c) 10% d) 20% 362 .XII 1. only rural areas 10. How is loan amount calculated in respect of applicants having average annual income above Rs 2 lac upto Rs 5 lacs ? a) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 25% b) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 45% c) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 55% d) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 60% 13. 5 lacs is------. Margin requirement under “Gram Niwas” for a loan above Rs. 50.of project cost a) Nil b) 5% c) 15% d) 20% 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. How is loan amount calculated in respect of applicants having average annual income above Rs 40000 and upto Rs 2 lac ? a) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 25% b) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 45% c) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 55% d) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 60% 12.of project cost a) Nil b) 5% c) 15% d) 20% 9. Gram niwas scheme is applicable in a) semi urban and urban areas b) Semi-urban areas and rural areas c) all areas d). How is loan amount calculated in respect of applicants having average annual income upto Rs 40000 ? a) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 25% b) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 45% c) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 55% d) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 60% 11. How is loan amount calculated in respect of applicants having average annual income above Rs 5 lac ? a) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 25% b) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 45% c) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 55% d) Maximum permissible Installment to Income Ratio should be 60% 363 . PANCHKULA 7. Margin requirement under “Gram Niwas” for a loan above Rs.000 and upto 5 lacs is------. SHGs which are in existence for more than __ years with good track record are eligible under Sahyog Niwas.000/c) Rs. a) 4 b) 2 c) 10 d) None of these 20. PANCHKULA 14. c) Repairs / Renovation / Extension of existing house or a workspace. d)10. d) All the above 16. b) SHGs for onward lending to its members. c) 5. c) NGOs for lending to SHGs.00 lacs b) Rs.000/d) No ceiling 364 . b) Construction of house and / or a workspace / shed. 1. a) Rs. d) All the above. Loans under “Sahayog Niwas” can be sanctioned for a) Purchase of plot of land & constructing house. ‘Sahayog Niwas’ is a housing scheme operational in a) Rural areas b) Semi-urban c) Both Rural and Semi-urban d) None of these 19. 18. 10.per member of SHG is----. “Sahayog Niwas” is housing loan scheme given to a) Individual members of SHGs. Loans under “Sahayog Niwas” can be sanctioned to SHGs functioning in a) Rural areas b) Semi-urban areas c) Urban areas d) Both a & b above 17. Maximum amount that can be sanctioned under Sahyog Niwas. b)15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Maximum period of repayment under Sahyog Niwas is -----a) 20. 15. 50. Under Sahyog Niwas scheme .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 21.XII 1 b 11 b 21 b 2 c 12 c 22 a 3 b 13 d 23 a 4 c 14 b 5 b 15 d 6 c 16 d 7 c 17 b 8 d 18 c 9 b 19 b 10 a 20 b 365 . a) 15 b) 10 c) 5 d) None of these Answers GRAM NIWAS AND SAHAYOG NIWAS AGR. Primary security for loan under Sahyof niwas is. the loan amount is maximum ----times of corpus fund a) 10 b) 5 c) 15 d) 20 23. a) Land b) Group guarantee of SHG members c) any third pary guarantee d) None of these 22. Maximum repayment period for loan sanctioned under Gram Niwas is ____ years . Objective of SGSY is to bring poor families above poverty line by providing them with income generating assets through a) Bank credit b) Govt.XIII 1. SGSY is funded by---------------a) Central Government b) State Government c) Central and State Govt. SITRA and TRYSEM by. Poor families identified for assistance under SGSY are called: a) Beneficial b) Swarojgaris c) Borrower d) None of the above 6. IRDP. DWCRA. PANCHKULA SGSY AGR.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. in the ratio of 75:25 d) None of the above 4. Target group under SGSY consists of a) All BPL families b) All members of BPL families c) All above poverty line families d) None of the above 366 .04. subsidy c) a & b d) None of the above 7. GKY.2000 c) 01. SGSY launched by GOI from a) 01. based on the intensity of poverty c) Choice of the BM d) None of the above 5.01. SGSY seeks to promote self employment opportunities to rural poor through promotion of micro-enterprises a) In cluster b) Scattered. MWS.1999 d) None of the above 2.1999 b) 01. SGSY replaces the earlier poverty alleviation programmes viz. a) organizing the rural poor into Self Help Groups b) financing to existing SHGs c) financing individuals d) All of above 3.04. The amount of revolving fund is a) Rs. 5. PANCHKULA 8. b) Multiple doses of credit can be provided in deserving cases based on the credit history of swarojgaris. c) Primary responsibility of identifying the key activities in the cluster rests with the Branch Manager d) Primary responsibility of identifying the key activities in the cluster rests with the Block Level SGSY Committee 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Pre-existing groups who have completed 6 months from the date of formation can be put to FGT a) after 6 months from the date of identification b) straight away without waiting for further period of 6 months c) 3 months from the date of identification d) none of the above 13. Eligibility of groups for First Grading Test (FGT) a) All newly formed groups b) Groups completed minimum period of 6 months c) Groups completed minimum period of 4 months d) None of the above 12.and maximum Rs. First grading test enables the group eligible for a) Revolving fund (from Govt. 5. Which among the following is not correct in case of financing to SGSY a) Cluster approach under SGSY helps in providing Backward and Forward linkages in a cost effective manner.000/c) equal to group corpus fund d) none of the above 367 . b) Subsidy and loan for economic activity.000/.000/b) equal to group corpus fund subjected to a minimum of Rs. The authority empowered to add or delete any activity in the list of activities under SGSY a) BDO b) Block level SGSY committee c) District level SGSY committee d) None of the above 10. c) Both d) None of the above 11.10.) and matching loan from banks. 000 d) None of the above 368 . Revolving Fund assistance can be made available to group through a) Cash credit a/c b) Term loan c) Demand loan d) none of the above 15. maximum eligible loan for SHG is a) Rs.500 d) None of the above 20. b) To assess. Under SGSY for individuals other than SC/ST. 10.500 b) 60% maximum Rs. 10.000/b) 4 times of corpus fund c) Rs. PANCHKULA 14.. For Revolving Fund Assistance under SGSY. subsidy ceilings is a) 40% Maximum Rs.000 c) 30% Maximum Rs. d) None of the above. Subsidy eligibility for individual swarojgaris who belong to SC / STs a) 50% Maximum Rs. 15.000 b) 50% Maximum Rs. 17. 10. 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under SGSY subtarget for women is a) 60% b) 50% c) 40% d) None of the above 19.000/d) None of the above 16. c) To assess the groups corpus.000 c) 50% maximum Rs. 10. 7. 7. All groups after sanction but before disbursement of loan should undergo: a) Basic Orientation Programme b) Advance Skill Development Programme c) Minimum Skill requirement Programme d) None of the above 18.F. whether the group has completed Micro Credit stage successfully and worth financing Micro – enterprise development stage. Purpose of undertaking second grading test is : a) To assess the groups ability to avail R. PANCHKULA Answers SGSY AGR.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.XIII 1 a 11 b 2 d 12 b 3 c 13 b 4 a 14 a 5 b 15 b 6 c 16 b 7 a 17 a 8 c 18 c 9 c 19 c 10 a 20 c 369 . Security norms for loans to individuals exceeding Rs. 1 month b) 10 days. a) Rs1. 1 month d) None of the above 2. c) a & b d) None of the above 6.should be taken into consideration as indicative cost while fixing the unit cost for the farm sector when identifying key activities for assistance of poor families. a) regional Committee of NABARD b) regional Committee of RBI c) Distt Committee of DRDO d)Distt Committee of SGSY 4. 50. Loan application under SGSY ordinarily should be disposed off with in a period of ----days and not later than ----a) One week. 30.000 b) Rs. In case of loans for individuals upto Rs. title deed . PANCHKULA SGSY (i) AGR. 50.00lacsecurity to be obtained wherever movable assets are created are --------. b) Collateral in the form of marketable security.and to groups ecxceeding Rs5.00lacs are a) Hypothecation of assets created out of Bank finance. Disbursements under SIB sector may be disbursed in cash upto a) Rs.and to group upto Rs5. 10. c) a & b d) None of the above 370 . 20.000 c) Rs. a) Only hypothecation of assets created Out of Bank’s finance b) Mortgage of landed property. The unit cost as fixed by ------------------. 2months c) 15 days.000/.000/.Maximum subsidy for swarojgaris under irrigation projects.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.XIV 1.5lac 3.00lac b) Rs1.5lac c) No ceiling d) Rs2.000 d) None of the above 5. a) 10 years b) 5 years c) 3 years d) none of the above 12. Minimum repayment period for loan under SGSY are a) 3 years b) 5 years c) 10 years d) none of the above 13. For administration of subsidy DRDA will open ------account with principal participating bank branches.5% d)2. b) 25% in advance c) totally back ended d) 15% in advance 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5% 8.00% c)1. a) saving b) fixed deposit c) current d) none of the above 10. Interest charged by the bank on subsidy amount is a) nil b)1. Risk fund can be created out of ---% of SGSY funds at district level a) 2 b) 1 c) 5 d) 3 11. Repayment instalments should not be more than ----% of the incremental net income expected from the project a) 40 b) 60 c) 50 d) 30 371 . PANCHKULA 7.Subsidy under SGSY is provided a) 50%in advance. What is the minimum lock in period for subsidy. 2.000/b) Rs.at the time of sanction of loan. For a loan under SGSY scheme with repayment period of 7 years. Group Life Insurance Scheme for SGSY beneficiaries is in operation: a) till the repayment of loan b) For a period of 5 years from the date of commencement of coverage.000/c) Rs.XIV 1 c 11 c 2 c 12 b 3 c 13 c 4 b 14 b 5 a 15 c 6 c 16 c 7 a 17 c 8 c 18 c 9 a 10 b 372 . Maximum age of Swarozgari for availing group insurance should be------. a)5 years b) 4 years c) 3years d) 6years 16. For a loan under SGSY scheme with repayment period of 5 years. 5. PANCHKULA 14. lock in period for subsidy adjustment is --------years.000/d) None of the above Answers SGSY (i) AGR. 10. d) a or b which ever is later. a) 3 years b) 4 years c) 5 years d) None of the above 15. lock in period for subsidy adjustment is --------years. Banks may provide consumption loans to individual Swarojgaris not exceeding a) Rs. 18. c) a or b which ever is earlier. a) 55 b)45 c) 60 d) 65 17.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Which among the following is not correct regarding sanction of Agri Gold loans a) against Gold ornaments b) Gold bars/coins (Bullion) c) All farmers are eligible for Agri-Gold loan d) Repayment of Gold loan sanctioned should coincide with harvesting and marketing season Q4. d) All of above Q6. Why our Bank intends to grant loans under Agl.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d) all above Q3. Which among the following is correct regarding sanction of Agri Gold loans a)Agri Gold loans’ can be sanctioned to illiterate borrowers. PANCHKULA AGRI GOLD LOAN AGR. c) increase their liquidity to meet investment expenses related to agriculture and / or allied agricultural activities. Gold Loans? a) To extend hassle free finance to farmers / agriculturists b) increase their liquidity to meet crop production expenses. Value of gold is declared by____ a) CFO every fortnight b) CCFO every month c) CCO in every quarter d) Circle Managament 373 . b)Gold loans can be sanctioned for investment purpose c)Ornaments pledged should be in joint custody. Agri Gold loan is sanctioned as a) Demand Loan b) Term loan c) Cash Credit d) Any of the above Q5. Gold Loans scheme? a) is one of the ways of extending financial assistance to farmers for meeting their agricultural expenses b) most secure loan as per Bank’s experience c) NPA is almost nil / negligible d) all above Q2.XV Q1. What is the objective of granting Agr. 5 times of Annual Farm Income Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.36 Months Q. Who is responsible for ensuring genuineness and purity of gold ornaments ? a) Branch manager b) Cash officer/ Award Cash officer c) Accountant d) Any one 374 .8 Repayment period stipulated for Agri Gold Loan sanctioned for crop production is a. Any one of the above Methods Q. Rs 3. Indirect finance to agriculture c.30 Months Q.9 Repayment period stipulated for Agri Gold Loan sanctioned for other than production credit is a.6 Months b.7 Maximum loan amount that can be sanctioned under Agri Gold Loan is a.18 Months d. Direct finance to agriculture b.12 Months c.18 Months d. Specific Gravity Method d. Touch Stone method b. 00 lacs c. Unsecured loans Q12 Value of gold is declared for ____ carat purity a) 18 b) 22 c) 24 d) 18/22/24 Q13. generally not to exceed 12 Months c. PANCHKULA Q.00 lacs b. Nitric Acid Test c. As per the activity d.6 Months b.10 Method prescribed by Bank for testing the purity of gold while sanctioning gold loan is a. Rs 10.11 Loans under Agricultural gold loans are reckoned as-----a. Should not be more higher than the advance value of the Gold/ Silver ornaments pledged d. only in exceptional circumstances and on undoubted authority of the borrower alonwith letter of authority/undertaking by the borrower absolving the bank from responsibility in the event of any dispute.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. only in exceptional circumstances and on undoubted authority of the borrower c) Yes. d) No. PANCHKULA Q14 Who has to certify the gross and net weight of gold ornaments ? a) Cash officer/ Award Cash officer b) Branch Manager c) Accountant d) Any one Q15What is the minimum margin required under Agriculture Gold loan ? a) 25% b) 20% c) 30% d) No margins needed Q16 Who is the custodian of Gold Ornaments pledged ? a) Cash officer/ Award Cash officer b) Branch Manager c) Accountant d) Branch Manager/Accountant and Cash officer/ Award Cash officer Q17 On repayment of the loan. on written request of the borrowers against part payment c) Advance value of the ornaments still in bank’s possession fully cover the outstanding in the account d) Both b and c Q19 What are the instructions regarding delivery to the third party? a) Yes. can be done freely b) Yes. when the value of the gold is less than the outstandings c) Yes. what steps needs to be taken? a) Ornaments held as security to be returned b) DP Note duly discharged should be returned to the borrower(s) c) Acknowledgement for receipt of ornaments obtained in the Gold Loan Ledger d) All the above Q18 Whether part delivery of Ornaments is permitted? a) No b) Yes. it is not permitted Q 20 Whether advances under Agriculture Gold Loan be called up? a) No b) Yes. when the account becomes NPA d) Both b and c 375 . PANCHKULA Q 21 Who is the sanctioning authority of Agr.XV 1 D 11 A 20 D 2 d 12 d 21 c 3 b 13 b 4 d 14 a 5 d 15 a 6 d 16 D 7 c 8 b 17 d 9 d 18 d 10 d 19 C 376 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Gold Loan? a) Cash Officer b) Award Cash Officer c) Branch Manager/ Accountant d) Any one of above Answers AGRI GOLD LOAN AGR. 50. KRISHAK UTHAAN YOJNA AGR. Penal interest at 1% p. c) Both a & b d) All existing customers . be charged to borrowers who default in repaying the loan 377 . Rural. Semi Urban and Urban Branch d).a. b). In case of persons cultivating land total credit facility under GCC for an individual shall not exceed 20% of the eligible production loan limit . General Credit Card can be issued to a) Existing customers with branch/ having satisfactorily conducted deposit accounts.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. SHG CREDIT CARD AND SHG GOLD CARD. c). 5. Which among the following is not correct in respect of General Credit Card a).000/. purpose or end-use of the credit d) All of the above 3. General Credit Card can be issued by a) Rural Branch b) Rural and Semi Urban Branch c).Urban and Metro Branch 2. 4. Semi Urban . d). Which among the following is correct in respect of General Credit Card a) To provide hassle-free credit to our customers b) Credit to our customers is based on the assessment of cash flow c) There is no collateral security. but in place of a card. a special passbook will be issued to the borrower c)Quantum of the limit will be based on the assessment of income and cash flow of the entire household d)loan limit is Rs.000/-.25. Maximum loan amount is Rs.. b) Customers with loan accounts which are classified as standard assets in our books .XVI 1. Which among the following is not correct in respect of General Credit Card a)The Scheme will be in the nature of revolving credit b)No plastic / electronic card will be issued under the scheme. In case of other persons 20% of annual income of the applicant from known sources. Rural. PANCHKULA GENERAL CREDIT CARD (GCC). 10.000/b.000/d. Rs.5. PANCHKULA 6.00.000/c) Rs.a. c) Fifty percent of credit outstanding under GCC up to Rs.000/10.00.50.000/.00.5. The cards are valid for 3 years d. the SHG should a) develop proper group dynamics and repayment in earlier accounts should be regular. Rs. Consumption credit is not available under the schemes.000/c.Which of the following is incorrect? a. b) reached third level of credit linkage and enjoying a credit limit of Rs.2. Three years with half yearly review b) Three years with annual review c ) Five years with half yearly review d) Five years with annual review 7. d) It is a secured advance . Rs.000/d) Rs. Rs.00.1. SHG Gold Card will be in the nature of Term Loan c.00. be charged to borrower who default in repaying the loan.50.2. General Credit Card is renewed after a). a minimum of 20 % of the amount due along with upto date interest debited should at least be repaid b) Enhanced rate of interest @ 2% p.000/c) at least 2 of the group members should be literate to operate the account d) All of the above 9.25.1. 8. Which among the following is not correct in respect of General Credit Card a) In case the entire amount is not repaid. 378 .000/11.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000/b) Rs.To be eligible for ‘SHG credit card and SHG gold card’.per account will be treated as indirect agricultural financing.Minimum credit limit under SHG Gold Card is a.Minimum credit limit under SHG Credit Card is a) Rs.00. SHG Credit Card will be in the nature of revolving Cash Credit b.00. b) Land area cultivated and scale of finance applicable inclusive of consumption needs which is capped at 20% of production limit . What type of loan facility is given under Krishak Uthaan Yojna? a) Demand loan b) Overdraft c) Term Loan d) Revolving Cash Credit 16. How do we calculate limit under Krishak Uthaan Yojna? a) Land area cultivated and scale of finance applicable . PANCHKULA 12.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. What is the upper limit for loan under Krishak Uthaan Yojna? a). Under Krishak Uthaan Yojna what is the criteria for residential proof? a) should have a permanent residential proof & have been residing at the place for at least past 2 years b) should have a permanent residential proof & have been residing at the place for at least past 12 months c) should have a permanent residential proof & have been residing at the place for the past 18 months d) No such proof is needed 14. c) a plus another 20% of the production limit would be added for purpose of immediate needs of borrowers after harvest of the crop d) Flat Rs. Oral tenants/ lessees and small farmers b.irrespective of land area 17. What are the margins under Krishak Uthaan Yojna? a) 5% b) 10% c) 15% d) Nil 18 What is the security taken under Krishak Uthaan Yojna? a) Hypothecation of crops b) Third party guarantee c) Mortgage of property d) Clean loan 379 . Tenant farmers c. Krishak Uthaan Yojna is aimed at providing short term production and consumption credit to -----------a.Rs 15000/b) Rs 25000/c) Rs 20000/d ) No such upper limit 15. all the above 13. Sharecroppers with recorded tenancy rights d. 25000/. XVI 1 b 11 d 2 d 12 d 3 c 13 a 4 d 14 b 5 d 15 d 6 b 16 c 7 d 17 d 8 d 18 d 9 a 19 a 10 b 20 d 380 . PANCHKULA 19 Whether prudential norms are applicable to accounts under this scheme? a) Yes.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. not applicable 20 How to verify the identity of the borrower? a) Documents related to house of the applicant b) Voter’s list/ Identity Card c) Any other document prescribed by the LHO d) Any one of the above Answers GENERAL CREDIT CARD (GCC). KRISHAK UTHAAN YOJNA AGR. SHG CREDIT CARD AND SHG GOLD CARD. same as applicable to crop loans b) No. 500 d) 1. What is the approximate number of Business Correspondents/ Business Facilitators that our bank is going to create? a) 10.000. At the corporate centre level.000 c) 5.7. c) Both a. Corporates like ITC or Reliance. with their internet enabled rural outlets like echoupals/procurement centres.000. 381 . What is Financial Inclusion? a) Mobilising deposits from rural areas b) Providing loan facilities to rural people c) Extending hassle free savings and loan facilities and other banking services at an affordable cost. PANCHKULA BUSINESS CORRESPONDENTS AND BUSINESS FACILITATORS AGR.500 3. the bank has tied up with which of the following to work as our business correspondent? a) India Post b) Drishtee Foundation c) ZERO Microfinance And Savings Support Foundation (Zeromass) d) all above 4.XVII 1.2. At the corporate centre level. Where can Alliances for BC/BF can be struck? a) At the Corporate Centre level b) At circle level c) At module/Regional level d) Both a b& c 6. qualify for working as our ------a) BFs b) BCs. & b. the bank has tied up with which of the following to work as our business facilitator? a) India Post b) Tata c) ITC d) all above 5. d) Neither a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.000.000-12. nor b.000 b) 15. to the underprivileged and unbanked population d) All above 2.20. What would be the products which would be prescribed for alliances? a) Assets b) Liabilities c) Both assets and liabilities d) There is no fixed list of products. d) all above 382 . In case of Zero Mass Alliance. PANCHKULA 7. b) Greater financial inclusion. c) Ride on the technology which we have pioneered and multiply our customer base many times. such as Zeromass.e. What are the main objectives of the alliances? a) Increasing the outreach. What percentage of assets of the Rural and Semi urban branches is expected to be brought in by BFs and BCs? a) 15% b) 25% c) 30% d) 35% 8. d) all above 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 10. Uttarakhand. Andhra Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh b) This is a Business Facilitator arrangement and currently on at 100 Customer Service Points (CSP) spread over Nothern states c) This is a Business Correspondent arrangement and currently on at all India level d) None of the above 12. Which type of entities could be ideal alliance partners? a) India Post due to their out reach and sheer numbers b) NGOs based on their coverage c) Section 25 (i. what is the type of arrangement and where all extended? a) This is a Business Correspondent arrangement and currently on at 61 Customer Service Points (CSP) spread over Mizoram. For availing the services of BC/BF a) Their police verification is necessary b) Only references are necessary c) None of the above 11. Not for profit) companies. Manager for the Region. d) SBIRD 16. 17. In which segments can the alliance partners source business? a) Agri. the Chl. KYC guidelines. the corporate entre arranges these with the support from the Asst. b) However. Mgr/CMA is needed to ensure that loan applications are disposed of without delay and the BC/BFs are kept happy and in good humour. SBLCs. What is the procedure for handling deposit account opening forms and loan proposals by BC/BF’s CSPs a) Kept by BC/BF b) Sent to Channel Manager/CMA c) The CSPs will send all forms directly to the Link Branch. d) All of the above 383 . b) Per c) SME d) Retail business in all the segments 15. d) None of the above 18. SBIRD. with the permission of RBI b) Bulk deposits and very large loans will not be sourced by these entities c) No such restriction d) Instructions are not clear 14. looking to the role being akin to that of a Regional Manager as far as the BC/BF outlets are concerned. PANCHKULA 13. Will the Channel Mgr / CMA need to visit the CPC to follow up proposals submitted by the CSPs? a) Not as a matter of course. Can these alliance partners source large value deposits/loans? a) Yes. POS machine operations and key areas to check for while sourcing business from a customer. What kind of training is imparted to these operators? a) About products only b) About handling of machines c) About KYC norms d) The training will cover all the CSP personnel in different products. c) Just like a Regional Manager. the Local Head Office. a Channel Mgr has to work to drive business and also control. Gen. Who will train the operators at the BC/BF customer service points (CSP)outlets? a) BCs to develop their own training arrangements b) Since work is simple no training needed c) Before the launch of the arrangement under pilot.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the supporting documents required. handholding support. to put in more than the required/commensurate efforts by way of sensitization. d) All of the above 23. How will the branch / CPC know that an application has been sourced by a BC/BF? a) The BC/BF will brand a rubber stamp with their name on the application sourced b) The rubber stamp will also include the code no of the BF/BC c) the Branch will enter the BC/BF code in the Core Banking Menu.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A BC in addition to the activities of the BF will also carry out small value transactions. b) The accountant /Manager (Branch Operations) c) The Branch manager d) The Channel Manager / Channel Management Advisor will verify the correctness of the commission and recommend to the Branch Manager / AGM for payment. d) b. Who will verify the correctness of the commission paid to BF/BC? a) The desk officer . & c. through the mechanism of Chl. Who else should visit the outlets of the alliance partners whether they are BCs or BFs? a) Staff of Link branch b) BM of Link branch c) The AGM & the CM (Rural) of the Region d) all above 21. b) A Bf does not deal with loans of Link branch c) A BF will only source applications for deposits / loans / cross selling. Mgr. publicity initially. making available other enablers like stationery. PANCHKULA 19. Can the Channel Mgr/CMA visit a customer jointly with the outlets of these alliance partners? a) No b) Yes c) In this process we need. d) None of the above 22. 384 . What is the difference between a BC and BF? a) Difference in areas of operation. 20. PANCHKULA Answers BUSINESS CORRESPONDENTS AND BUSINESS FACILITATORS AGR.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.XVII 1 c 11 a 21 c 2 a 12 d 22 d 3 d 13 c 23 d 4 c 14 d 5 d 15 c 6 a 16 d 7 b 17 c 8 d 18 d 9 d 19 d 10 a 20 d 385 . 000/b) Rs.and Rs. with monthly rests Interst rate is equal to 1% above SBAR p. Q 2) What is the min. and max.a. in 12 equated monthly instalments Max.OD Account ? a) b) c) d) Max. 25.OD Account ? a) Equal to 4 times monthly average balance ( 15th day of month) months or equal to 4 months net income assessed by link whichever is higher b) Equal to 6 times monthly average balance ( 15th day of month) months or equal to 6 months net income assessed by link whichever is higher c) Equal to 3 times monthly average balance ( 15th day of month) months or equal to 3 months net income assessed by link whichever is higher d) None of these for preceding 6 branch official.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 25. in 24 equated monthly instalments Max. loan amount under SBI Tiny SB cum. PANCHKULA ( SBI TINY) Q 1) What is the eligible loan amount in SBI Tiny SB cum. in 36 equated monthly instalments None of these Q 4) What is the rate of intt. for preceding 6 branch official.a. for preceding 6 branch official. 2000/.OD Account ? a) b) c) d) Interst rate is equal to 2% above SBAR p.and Rs. 25. with monthly rests.OD Account ? a) Rs. 1000/.000/c) Rs. 5.000/d) None of these Q 3) What is period of repayment under SBI Tiny SB cum.and Rs. None of these Q 5) What is not true about SBI Tiny SB cum. applicable to SBI Tiny SB cum.OD Account ? a) Loan will be sanctioned to customers who have not availed KCC limit from any branch b) A running overdraft account c) Auto-reduction of Drawing Power every month d) Loan to be sanctioned to individual customers holding SBI Tiny card for last three months KEY 1 2 3 4 5 A B B A d 386 .000/. with monthly rests Interst rate is equal to SBAR p.a. are recounted and signed by the Cash Officer. Security thread is found in all genuine notes of: a) All denominations c) Rs. Entries in Vault Register are to be made by: a) b) c) d) 2. Quality & Quantity b) d) Quantity only None of the above 5. Amount debited to RBI on account of remittance Amount debited to LHO on account of remittance Amount deposited into the chest is more than the amount withdrawn Amount withdrawn from the chest is more than the amount deposited SWO preparing the note packets remains responsible for both the quality and quantity of the notes in the packets prepared by him for denominations of Rs. a) Quality only c) Both. b) Rs.500/. 2/.& Rs.1/.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) b) c) d) 3. the SWO who prepared the note packets would be responsible for --------of notes in the packet. Currency Transfer debit means------------. Cash Officer Joint Custodian of Cash other than Cash Officer Deputy Head Cashier Any Cashier 10 100 b) d) 50 500 After the note packets of Rs. ------------------: a) c) 4.to Rs. Currency Transfer should be advised to:a) Currency Officer c) Link Branch b) Treasury Officer d) None of the above 387 .and above d) Rs.1000/.10/-and above The Cash officer’s hand balance is verified by the Accountant/Joint Custodian completely at which of the following intervals-----a) c) Daily Every Friday b) d) Not Verified Weekly 7. 5/-and above 6. PANCHKULA Cash Department 1. with a minimum of Rs. In whose custody. 00 lacs. a) b) c) d) One armed Guard Two armed Guards It will be accompanied by Police Escort No escort is required 12. RBI has prohibited stapling of currency notes by a directive issued under: a) b) c) d) Section 35A of Banking Regulation Act Section 35A of RBI Act Section 35A of NI Act Section 35A of Indian Currency Act 14. 500/. 1.with a minimum of Rs. 85. other than the person accompanying the cash.000/None of the above 9. Transit Voucher books are retained overnight? a) Branch Manager c) Respective Passing Officials b) d) Joint Custodian of cash Accountant 11. Bills for reimbursement of expenditure incurred on chest remittances are to be lodged with a) RBI through FSLO c) GAD Mumbai b) RBI directly d) No reimbursement is claimed 388 . Transactions in the Currency Chest should always be in multiples of: a) b) c) d) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. How many Guards.000/.with a minimum of Rs. 10000/Rs. While paying an instrument the paying cashier/SWO cancels the signature of: a) Drawer of the instrument c) Payee/person receiving payment b) d) Passing Officer None of the above 10.50. The vault register must always remain in the: a) c) Branch Manager Custody Branch Strong Room b) d) Cash Officers Custody None of the above 13.00. will escort the remittance of Rs. PANCHKULA 8. 1000/Rs 5000/. PANCHKULA 15. Inter-loaning of cash among Cashiers/Cash officer is recorded in __________.100/d) Rs. A remittance from one Currency Chest to a Currency Chest of another bank is affected----------a) By debit to Link branch c) No entry need be passed b) By debit to Reserve Bank of India d) None of these. 100/.1000/- 19. When excess cash is found at the end of the day.and Rs. 18.1000/- b) Rs.000/-only c) Rs. Small Coin Depot comprises of coins of: -----a) 50 paise and less c) Rs1/. 1. In the event of wrong/delayed reporting of currency chest figures. 500/. 50/.& Rs.to Rs. of India d) Ministry of Commerce 20. it is to be----------a) Paid to the concerned cashier c) credited to charges account b) credited to Sundry Deposit account d) None of these. 22. Which branches are to be covered under revised procedure? a) All Hand balance CBS branches c) All CBS branches b) All Currency chest branches d) All branches 389 . The numerals are printed in Optically Variable Ink on the currency notes in the denomination of: a) Rs.and less b) up to Rs 2/d) up to Rs 5/- 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Bank has to pay penalty @ -----a) Saving Bank Interest rate c) Applicable rate for time deposits b) d) Bank Rate plus 2% Bank Rate 17. Who decides on the quantity of coins to be minted? a) RBI c) Ministry of Finance b) Govt. a) Vault Register c) Cash Receipt/Delivery Book b) d) Currency Chest Book On Plain paper. 21. Cash ? a) Rs.000 25. 25.000 d) Rs 75.000 c) Rs 1 lac b) Rs. Cash for overnight cash retention? a) Box c) VIP bag is provided b) Aluminum box size14 inch x 11 inch x 4 inches d) any kind of arrangement can be made 26. c) The process will reduce the time spent by the SWO/ Assistant (Cash) in handing over and receiving cash at the beginning/close of day. Cash) system available under the new procedure? a) Not required b) verified once in a month c) system generate a random list of Cash Boxes required to be verified daily either at the beginning/end of the day d) system shall generate a random list of Cash Boxes required to be verified daily either at the beginning/end of the day in such a way so as to ensure verification of cash of all SWOs/Cashiers at least once every week 390 . Who is the custodian of cash box overnight and what are their responsibilities? a) joint custody of CO/CIC and ager b) CO/CIC c) Accountant/Service Man d) Cash Box shall remain overnight in joint custody of CO/CIC and Accountant/Service Manager.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d) all the above 24. What is the cash verification (SWO/Asstt. PANCHKULA 23. What is the overnight retention limit permitted to the SWO/Asstt. What are the major benefits that will accrue to the branches after introduction of redesigned in house cash handling process? a) There will be no delay in starting customer transactions at the beginning of the day b) The process will reduce the time spent by the Cash Officer/Cashier-in. 27.50.Charge in handing over and receiving cash at the beginning/close of day. What kind of cash box is provided to the SWO/Asstt. the cash in the drawer shall continue to remain in the single custody of SWO/ Assistant(Cash) as the key of Cash Box shall remain with the SWO/ Assistant(Cash). STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. Ans. 1 b 11 b 21 b 2 c 12 c 22 a 3 c 13 a 23 d 4 a 14 a 24 c 5 c 15 a 25 b 6 d 16 b 26 d 7 c 17 c 27 d 8 c 18 d 9 a 19 b 10 c 20 c 391 . Ans. Ans. Q. PANCHKULA Key to Assignment –(Cash Department) Q. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 100000 How many withdrawals in a PPF account can be made in a year? a) 1 c) 3 6 b) d) How many number of deposits in a PPF account can be made in a year? a) 10 c) 14 5 100 1000 b) d) 20 50 Interest on PPF account is paid on the minimum balance standing to the credit of the account holder from ____of the month to last day of the month a) c) 1st 7th b) d) 5th 10th 392 . 70000 Rs. PANCHKULA PPF SCHEME 1 How many accounts an individual can. 500/. in addition to his/her own PPF account? a) 1 c) 3 2 b) 2 d) One each in the name of minor child Minimum amount required to be deposited in a PPF account during a year is Rs. ____per year for each year of default with cumulative effect a) 10 c) 30 7 Rs. _____ a) 50 c) 500 3 b) d) What is the maximum amount that can be deposited in a PPF account during a year? a) Rs. 60000 c) Rs.in a year. open in name of his/her minor children. 80000 4 b) d) b) d) 12 15 2 5 An irregular PPF account due to non deposit of minimum Rs. can be regularized by paying a penalty fee of Rs. 15. 1. Panchkula is Rs.K.00.000 as on 01-04-2009. Mr. Sharma will get interest for the month of April 2009 on Rs. S. who will operate the account? a) Natural Guardian c) Court appointee 13 Two No limit For how many times. a PPF account can be extended after the completion of maturity for a further block of 5 years? a) 1 c) 3 12 b) d) For how many years.00.30.000 c) 1. 30.000 9 10 20 b) d) 2 No Limit b) d) Ex-Minor (Now Major) Trust A PPF account of an alive person cannot be closed before expiry of _____years after the year in which initial deposit was made a) 5 c) 15 14 b) d) If a minor attains the majority before the expiry of the term for which PPF account was opened. GOI 393 .000 None of above A depositor of PPF account can nominate ____persons a) One c) Three 10 b) d) b) d) 10 None of above A request for pre-mature closure of a PPF account after completion of 5 year from the year in which the initial deposit was made.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. will be forwarded to a) AGM c) Deputy Commissioner b) d) DGM Ministry of Finance. Sharma deposited a cheque for Rs. Mr. a PPF account can further be extended at a time? a) 5 c) 15 11 1. _____ a) 1.000 on 05-04-2009 drawn on ICICI Bank. Sharma with State Bank of India. PANCHKULA 8 The balance in PPF account of Mr. Panchkula which was paid in clearing on 07-04-2009. payment up to which amount can be made to the legal heirs without obtaining succession certification a) Rs. how many withdrawals in a year are allowed? a) 1 c) 3 19 b) d) The amount of withdrawal of PPF will be limited to 50% of the balance at the credit at the end of the 4th year immediately preceding the year in which the amount is withdrawn or at the end of the ____year.plus default 22 Which of the following can open account under PPF scheme? a) NRI b) HUF c) Individuals d) a &c above 394 . where there is no nomination. 50000 c) Rs.plus penalty c) 70000/.plus default and penalty d) 70000/. withdrawal shall not exceed ___% of the balance lying in the account at the time of maturity (prior to extended period) a) 50 c) 70 b) d) 60 80 20 First loan in a PPF account can be granted in the _____financial year from the financial year in which the account was opened b) 2nd a) 1st c) 3rd d) 5th 21 What is the limit fixed for subscribing in a PPF account where default along with penalty is required to be deposited ? a) Should not exceed 70000/b) 70000/. PANCHKULA 15 In case of death of an account holder of PPF.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. whichever is lower a) Ist c) 3rd 18 Rs. 100000 No limit First withdrawal in a PPF account can be made after the expiry of ____years from the end of the year in which the initial subscription was made a) 4 c) 6 17 b) d) b) d) 2 5 In case of extended PPF accounts. 200000 16 5 7 b) d) 2nd preceding If the PPF account is continued after maturity for a further block of 5 years. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO ASSIGNMENT PPF SCHEME 1 6 11 16 21 d d d b a 2 7 12 17 22 c b b d c 3 8 13 18 b a a a 4 9 14 19 b d d b 5 10 15 20 a a b c 395 . STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. in _____monthly installments a) 1 c) 3 b) d) 2 5 396 . d) 10% p. b) 8% p. will be repaid within a maximum of ____monthly installments a) 12 c) 36 7 Four Six How many times. 2 When interest is applied to PPF accounts? a) 31st December c) 30th June 3 No loan on PPF account can be granted after the expiry of ____years from the end of the year in which the initial subscription was made a) Three c) Five 4 b) d) 50 75 b) d) Twice No limit Loan granted against PPF deposit. c) 9% p.a.a.a.a. PANCHKULA PPF SCHEME -II 1 What is the present rate of interest payable on PPF deposits? a) 7% p. loan can be granted against PPF deposit in a year? a) Once c) Thrice 6 b) d) The amount of loan against PPF deposit will be restricted to ____% of the amount credit at the end of 2nd year immediately preceding the year in which the loan is being granted a) 25 c) 60 5 d) b) 31st March th 30 September b) d) 24 48 After the principal amount of PPF loan is fully repaid. the subscriber shall pay interest @ 1% p.a. 000 will be paid b) Rs. 10. a) 2 c) 6 9 4 8 PPF account can be opened in ____names a) Individual c) Both (a) & (b) 10 b) d) b) Joint with spouse d) None of above Mr. Pant immediately and no interest on Rs.000 will be returned back to Mr.f. How we shall deal with this situation? a) Account will be continued as it is. no need for any change b) Her surname will be changed in the records after taking documentary evidence of her marriage and she will operate her account accordingly c) Joint account will be opened with her husband d) None of above 12 13 Which amongst the followings cannot open new PPF accounts as per the extant instructions? a) HUF b) NRI c) Individuals d) Both a & b Govt. 10.000 will be paid c) Interest on full amount of Rs.000 will be returned back to Mr.000/ will be paid d) None of above 11 Ms. of India has instructed all the authorized branches dealing with PPF business to pay commission to agents of PPF at source w.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 80.000/. PANCHKULA 8 If principal is not repaid within 36 monthly installments. _____ a) 01-04-2004 c) 01-06-2004 b) d) 01-05-2004 01-07-2004 397 . 80. Pant immediately but interest on Rs. How this case will be dealt with? a) Rs. Now she is married and her surname has been changed to Mutreja. 10.in his PPF account on 30-03-2009. Pooja Arora is maintaining a PPF account.e. 10. Anil Pant has deposited Rs. interest shall be charged @ _____p.a. PANCHKULA 14 PPF commission to agents will be paid @ ___% of amount deposited a) 1 c) 3 15 b) d) Branches paying PPF commission to agents have to deduct _____from the amount of commission a) TDS c) Sales Tax 16 b) d) Service Tax Both (a) & (b) PPF Commission will not be paid on the amount pertaining to ______ a) Loan including interest on loan c) Both (a) & (b) 17 2 5 b) Revival Fee d) None of above PPF commission to agents will be paid through ______ a) Cash c) Credit to his/her account b) d) Account payee banker cheque either (b) or (c) KEY TO ASSIGNMENT PPF SCHEME -II 1 6 11 16 b c b c 2 7 12 17 b b d d 3 8 13 c c c 4 9 14 a a a 5 10 15 a a d 398 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Mumbai d) RBI Daily summary along with related vouchers and scrolls are sent to Treasury Office by _______ a) DMS c) SGLO I 6 b) d) Daily reporting of State Govt.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Transactions by fastest mode is made by the branches through SGLO – I to ________ a) Messenger book c) Regd. Post 5 10 30 A govt. transactions is sent to Treasury Office on ________format for verification a) DMS c) SGLO I 7 08-04-09 31-03-09 a) FSLO (LHO) b) ZO c) GAD. bill passed by Treasury Officer is valid for _____days including the date of passing a) 7 c) 15 2 4 TO Pass Book Courier b) d) VDMS SGLO II ____is a statement sent by Treasury Office to the branch after due verification b) d) VDMS SGLO II Income Tax Refund Orders (ITRO)/ Cheques are valid for _____month from the date of issue a) One c) Three 8 b) d) At the end of month. PANCHKULA GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -I 1 A govt. bill passed by Treasury Officer on 29-03-2009 is valid up to _______ a) 07-04-09 c) 10-04-09 3 b) d) b) d) Two Six Paying branch should obtain ___________by the payee on Income Tax Refund Order (ITRO) a) Discharge on revenue stamp c) No need for any discharge d) b) Simple discharge None of above 399 . summary of govt. ______are sent by Income Tax Office to the paying branches a) 99 c) 9999 b) d) 999 99999 11 The present rate of commission on handling govt. _____ per pension payment a) 45 b) 60 c) 50 d) 100 13 The present rate of commission on handling govt. PANCHKULA 9 10 Paying Branch should obtain ______from the payee on Income Tax Refund Cheque a) Discharge on revenue stamp b) Simple discharge c) No need for any discharge d) None of above Advices of Income Tax Refund Orders (ITROs)/Cheques exceeding Rs. business a) 25 c) 75 b) d) 50 100 15 Under Reserve Bank of India Remittance Facility Scheme (RBIRFS).STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. business by the branches is Rs. ____lac or more on a single day a) 25 b) 50 c) 75 d) 100 16 On Line Tax Accounting System (OLTAS) has come into effect from _______ a) June 2004 c) August 2004 b) d) July 2004 September 2004 400 . _____ per Receipt a) 20 b) 25 c) 50 d) 45 12 The present rate of commission on handling govt. business by the branches is Rs. _____ per payment (other than pension) a) 60 b) 25 c) none of above d) 45 14 Focal Point branch transfers ____% of commission to receiving branches who have handled govt. business by the branches is Rs. the branches will be faxing the schedule (RBR-11) and paid instruments to GAD Belapur. if the amount of draft paid is Rs. have been introduced for depositing the tax under OLTAS? a) 100. PANCHKULA 17 How many number of forms for depositing the tax have been introduced under OLTAS? a) 1 c) 3 18 200.282 b) d) Two Four Which amongst the following type of challan forms for depositing the tax by the depositor under OLTAS.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a depositor has to submit for depositing the tax under OLTAS? a) One c) Three 20 2 4 Which forms amongst the followings.300.281.181. The type of instruments covered under RBIRFS are ………….400 280. A draft drawn payable on the branch is paid by debit to ……………… a) Sys.300 c) 180. Suspense A/c c) Govt. a)Drafts drawn by RBI payable at SBI b) Drafts drawn by RBI payable at RBI c) Drafts drawn by TO/STO/ATO payable at SBI d)a & c above 23.182 19 b) d) b) d) Downloaded from internet None of above Which type of acknowledgement will be given by the bank to a person who is depositing tax under OLTAS with an instrument drawn on another bank locally a) b) c) d) Receipt will be issued as in the other case Receipt will be issued with “Subject to instrument being paid” stamp Paper Token to be issued No receipt should be given 22. General Account e) RBI drafts paid account b)DDP (Cheques ) A/c d)GAD 401 . will not be accepted by the bank? a) B/W Xerox copy c) Old challan forms 21 b) d) How many copies of relative challan. 200. . 7 only d) a & B above b) RBR. To avoid opportunity loss of interest branches have to ensure dispatch of the below mentioned papers on the very next day of the transaction irrespective of the amount involved – by the fastest mode to GAD………………. a) GAD – 11 (9595) c) Sch..STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) RBR-11 GAD-11 & RBR –11 along with Original paid draft b) GAD-11 only c) RBR-11 & original draft paid e) Only Draft has to be retained at the branch 27.18 c) RBR – 20 d) Photocopy of the draft duly attested may be sent 1 6 11 16 21 26 b b d a c c 2 7 12 17 22 27 KEY GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -I d 3 a 4 b c 8 b 9 c b 13 c 14 c c 18 d 19 a d 23 d 24 d c 5 10 15 20 25 a c a c a 402 . PANCHKULA 24. In case of drafts paid by the branch under RBIRFS the branch need to prepare ………. a) RBR – 12 b) RBR.11 d) all of the above 25. If the amount of RBI encashment exceeds Rs. a) b) c) d) GAD-11 & RBR –11 along with Original paid draft GAD-11 only RBR-11 & draft should be sent to RBI Draft has to be retained at the branch 26.25 lacs under noted papers are to be faxed to GAD. In case original draft paid is lost in transit than a certificate in lieu of lost paid voucher is prepared on format…………. 000/.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the date will be mentioned on the CIN? a) 25th April 2009 c) 250409 4 Submit original copy of challans Submit zerox copy of challan Mention the CIN no. Mumbai 403 . PANCHKULA GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -II 1 CIN under OLTAS stands for ______ a) b) c) d) 2 Commercial & Institutional Negotiator Certified Insurer Negotiator Challan Identification Negotiator Challan Identification Number CIN contains a 7-digit BSR code which pertains to ______ a) Bank Code c) Zonal Office Code 3 b) d) Mr. a customer has to ______ a) b) c) d) 5 Mr. the collecting branch will be sending the data through electronic mode to: a) LHO c) Nodal Branch 7 Circle Code Branch Code b) ZO d) Zonal Accounts Office Nodal branch under OLTAS. 10.as income-tax on 25-04-2009 at SBI Panchkula. Rai will be asked to first obtain PAN In the respective column. How this situation will be dealt with? a) b) c) d) 6 b) 25-04-2009 d) 042509 While filing income tax return under OLTAS. write “Applied for” and accept challan Refer the matter to Controllers Refer the matter to Income Tax Deptt Under OLTAS. In which format. Suresh Datt has deposited Rs. will be transmitting the data received from the collecting branches to _______ a) LHO b) RBI c) ZO d) GAD. P. Rai visited SBI Panchkula on 01-01-2009. K. only None of above Mr. He does not have PAN No but intends to deposit the income-tax. account is not credited within the stipulated period under OLTAS. transactions handled by receiving branches a) GAD 2 c) GAD 5 b) d) GAD 3 GAD 12 404 . PANCHKULA 8 Under OLTAS. GAD Mumbai will settle the funds with _______ a) RBI Mumbai c) RBI CAS. the account may be maintained in: a) Individual name c) Joint name with spouse only b) Joint names with any person d) Either (a) or (c) only. the relationship of RBI with SBI is that of _____and ______ a) Licensor. Licensee c) Bailor. Agent None of above 13 For credit of pension to the account of a pensioner. interest @ Bank Rate + ______% will be charged a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 A new challan form introduced by CBEC-EASIEST FOR DEPOSIT OF Central Excise & Service Tax under EASIEST is …………. Account at CAS. business. Nagpur is T + ____days (Excluding Holidays) a) 3 10 11 b) 7 c) d) 10 If govt.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Bailee b) d) Principal. containing a summary of govt. 14 Life Certificate from pensioner is obtained every year in the month of ______ a) May c) November 15 b) d) June December Focal Point branches will be sending _______at monthly intervals to receiving branches. Nagpur 9 b) d) RBI New Delhi RBI Chennai The maximum period for crediting the tax collections under OLTAS to Govt. a) GEST –7 c) EASIEST-7 12 9 b) GAR-7 d) GESTC-7 For conducting govt. f. Special e-Tax campaign has been launched by the bank w..STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. ………… a) 1/102007 b) 1/11/07 c) 1/09/07 d)none of the above 19 . PANCHKULA 16 GAD 13 refers to ______ a) Daily transactions c) Error Adjustment 17 b) d) Monthly transactions None of above b) d) 6 12 RBI drafts are valid for ______months a) 3 c) 9 18.e. a) b) c) d) EASY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM IN EXCISE & SERVICE TAX EASY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM IN EXCISE & SALES TAX ELECTRONIC ACCOUNTING SYSTEM IN EXCISE & SERVICE TAX ELECTRONIC ACCOUNTING SYSTEM FOR INCOME.EASIEST stands for…………………. EXCISE & SALES TAX KEY GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -II 1 6 11 16 d c b c 2 7 12 17 d d b b 3 8 13 18 c c d a 4 9 14 19 c a c c 5 10 15 a b b 405 . personal identification at the time of drawls of first payment is----. b) Ministry of Defense c) Pension Disbursing Authority c) Can not be issued 2 What are the charges / renewal fee if the loss /damage to above certificate is due to sheer negligence/careless ness of the pensioner? a) Rs.100/c) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 50 b) Re 1 d) No charges 3 In the CPPC ( Centralized Pension Processing Centers) concept the commission between Dealing/Home branch and Focal Point branch/ CPPC is distributed ------a) 75%-25% b) 100% by CPPC c) 100% by Dealing/Home branch d) 25%-75% 4 Facility of Drop Box is not available to which of the following? a) Local Cheques c) Direct Tax Challans b) Out station cheques d) Inter Bank cheques 5 The release of first pension to NRI pensioner/family pensioner. PANCHKULA GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -III 1 In respect of pension payment to defense personnel who can issue a duplicate pension Payment Certificate in the event of original certificate being lost.new accounts is opened irrespective of the length of the period in which these accounts are opened. a) 5 b) 10 c) 25 d) 20 406 . stolen or destroyed? a) Central Govt.a) b) c) d) Not necessary Mandatory Certificate from concerned Embassy Identification can be done by existing A/c holder 6 Every branch will be paid Rs------.for each pension account opened by debit to LHO Charges A/c a) 500 c) 250 b) 100 d) No such provision 7 Branches can lodge a claim each time a block of -------. a) T+ 3 c) 7 b) T+5 d) 3 15 Interest charged for delayed period remittances is known as a) Interest c) Misc. PANCHKULA 8 How the amount so received is to be utilized? a) Given in cash to the staff b) Get together for all the Branch staff c) credited to commission a/c d) benefit is passed over to pensioners 9 If a branch opens ------pension accounts in a calendar month it will get a bonus of Rs-------for that month. A/c with spouse only d) Joint a/c with any one 12 Various products of Small Savings Schemes are available to------a) Individuals c) Trusts/PFs etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.--------(in the form of gift) a) 10/ 1000 c) 25/ 2500 b) 5/ 500 d) 15/2000 11 Whether credit of pension to a joint account is permitted? a) No b) Yes c) Yes. a) T+ 3 c) 7 b) T+5 d) 3 14 Permissible period for remittances of Govt. revenues is-------working days in case of out station transactions. a) 10/ 500 c) 50/ 2500 b) 5/500 d) No such provision 10 If a single employee/ officer mobilize ------pension accounts in one calendar month. he/ she will be given an individual prize of Rs. revenues is-------working days in case of local transactions. income b) Commission d) Delayed period interest 407 . b) HUFs d) All 13 Permissible period for remittances of Govt. .to the Central Govt. a) Pass book b) Monthly statements slip c) Pension Slips d) Certificate KEY GOVERNMENT BUSINESS -III 1 6 11 16 c b c c 2 7 12 b c a 3 8 13 a b a 4 9 14 c c b 5 10 15 b c d 408 . whenever there is a change in the quantum of pension. Government of India .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. pensioners at the commencement of pension and thereafter. PANCHKULA 16 It has been decided by Central Pension Accounting Office. Ministry of Finance to issue ……………. a) RBI c) GBU b) GAD d)LHO 409 . a) GAD – 11 (9595) c) Sch. date place and code number of our branch on which draft has been issued. b) Fortnightly basis d) Day-to-day basis In case of instruments issued by Agencies other than RBI paid and paid by the SBI branches the branches need to prepare. amount & name of the beneficiary by……. a)Drafts drawn by RBI payable at SBI b) Drafts drawn by RBI payable at RBI c) Drafts drawn by TO/STO/ATO payable at SBI d)a & c above 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b) DDP (Cheques ) A/c d) GAD f) As per revised procedure . 7 only d) a & B above e) all of the above 6.2007 ( Revised) our bank will not submit the reimbursement claim for instruments issued by RBI Offices and encashed by our branches .11 The details of the drafts issued by RBI will be sent to the respective nodal branch by e-Mail containing DD number . A draft drawn by RBI & payable on the branch is paid by debit to ……………… a) Sys. General Account e) RBI drafts paid account 4.f. b) 01/07/07 d)01/10/07 The type of instruments covered under RBIRFS are …………. Suspense A/c c) Govt. to our account opened at various DADs of RBI. no reimbursement claim will be submitted by our bank.the consolidated amount of drafts issued by them.e. b) RBR.. RBI will credit on a……………. a) 1/04/07 b) 01/01/07 2. As per RBIRFS. PANCHKULA GOVERNMENT BUSINESS RBI REMITTANCE FACILITY SCHEME-2007 1. a) Monthly basis c) Weekly basis 5. RBI REMITTANCE FACILITY SCHEME-2007 has been launched w. Instead. . Besides daily report of receipt and payments regarding RBI drafts . as funds have already been received b) The issuing RBI office would refund the amount to applicant on presentation of discharged instrument c)RBI drafts can not be cancelled d)None of the above 410 . b)GAD d)GBU b) Quarterly d) Yearly For cancellation of drafts issued by RBI offices…………. The work relating to sending of advices to respective branches will be done by …………… a) RBI offices b) SBI branches c) No advice will be sent d) Infromation will be available on SBI Times 11. a) Amount will be refunded by nodal Branches. SBI main branches will submit a ………statement to GAD Navi Mumbai for statistical purpose..they will submit daily report of receipt and payments regarding RBI drafts to . a)FSLO c)LHO 12. will communicate the details of the drafts issued by RBI to the drawee branches on receipt of the relative funds from RBI .. b) RBI Drafts Account d) RBI Finds Settlement Account The drawee branch will pay the draft issued by RBI …………. On receipt of relative funds these will be credited at the NODAL branch to an account styled as ………………… a)RBI Drafts Paid Account c) RBI Draft Funds Received Account 9. a) Main Branch which will function as a NODAL branch b) RBI c) GAD d)None of the above 8. SBI main branches where the Fund Settlement Account is maintained . The……………. a) Monthly c) Fortnightly 13.. a) by DDP on the Nodal branch c) by debit to GAD b) through BCGA to Nodal branch d)none of the above 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 7. . PANCHKULA 14. Nodal Branch 15. b) BCGA . a) RBR – 12 c) RBR – 20 b) RBR.18 d) Photocopy of the draft duly attested may be sent KEY RBI REMITTANCE FACILITY SCHEME-2007 1 6 11 16 b a a c 2 7 12 d a a 3 8 13 f d b 4 9 14 d b b 5 10 15 d b c 411 .Gen. GAD c) Govt . a)RBR-11 GAD-11 & RBR –11 along with Original paid draft b) GAD-11 only c) RBR-11 & original draft paid d)Only Draft has to be retained at the branch 16.. In case original draft paid is lost in transit than a certificate in lieu of lost paid voucher is prepared on format…………. GAD If the amount of RBI encashment exceeds Rs. a) RBI Drafts a/c . In case of drafts issued by our branches the branches will credit GAD through ……. Account.25 lacs under noted papers are to be faxed to GAD.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. and forward RBR-7 to ………. GAD d) Nodal Branch . 2002 15th January 2001 5 Central Data Centre for Core Banking Operations situated at a) Kolkata b) Belapur c) Nagpur d) Pune 6 What is the software used for Telebanking in SBI a) CROFT b) CRAFT c) KRAFT d) KROFT 7 Which type of credit facility is covered under CGFTS? a) c) 8 Fund based Both (a) & (b) b) d) Non-fund based None of above b) d) INFOSYS TCS SFMS software is developed by a) c) WIPRO SATYAM INFOWAY 412 . 2002 c) 1st Aug 2000 b) d) 15th November.(COMPUTERS-1) 1 The computer based package introduced for Electronic NOSTRO Reconciliation is a) c) 2 b) d) ELRECON VIRAT Our Bank’s private communication system is called a) c) 3 NOSTROM VIHAR SBICOM SBISYS b) d) SBINET None of the above E-TAX facility being provided to the taxpayers to make income tax payments through internet using net banking facility can be used for paying a) Corporation Tax. Income Tax and Wealth tax b) Making payment of tax deducted at source c) For making payment of other taxes like interest tax. d) All of the above 4 SBI launched Internet Banking on a) 15th January. PANCHKULA GENERAL AWARENESS . gift tax etc.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Communication and Entertainment Arrangement of loans from different banks for a borrower Conversion of foreign currency into domestic currency None of the above 15 GLIF entries can arise due to a) c) 15 Connectivity problems Both a or b b) System problems d) None of the above General facilities provided by an ATM are a) c) Cash withdrawal Transfer of fund from one Account to another account b) d) Cash deposit All of the above 413 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 9 Which agency certifies security of our Internet banking site ? a) c) 10 d) b) ICRA None of the above SBI’s Internet banking site is maintained by a) b) 11 CRISIL Verisign SIFY TCS b) d) Infosys Wipro Internet Banking facilitates a) Customer can see 2 different accounts in 2 different branches in a single server b) Request for issue of Bank draft c) Booking of railway tickets / pay utility bills d) All of the above 12 VOIP stands for a) c) 13 14 Voice over Internet protocol Voice over Internet phone b) d) Voice on Internet protocol Voice on Internet phone Wireless Application Protocol Wind and Power WAP stands for a) Water available point b) c) Wireless Access Point d) What is “Convergence” a) b) c) d) Bringing together information. set up by RBI None of the above KEY TO GENERAL AWARENESS – COMPUTERS-1 Q. PANCHKULA 16 Which was the first. Q. most popular e-based bookshop in the world a) c) 17 yahoo.com ebook. Ans. 1 b 11 d 2 b 12 a 3 d 13 b 4 c 14 a 5 b 15 c 6 b 16 d 7 b 17 b 8 d 18 b 9 c 19 c 10 a 20 b 414 .com Speedily delivery of drafts Fast cash at ATM b)SBI Funds Available at Shortest Time d) None of the above What is EIS a) c) 19 amazon.com None of the baove What is SBI-FAST a) c) 18 b) d) Extra information from software system b) Executive Information System d) External information None of the above What is INFINET a) Information on Internet b) c) Internal information network d) Indian Financial network. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Corporate centre. PANCHKULA GENERAL AWARENESS .2) 1 Name the two organizations with whom SBI has tie up for co-brand SBI Smart cards a) Indian Oil Corporation & Indian Air Force c) No such tie up.Corporate Centre. Hyderabad SBIICM . Gurgaon None of the above b) d) First pageof the website None of the above What is Home Page a) c) First page of the book Last page of the website 415 .(COMPUTERS . Mumbai IT Deptt .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2 b) Indian Airlines and Air India d) None of these “SPEED” software developed by SBI refers to a) ATM b) Software for “Submission of Proposals for ECCB Decisions” c) Software for Telebanking d) None of the above 3 4 UPS stand for a) Uninterrupted Power supply b) c) Uninterrupted Power system d) Icon stands for a) c) 5 c) b) d) Internal console none of the above TCS b) MIS Deptt . Mumbai d) None of the above “IT FORUM” is published by a) c) 7 Inter connected Image of console DOSCIS software is developed by a) 6 Uniform power system none of these Staff College .Hyderabad b) d) SBA. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. to make non networked branches as part of communication revolution within SBI c) Real access software d) None of the above 10 11 Expand MICR a) Marginal ink Character Recognition c) Magnetic ink Character record What does ROM stand for a) c) 12 Read only memory None of the above Industrial Development and Research in Banking Technology Institute for Development and Research in Banking Technology Institute for Rural Development in Banking Technology None of the above 9th July 2000 1st January 2000 b) d) 9th June 2000 No such Act Name the application that helps us to make presentations? a) c) 15 b) d) Information Technology Act 2000 was passed on a) c) 14 Read on memory Read out memory What does IDRBT stand for a) b) c) d) 13 b) Magnetic ink Character Recognition d) None of the above Word Power point b) d) Excel Access b) d) Main Memory All of the above CPU consist of a) c) ALU Control Unit 416 . PANCHKULA 8 What is POP a) c) 9 Popular Punjabi song Postal office protocol b) d) Post office protocol None of the above What is RAS a) Name of the soft drink from RASNA b) Remote Access sever . c) Rs. Rs.1000/-. Rs3000/. 10.. Ans.000/-. Rs. 2000/b) Rs. 2000/-. Q. 1 A 11 B 2 B 12 B 3 A 13 B 4 C 14 C 5 C 15 D 6 C 16 B 7 B 17 A 8 b 18 C 9 B 19 C 10 B 20 B 417 .. Ans. 5000/. cash can be withdrawn in fixed amounts of ------from the State Bank ATMs a) Rs. 1000/. PANCHKULA 16 What is the expansion of LAN a) c) 17 18 Locally Arranged Network Location Adjusted Network b) Local Area Network d) None of the above National Technology Day is celebrated on a) 11th May b) th c) 11 June d) Ist July 11th July Under the Fast Cash option .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.or Rs.. 5000/d) None of the above 19 Which city is known as “Silicon valley of India” a) c) 20 Hyderabad Bangalore b) d) Chandigarh None of the above What is the expansion of WAN a) c) Whole Area Network Wide Access Network b) d) Wide Area Network None of the above KEY TO GENERAL AWARENESS – COMPUTERS – 2 Q. Rs. b) Inform immediately the card issuing branch telephonically about the loss of card followed by written request to make the card Hotlisted /blocked c) Both a & b. 50 b) d) Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A.P. PANCHKULA GENERAL AWARENESS . inform loss of card and make request to HOT/Block the card and stop the operations of the card. 500 Free of cost What is the name of the traveller loyalty card jointly launched by the Indian Railways and SBI Card ? a) c) SBI Shubyatra IR Shubhyatra b) d) Shubhyatra None of the above 418 .(COMPUTERS -3) 1 When your ATM-cum-Debit card is lost or misplaced what immediate steps would you take ? a) Contact Toll free help line.J. 200 Rs. Abdul Kalam None of the above Rs. d ) None of the above 2 What do mean by the term 'Smart Gold' ? a) b) c) d) 3 Find the odd man from the following :a) c) 4 b) d) MAN LAN Very Important Resources Under Surveillance Vulnerable Information Resources Under Surveillance Vital Information Resources Under Siege None of the above What are the charges for new Domestic ATM card issue? a) c) 6 WAN TAN Expand the term VIRUS a) b) c) d) 5 It is the 24 carat gold we sell at our branches It is an ATM cum Smart Card co-branded by SBI and IOC It is a book written by our President Dr. com.500 RTGS was started by RBI on : a) c) 26th July 2000 26th March 2004 b) d) 26th June 2002 26th April 2005 419 .200 b) d) Rs.100 Rs.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 150 No charges are levied Rs. transaction/business : b) d) a retail NEFT None of the above customer cannot do the following Payment for mobile bills View account information Open a new account Transfer his account to other branch 10 What are the annual charges to be levied from an existing ATM card holder ? a) c) 11 Rs. providing a comprehensive set of controls for best practices in information security. 50 None of the above State Bank of India Punjab National Bank b) Bank of Baroda d) None of the above What are the charges levied by the bank for issuance of duplicate ATM card? a) c) 13 b) d) Which bank has launched first-ever floating ATM on a boat ? a) c) 12 Rs. PANCHKULA 7 State Bank of India is forging ahead to obtain certification for its ATM and Core Banking Solution under the British standard for information security management. 100 Rs. What is that certification called ? a) c) 8 b) d) BS7799 None of the above A new payment system which takes care of transactions between SBI and Associate banks is : a) c) 9 SB7788 SB7799 RTGS GRPT Using onlinesbi. 000/Rs 5.000/Rs.000/Rs. what charges we will charge from him? a) b) c) d) 18 1 Day 30 Minutes Rs. PANCHKULA 14 RTGS is a : a) c) 15 Payment System Both a & b b) d) Receipt System None of these RTGS enables transfer of funds : a)Between two banks . how long will it usually take to credit that account ? a) c) 17 Usual draft charges No charges at all Usual draft charges plus courier charges only courier charges Rs. It enables him to pay/view his transaction.00 lacs How e-Pay (online bill payment) facility of SBI benefits the customer ? a) b) c) d) It enables the customer to schedule his payments for various bills. 25. All the above 420 . It enables him to automatically pay on specific amount/day every month. 25.40. if we transfer funds from one account to another bank's account through RTGS.000/Rs.50. b)From the remitter’s account in a particular bank to the beneficiary’s account.000/- Under retail Internet Banking.000/- b) d) Rs. c)Both a & b d)None of the above 16 Under normal circumstances.00.50. what is the maximum limit for third party transfer ? a) c) 20 15 Minutes 1 Hour Under retail Internet Banking.5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. what is the maximum limit for draft ? a) c) 19 b) d) If a customer applies for issuance of draft through his Internet Banking account.000/- b) d) Rs.40. 000/Rs.what is the maximum limit for inra branch funds transfer ? a) c) 24 b) d) State Bank of India has entered into an agreement with Western Union's Kouni Travels. Under Internet Banking. at 12 Noon Any time the batch processing takes place at the funds collection centre 27 State Bank of India has launched its ‘Multi City Cheque’. the maximum limit for inter branch funds transfer is ? a) c) 26 Inward remittance only Both Inward & Outward remittances Who has launched NEFT ? a) c) 25 Rs.00 lacs Under NEFT.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. These cheques books can be issued at : a) only CAG branch b) Any CBS Branch c) Only MCG Branch d) None of the above 28 What are the instrument types assigned to 'Multi City Cheques' by RBI ? a) c) 29 31 b) d) 30 a. 50/Rs.00 lacs b) d) Rs. 25. The duo will falicitate the customer in : a) c) 23 Rs.40.000/Rs 10. PANCHKULA 21 What is the amount charged from the customer for re-generation of PIN for his ATM-cum-Debit card ? a) c) 22 b) Outward remittance only d) None of these Rs.50.b & c 421 .000/- b) d) Rs.200/- Rs.e.00 lacs RBI Both RBI & SBI b) d) SBI RBI.000/Rs 5.100/No fee charged.40. SBI & ICICI Bank Under Internet Banking. the funds settlement will take place a) b) c) d) Twice a day Every half an hour Only once a day i. 25.000/Rs 10. 1 C 11 A 21 A 2 B 12 C 22 A 3 C 13 C 23 d 4 C 14 A 24 A 5 D 15 B 25 B 6 B 16 C 26 D 7 B 17 C 27 B 8 C 18 D 28 D 9 D 19 D 29 C 10 B 20 D 30 c 422 . Ans. Q. Ans. PANCHKULA 29 What is the demat service product of SBI’ ? a) c) 30 RTGS eZ Trade b) d) NEFT EFT Why has the minimum transaction limit for RTGS transactions been raised ? a) To reduce traffic on RTGS b) c) Both a & b d) To increase usage of NEFT None of the above KEY TO GENERAL AWARENESS – COMPUTERS – 3 Q. Q. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. India c) China Systems. PANCHKULA CORE BANKING SOLUTION . The CBS software is different from Bankmaster for the undernoted reasons: a) The Bankmaster had a stand-alone server and database while in CBS these are interconnected between all the branches. Australia HP Systems. Dubai 6. the customer becomes a customer of a specific branch. Bankmaster was not. in CBS he becomes customer of the Bank as a whole d) All of the above. c)While in Bankmaster.. USA 423 . b) While CBS is a window-based package. CBS Software acquired by the bank is: a) B@ncs24 c) Finance-one 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Hyderabad c)FD. USA c) China Systems. b) d) The bank has acquired the CBS software from: a) TCS Ltd. USA Name of the software acquired by the bank for maintaining CGL (Corporate General Ledger) accounts in core banking environment is: B@ncs-24 c) Finance-one 7. Australia HP Systems.1 1. b) b) B@ncs-ink d) Trade-Finance The bank has acquired 'Finance-one' from: a) Comlink. Kolkata d) All LHO Headquarters 2. 3. B@ncs-link Trade-Finance b) d) FNS. Dubai b) d) FNS. B@ncsLink d) Trade-Finance Name of the Front-end software used at CBS branch server is: a) B@ncs-24 c) Finance-one 5. Mumbai b) SBIICM. Centralised Data Base/Main Server for Core Banking Branches has been installed at: a) Central Data Centre at Belapur. FNS. Name of the software acquired by the bank for Trade-Finance is: a) B@ncs-24 b) B@ncs-link c) Finance-one d) Exim-Bills 9.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Australia HP Systems. The bank has acquired Exim Bills from: a) B@ncs-24 b) c) China Systems. Dubai d) 10. India. HP Systems. USA Core Banking was first implemented on: a) 29/06/2003 c) 16/09/2003 15. Mumbai 14. 'Disaster Recovery Centre' for the CBS has been located at: a) Chennai c) Hyderabad 11. B@ncs-link HP Systems. PANCHKULA 8. b) d) PCS Ltd. New Delhi Bangalore Core Banking Solution-Hardware installed at CDC has been acquired from: a) TCS Ltd. b) d) The first branch of State Bank of India where Core Banking was started is: a) PBB-Chandigarh c) Hirannandani. the CBS branch: a) Cannot perform any function b) Can perform limited functions available on OFFLINE Mode c)Can perform functions only from a separate node provided at the branch for the purpose d) None of the above 424 . USA b) d) PBB-Hyderabad PBB-Chennai b) d) 01/09/2003 14/12/2003 Inter-connectivity of the CBS branches is maintained with CDC-Belapur through: a) Internet c) STEPS 16. Dubai 12. integration and pilot implementation of CBS is: a) TCS Ltd.. c) China Systems. b) d) Name of the company that has been entrusted with the work relating to customization. c) Wipro 13. USA b) d) SBIConnect All the above In case of failure of connectivity. 0. b) d) b) d) My Documents Microsoft Word Finance-one' software is available at CBS branches :a) On all the nodes b) On one or two nodes.2.0.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.2. http://10. a 'Vault Teller' means: a) Cash Officer c) Branch Manager 20. 5 Lacs 20 Lacs In Core Banking Solution.a package for self learning CBS 23.preferably with Branch Manager/Accountant etc.a package for self learning CBS 425 . The maximum value of single MCC would be a) 10 Lacs c) 15 Lacs 18.e. b) d) In Core Banking Solution. PANCHKULA 17. a 'Teller' means: a) Branch Teller c) All the users 19.153 is the address of :a) Site of SBIMAIL b) Site of E-Circulars c)Site of CBS Help Desk d) Site of E-learning. c)On the node of officer entrusted with UCO's powers d) None of the above 22. http://10.154 is the address of :a) Site of SBITIMES b) Site of E-Circulars c)Site of CBS Help Desk d) Site of E-learning. ATM b) Accountant/Joint Custodian d) All of the above You can log into Core Banking Software (a 'Window' based programme) through :a) My Computer c) Internet Explorer 21. Multi City cheques have been introduced for Mid Corporate Customers in many Mid Corporate Group Branches on CBS. Single Window Operator Automated Teller Machine i. Navi Mumbai d) Any of the above 426 . his/her ID will be transferred to his/her new branch by :a) The branch from where he/she is transferred b) The branch to which he/she is transferred c) CDC. ID of an employee of State Bank of India in Core Banking Solution will be a) His/her Provident Fund Index Number b) Any seven digits/letters chosen by the employee c) Date of birth of the employee d) A unique number will be allotted by CDC.23.0. an authorized user can log in from :a) Any terminal subject to the total no of terminals linked with CDC Belapur.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Belapur 30. http://10. E-learning and CBS Help Desk are available :a) Through Internet c) Both of (A) & (B) 26. In CBS branches. Belapur 28. Minimum alpha-numeric required for user's password in CBS is :a) Five digits b) Six digits c) Seven digits Eight digits 29. b) d) Through SBICONNECT None of the above Sites of E-Circulars. Sites of E-Circulars. In a CBS branch.23/caisd/pdmweb. b) Terminal specified by the Branch Manager c)Terminal specified by the System Administrator d) Terminal specified by the CDC. after permanent transfer of a user. E-learning and CBS Help Desk are available on :a) The nodes provided to the Branch Manager & Managers of Division b) The nodes provided to the Branch Manager & Accountant c) The nodes provided to the Branch Manager & UCO d) All the nodes in any branch/office of the Bank on SBICONNECT 27. PANCHKULA 24.exe is the address of :a) Site of SBITIMES b) Site of E-Circulars c)Site of CBS Help Desk d) Site of E-learning-a package for self learning CBS 25. Belapur. 1 A 11 A 21 B 2 D 12 D 22 A 3 A 13 C 23 B 4 B 14 B 24 C 5 B 15 B 25 B 6 C 16 B 26 D 7 A 17 A 27 A 8 D 18 C 28 B 9 C 19 B 29 A 10 A 20 C 30 A 427 . Q. Q. Ans. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY ASSIGNMENT CORE BANKING SOLUTION – 1 Q. Ans. management of cash has been made a part of the software/system.VPIS. In CBS. 'Loan Tracking' concept has been introduced for Demand Loans/Term Loans. to move from one field to another. the user has to use undernoted keys/mouse: a) <ENTER> Key c) Mouse 32. In CBS system. In CBS. b) d) b) d) Red Blue In CBS. As such. management of security forms has also been made a part of the software/system through menu. 'Loans Tracking' helps the user :- 428 . In which of the undernoted ways. b) d) In CBS. the undernoted official is treated as custodian of security forms :a) Branch Manager c) Cash Officer 36.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Which of the following colours has been given to the MANDATORY fields :Yellow c) White 37.2 31. undernoted official(s) will become the custodian of the cash held at the branch overnight :a) Branch Manager c) Cash Officer 33. Accountant All of them jointly Like Bankmaster. The term VPIS stands for :a) Valuable Paper Industry Sector b) Valuable Paper Inventory System c) Valuable Paper Instrument System d) Valuable Paper Instrument Sector 35. PANCHKULA CORE BANKING SOLUTION . <TAB> Key (b) &/or (c) b) d) Accountant/Joint Custodian All of the the above jointly In CBS. Cash Drawer has been referred to as :a)Cashier's cabin b) Strong Room c)Cashier's hand balance box d) A tool for recording cash receipts/payments/balance details of any individual user 34. CBS screens also have MANDATORY and OPTIONAL fields. Twelve Recording of KYC (Know Your Customer) ID. b) Nominee d) a & c b) b) d) Ten Twelve b) d) Collection Management Product Classified Management Product All the internal (non-customer) accounts have been referred in the CBS as a) CGL c) Branch Clearing Accounts 44. Ten d) b) d) BGL Inter Branch Accounts In case of any difference between BGL and CGL balances that may creep in. Full form of the term GLIF is :- 429 . PANCHKULA a) It guides him regarding all the activities related to grant of/disbursement of Demand Loans/Term Loans b) It guides him only regarding the follow-up of Demand Loans/Term Loans c) It guides him only regarding interest rates and margin rates specified for various types of Demand Loans/Term Loans d) None of the above 38.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Every Account Number is of __digits. every Account Number generated by the centrally located server at CDC is unique. b) d) In CBS. In CBS. To verify that the ID produced by the customer is adequate to operate bank account. Customer Information File (CIF)/Customer Number is necessarily created for the undernoted type(s) of customer(s) :a) Introducer c) Joint Account Holder 39. 100 111 CMP stands for :a) Cash Management Product c) Clearing Management Product 43.as directed by the RBI is compulsory while creating a new Customer in CBS. every Customer Number/CIF is of ______digits :Nine c) Eleven 40. a) Nine c) Eleven 42. the ID should have minimum ____ KYC scores :a) 99 c) 110 41. In CBS. an software called GLIF has been provided to facilitate its location. overdraft in Savings Bank Accounts will be allowed by :a) Debiting the amount to a Current Account named 'Overdrafts Allowed In Savings Bank Accounts' b) Debiting the amount to the concerned Savings Bank Account itself c) Can be allowed only by CDC. corresponding to ‘Job Stream’ in BankMaster. b) d) Trickle Feed None of the above To view the images ( photos or signatures ) in a CBS system. one can press a) F10 c) F3 50. The Day books in a CBS branch have been given the name of a) V V R c) DAY BOOKS b) d) CBSDB None of the above 430 . through which a number of transactions can be put through in CBS is a) CBS Feed c) Auto Feed 49. b) d) The Term used in CBS.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Belapur Cannot be allowed at all 47. Out of which levels available with the branch staff are: a) 5 c) 11 48. 9 7 b) d) F11 F8 Many Reports are available in a CBS branch. PANCHKULA a) General Ledger Information File b) General Ledger Interface File c)General Ledger Internal Accounts File d) None of the above 45 In CBS. there is a concept called 'NPA Tracking' which means :a) The system will help the user to know the existing as well as probable NPA status of all the outstanding loan accounts b) The system will automatically change the asset category of all the loan accounts on the specified date c) The system will put through INC entries on its own All of the above 46. There are 16 capability levels of CBS users. In CBS. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. when sent to CDC through one of the options of CBS gets posted thereat through a process called Trickle Feed. it indicates that this customer number relates to a customer migrated from BankMaster b) this customer number has been created in B@NCS24 c) this customer number relates to a customer of some other branch could be any one of the above 53. c) Only the branches in Kerala Circle on Pilot basis d) None of the CBS branches 56. For making a correction in a CBS transaction. Index c) service desk 52. one has to know its journal number which helps in its reversal and subsequent correction. b) Your branch code d) servicedesk If a Customer number of a branch starts with 80.F. Soft Copy of a file containing Salary or Pension. Number of IRAC status codes for Loan Accounts in B@NCS24 are a) 5 c) 11 54. Such reversal is possible a) Within 2 days of effecting the transaction b) Within 1 hour of effecting the transaction c) On the same day but before sending EOD signal from the branch Depends upon CDC Belapur 57. PANCHKULA 51. RTGS services have been enabled in a) Only those branches who have been identified b) All the CBS branches. b) d) b) d) Government Transactions None of the above Under CBS umbrella. Transactions normally gets posted in the account a) After 2 days of sending the softcopy b) Within 1 hour of sending the softcopy c) At period intervals – depends upon CDC d) None of the above 431 . Default password of ‘Service Desk’ of CBS is a) Your P. 9 8 During OFFLINE mode in a CBS branch. following can be done a) Transaction of a non-home branch c) Opening of an Overdraft Account 55. Ans. Ans. Ans. PANCHKULA 58. Q. 31 D 41 C 51 D 32 B 42 A 52 A 33 D 43 B 53 D 34 B 44 B 54 D 35 B 45 D 55 B 36 D 46 B 56 C 37 A 47 B 57 C 38 D 48 B 58 B 39 C 49 A 59 A 40 C 50 A 60 B 432 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. b) d) When a CBS branch has to go on OFFLINE following activities can not be done a) Issue of drafts c) Cash Withdrawals 60. 50 10 b) d) Cash Receipts Printing of Cash Reports In CBS branch calendar WW is defined as a working day . Holidays are defined as a) HL c) HO b) d) HH HY KEY ASSIGNMENT CORE BANKING SOLUTION – 2 Q. User type of Accountant in a CBS branch is a) 40 c) 60 59. A CBS word equivalent to ‘Referral’ of BankMaster is a) Que c) Chose logout button b) d) CBS Referral Any one of the above 64. Last digit of a 11 digit Account number in a CBS branch is called a) Check digit c) Last digit b) d) Unique digit None of the above 433 . PANCHKULA CORE BANKING SOLUTION – 3 61. Which of the following is not true in CBS environment a) Tellers can swap cash in their Cash Drawer b) Tellers can swap VPIS (Drafts/Cheque Books etc. during OFFLINE mode Accounts of the following can be opened a) P Segment c) AGR Segment 62. Internal Accounts of all the CBS branch like Charges. you have to a) Press [X] button on the top right hand on the screen b) Shut of the system c) Chose log off button d) Any one of the above e) Sign off 63. In CBS. b) d) SIB Segment None of the above To logout from the CBS system. ) among themselves c) Tellers can exchange cash with a customer d) All of the above 66. Branch Cash Balance Account etc which are called BGL Accounts. Numbering convention of such accounts is such that a) First five digits are the branch code – Second five are common b) First five digits are common – Second five are branch code c) Each branch has a unique BGL Account number d) None of the above 67. which works under WINDOW environment.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Every Teller in a CBS branch has an electronic Cash Drawer and can make the customer cash transactions EXCEPT the a) Cash Officer b) Field Officer c) Accountant d) Branch Manager 65. b) d) F11 None of the above b) d) F4 F8 Institute Code of SBI in B@NCS24 (in use by the SB Group) is a) 1 c) 3 75.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 68. a) F9 c) F12 73. a) Number of a migrated customer account starts with 80 b) Number of a customer opened in B@NCS24 starts with 85 c) Number of a migrated Account starts with 1 None of the above 70. which function key is pressed a) F3 c) F7 74. Reports relating to GLIF – matching of B@NCS24 and Finance1 – indicating the difference if any are available at a CBS branch a) Within 1 hour of sending EOD signal b) Before sending EOD signal c) On the next day None of the above 69. b) c) Which function key is pressed to repeat the Customer/Account number typed last on a CBS screen. b) d) b) d) 2 4 CC and OD accounts have been clubbed in CBS whereas with Deposit Account whereas TL and DL accounts clubbed separately. 2 4 When a customer having BankMaster Account number wants to know his corresponding CBS number. Night File FB Data How many CBS sessions can be opened simultaneously by a Teller ? a) 1 c) 3 72. Which one of the following is False. ‘Status List’ of Bankmaster has an equivalent in B@NCS24 and is called a) Shadow File c) PD File 71. The rationale is 434 . credit voucher of a S. In any CBS screens there are 2 types of fields.00 without paying any charges A cheque of Rs 25000. white and blue. 18000.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 without paying any charges b) A cheque of Rs 20000. a) A cheque of Rs 15000. While filling the values in these fields a) Blue fields are mandatory – others can be ignored b) White fields are mandatory – white ones can be ignored c) Blue fields are mandatory – others can not be ignored d) White fields are mandatory – others can not be ignored 80. Which of the interest frequency can NOT be given. cheques books can be issued b) In Deposit/CC/OD. PANCHKULA a) In Deposit/CC/OD. b) d) b) d) 10 digits 9 digits In CBS.00 after paying charges A withdrawal of Rs. Secondary Security Only None of the above Collateral number generated by CBS system is of a) 11 digits c)12 digits 78. In any CBS system Interest frequency has to be defined while opening a TDR account along with the account number in which the interest has to be credited by the system. 76. accounts can have credit balances c)In DL/TL. a) Anniversary Quarterly b) Anniversary Monthly c) Quarterly d) Anniversary Yearly 81. In CBS system the term collateral means a) Primary Security Only c) Covers both of them 77. accounts can not have credit balances d) All of the above.C sent shall be included a) in the vouchers of the day on which it was dispatched b) in the vouchers of the day on which it was entered in the system c) in the vouchers of the day on which it is realised / returned d) None of the above 79.00 without paying of charges 435 . In any CBS branch which of the following transactions relating to P-Segment can not be made from a non-home branch. On every incoming message through RTGS. PANCHKULA 82. In a CBS branch if there is a connectivity failure a) No payment can be made b) payment can be made on basis of Deposit accounts balance list c) Payment can also be made after verifying the balance from another Core banking branch telephonically d) Both b & c 84.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) Transactions of an illiterate customer can not be done b) Transactions relating to a dormant account can not be made c) Transactions relating to inoperative account can not be made d) Transactions relating to a joint account where drawer is the payee can not be made. to know how many messages have come. which of the following report is generated daily for submission to the Focal Point Branch. In a CBS branch which of the following is wrong (in context to non-home branch transactions relating to a P-Segment Customer). one has to a) Keep a Register to note how many message have been received b) To go to enquiry option and click on ‘All Statuses’ to see the status of ‘Successful messages’ c) To enquire the account related to STEPS (RTGS) messages in the CBS system through BGL option d) All of the above 86. 83. a) GAD 2 b) GAD3 c)GAD4 d) GAD 5 436 . In a CBS branch conducting OLTAS transaction. In a CBS branch the account BGL account beginning with 98582 represents a) Atm entries where account debited but cash not paid b) Atm entries where cash paid but account not debited c)None of the above 85. PANCHKULA 87. BGL & Core Power d) VVR. which of the following statement is correct. In a CBS branch the corrections to be made on account of errors pointed in CIS have to be corrected. BGL. which needs to checked by the branch to ensure accuracy of TPM rates. the same shall be immediately be presented in a special clearing b) At the same centre no commission is payable by a customer depositing an amount of 25000 from a CBS branch to another c) Rates of TPM depend upon the population code of the branch.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Corrections are to be done in a) In DOSCIS b) In B@ncs24 c) No corrections to be made in B@ncs24 as these are automatically written back by DOSCIS software a) and b) both 90. In this context. d) Weekly figures of the Branch / Bank are available every day instead of only on Fridays in Bank Master. In a CBS branch the following is False a) If a Customer gives a cheques drawn on another core branch at the same centre. In a CBS environment payment of IOIs is safer as compared to drafts because a) The inventory allocated to a particular branch is fed in the system by Central stationary department b) The payment involves the input of BIAK (Built in authentication key) which cannot be bypassed. c) Both a) and b) d) None of the above 88. Number of ‘Day Book’ kind of reports sent by CDC Belapur to every branch on daily basis after EOD thereat are a) VVR b) VVR & BGL c) VVR. Core Power & System Generated transactions 437 . 89. 3 61. 76. 75. 67. 78 83 88 a c d c d a 64. 71.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 69. 80 85 90 b a d c b d 438 . 70. 73. 79 84 89 c d c c a d 65. 81 86 d b b c d d 62. 77 82 87 e a c b d c 63 68. PANCHKULA KEY ASSIGNMENT CORE BANKING SOLUTION . 66. 74. 72. the dedicated lease line connectivity. The name of the software used for Tele banking is a) Datacraft b) Intrasoft c) Softcraft d) CRAFT 439 . Mumbai d) PBB Madame Cama Road.000/-. Mumbai 3. PANCHKULA INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY 1 1) SB Connect.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Rs. The State Bank of India’s internet banking site is. Rs 7000/7. 3000/. Rs.com c) www. 5000/.in d) www. 1000/.sbi. 2000/. Australia c) Datacraft. The BGL account beginning with 98582 refers to a) ATM trancactions where cash is paid but account not debited b) ATM trancactions where cash is not paid but account is debited c) None of the above 6.. Under the Fast Cash option. 2000/b) Rs.onlinesbi.sbi. Which is the first branch of SBI on Core Banking Solution? a) PBB Bandra. is maintained by ----a) TCS.com 4.. 5000/ d) Rs. USA 2. 2000/.statebankofindia. cash can be withdrawn in fixed amounts of -----from our ATMs a) Rs.co... Rs. 10.inb. Mumbai c) PBB Hiranandani. Mumbai b) PBB Belapur.or Rs. Singapore d) HP System. Corporate Internet Banking was rolled out by the Bank on a) 1st March 2002 b) 1st July 2003 c) 1st July 2002 d) 1st April 2003 5.1000/.com b) www. Rs.. Rs.. 5000/. a) www.. India b) FNS. c) Rs.. The software being used in SBI for conduct of government transactions and electronic reporting has been developed by a) IDRBT b) SBI c) Infosys d) TCS 9. Belapur b) Mastercard c) Venture Infotech Global Pvt. The National Financial Switch (NFS) promoted by IDBRT relates to a) Networked Foreign Exchange transactions among banks b) Internet Banking Connectivity c) ATM connectivity among banks d) Single National Financial Software for all banks 10. The Security of SBI’s internet Banking site is certified by a) VERISIGN b) SECURESIGN c) INBSIGN d) TRUESIGN 12. d) None of the above 440 . For issuance of duplicate ATM Card in case of lost/damaged card a charge of Rs_____ is levied. a) Rs 100/b) Rs 200/c) Rs 50/d) Activated Card 14. Ltd.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Gurgaon 13. “Hotlisting” of Card refers to a) Mutilated Card b) Deactivation of lost ATM Card at ASC c) Revalidation of Card after expiry. PANCHKULA 8. SBI ATM Cards are processed and issued by a) ATM Switch Centre. The turnkey solution provider for implementing National Financial Switch (NFS) is a) NCR Corporation b) Euronet Worldwide c) FNS Australia d) HP Systems 11. Mumbai d) GECBPMSL. per withdrawal and NIL for balance enquiry b) upto 5 withdrawals free and above 5 withdrawal transactions. SBI ATM-cum-Debit Card can be used for purchasing goods and services at Merchant Establishments displaying a) Mastercard logo b) VISA logo c) Maestro logo d) None of the above 16. PANCHKULA 15.20/.per withdrawal c) upto 3 withdrawals free and above 3 withdrawal transactions. c) Card may be issued only to the Guardian. The charges realized for using ATMs of other Banks under Bilateral Agreement in case of saving bank account are: a)upto 10 withdrawals free and above 10 withdrawal transactions. ATM Switch Centre is managed by the Bank with the technical support of a) C&I Project. Belapur c) ATM Project.20/. Corporate Centre b) NCR Corporation c) Financial Software & Systems. Corporate Centre d) None of the above 441 . An add-on card may also be issued to the guardian. d) None of the above.per withdrawal and NIL for alance enquiry d) None of the above 19. The connectivity infrastructure of our ATM Network is maintained by a) ATM Switch Centre b) NCR Corporation c) HCL Comnet (VSAT) & Datacraft (SB Connect) d) Satyam 18. For the purpose of accounting. cash loaded in our ATM belongs to a) Concerned Branch b) ASC. Rs.20/. Rs. Can a Card be issued against a minor’s account? a) No b) Yes. 17.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Rs. a card may be issued to a minor if he/she is above 14 years of age. Chennai d) Datacraft 20. PANCHKULA KEY INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY 1 1 c 6 c 11 a 16 b 2 c 7 d 12 c 17 c 3 a 8 b 13 b 18 b 4 a 9 c 14 b 19 c 5 C 10 b 15 c 20 a 442 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. BANKNET has been established by a) All Banks b) SBI c) RBI d) Co-operative Banks 4. In SBI. What does SBIR stands for? a) State Bank Inward Remittance b) State Bank Instant Remittance c) State Bank In-house Remittance d) State Bank of India Remittance 6. Network Service Provider for Core Banking is a) Airtel b) Reliance c) BSNL d) Broadband Service 7. ATM stands for a) Automated Time Money b) Automated Teller Machine c) Automated Teller Machine or Anytime Money d) Anytime Money 5. Core Banking Solutions (CBS) for foreign offices software is called a) Finance b) Financial c) Finnacle d) Bank Master 443 . PANCHKULA INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY 2 1. Offline transactions in SBI ATMs are made possible through maintenance of a) Opticash b) Groupwise c) Positive Balance Files (PBF) d) NCR Managed Services 2. What is Opticash ? a) Cash loading in ATM by outside agency b) Management of Cash in ATM by NCR to avoid cash outages c) Remote Monitoring of ATMs by Switch Centre d) None of the above 3. a) 10-12 c) 6-8 b) 8-10 d) 7-8 12. State Bank of India has launched its ‘Multi City Cheque’.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) Centralized Document Execution Centre b) Centralized Document Printing Centre c) Centralized Record Maintenance cell d) Centralized Document Centre for closed accounts 10. Document Archival Centres have been created which will function as. d) None of these 444 . Who can create securities? a) All staff with a capability of 2 and above can create security. Creator and authoriser should be different persons. These cheques books can be issued at : a) Any CAG branch of the Bank c) Only Bankmaster Branch b) Any CBS Branch d) Only MCG Branch 11. Creator and authoriser should be different persons. Creator and authoriser should be different persons. After the establishment of Liability Processing centre the account would be opened in ----to----minutes. Who can authorise the securities thus created? a) Any Official of the branch with a capability of 5 and above can authorise the securities created. PANCHKULA 8. b) Any Official of the branch with a capability of 7 and above can authorise the securities created. c) Any Official of the branch with a capability of 9 and above can authorise the securities created. b) All staff with a capability of 3 and above can create security c) All staff with a capability of 5 and above can create security d) None of these 13. The CBS for foreign offices is supplied by a) Satyam b) Infosys c) FNS d) Data Craft 9. As per BPR. the system will fix the interest rate after the EOD. It will have to be done manually. 445 . whether the system will automatically mark the interest rate in the Loan account? a)For Demand / Term Loan accounts. Ex-custody Register functions c) Both A & B d) None of these 18) While creating TDR as security. d) None of these 16) What is meant by SDV? a) SDV sub-module refers to Safe Deposit Value. b)SDV sub-module refers to Safe Deposit Value. c) For Demand / Term Loan accounts. c) When the security is created. on the regt. it handles Collecting periodical rent etc. PANCHKULA 14) What is the maximum amount that can be entered in the ‘Hold Value’ column? a) The hold value can be up to the value of TDR plus accrued interest. the particulars of the collateral security are noted in a register. the loan account number for which the security is created and other relevant details of the customer.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 15. What is a Collateral Number? a)When a security is created. that running serial number is called collateral number. Security Register / Ledger and maintenance of gold ornaments. Printing of COS 49.deed of property to be mortgaged is entered as collteral number. b) The hold value can be up to the value of TDR alone c) The hold value can be up to the value of loan amount d) None of these. b) When a security is created. It handles maintenance of lockers. b) Issue of Safe Custody Receipt to the customers. c) Both 1 & 2 d) None of these 17)What is meant by SC? a) SC sub-module deals with two major functions viz. the system will automatically fix the interest rate at the account level. the regt no. the system will not fix the interest rate at the account level. b) For Demand / Term Loan accounts. the system generates a unique 10-digit number automatically and this number can be used to enquire into the details of securities. Safe Custody of articles / scrips. the hold in the account does not get removed. a) 50 & 60 b) 40 & 50 c) 40 & 60 d) 10 & 60 KEY INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY 2 1 c 6 c 11 b 16 c 2 b 7 c 12 a 17 c 3 c 8 b 13 a 18 a 4 b 9 c 14 a 19 b 5 b 10 a 15 b 20 a 446 . 19) What will happen to the ‘Hold / Drawing Power’ when the TDR is rolled over? a) When the TDR is rolled over. both the hold & drawing power gets removed d) None of these 20) The branch should ensure that there is only one person with user type ---. b)When the TDR is rolled over. PANCHKULA d)None of these. the drawing power remains as such.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the hold in the account gets removed. only the drawing power becomes zero.and ----. c) When the TDR is rolled over. All the way b) Your Mobile. Daily transaction limit for Bill/Merchant transaction is : a) 50.000 b) 10. Your Bank c) Bank with convenience 4.000 b) 10.000 6.000 8.000 c) 25. SMS ‘<MBSREG> <Mobile Make > < mobile Model’ has to be sent to a) 567636 b) 567656 c) 567676 2. What is the overall monthly limit of transaction through Mobile Banking. For Mobile Banking registration.000 c) 35. What is the next step after changing the MPIN for registration of mobile banking a) Entering the CIF b) Answering a secret question c) register at ATM or branch 447 . PANCHKULA MOBILE BANKING 1. The catch line which goes with Mobile Banking is : a) With you.000 b) 30.? a) 250. Mobile banking services as at present are meant for a)SME customers only b) SME and personal segment customers c) Personal segment customers only d)C & I customers only 5. Name of the Mobile Banking Software is : a) State Bank freedom b) SBI freedoM c) SB freedom 3.000 c) 25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Daily transaction limit for fund transfer in normal transaction is : a) 50.000 7. MPIN in Mobile Banking stand for a) Mobile Banking Personal Index Number b) Mobile Banking Personal Identification Number c) Member Banking Personal Identification Number 12. What is the length of MPIN ? a) 4 characters b) 5 characters c) 6 characters d) 8 characters 13. PANCHKULA 9. What is the number of maximum accounts which can be enabled for Mobile Banking ? a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 5 10. Whether Internet Banking registration is mandatory for accessing Mobile Banking a)Yes b) No 15. What type of transaction can not be carried out in Mobile Banking as on date ? a) Transafer of funds to other Bank Account b) Cheque Book Request c) Railway ticket Booking d) None of these 14. How many users can use Mobile Banking on a particular Mobile phone a) 2 b) 5 c) 1 d)3 448 . During(Prior to ) registration process what is mandatory to change ? a) MPIN b) USER ID c) Both of above d) None of above 11.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 16. How many transactions of a account can be viewed in mini statement option a) 2 b) 5 c) 8 d) 10 18. When is the request for Mobile Top up invalid ? a) Non existing mobile number b) Post paid mobile number c) Insufficient funds in your account d) Incorrect amount as per the plan of the prepaid connection e) All of the above 21. Is registration is mandatory for Mobile Top up ? a) Yes b) No 20. WAP stands for a) Wireless application protocol b) Wireless added process c)Wireless arranged protocol 449 . First step for bill payment through Mobile Banking is : a) Add Biller b) Get Help c) Get Format d) None 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. In case of Dmat account services available in mobile banking it is not possible to do one of the following a) View last 5 transactions b) Request for DIS c) View portfolio d) sell shares 22. How can Mobile Banking Services be terminated ? a) Cannot terminate once registered b) Selecting the option ‘Deregistration’ in the settings menu c) Deregister through an ATM d) Both B & C 17. of the beneficiary c) Service providers name d) Amount of top up 26 For funds transfer through IMPS banking what is not necessary a) MMID of the beneficiary b) Mobile no. What type of transaction can not be carried out in SMS Mobile Banking facility ? a) Transafer of funds to other Bank Account b) balance enquiry c) Mobile top up d) DMAT enquiry 450 . For Mobile Banking registration. WAP based mobile banking service is meant for a) only java enabled mobile phones which have GPRS connectivity for GSM users or data connectivity for CDMA users b) only non java enabled mobile phones which have GPRS connectivity for GSM users or data connectivity for CDMA users c) Both java and non java enabled mobile phones which have GPRS connectivity for GSM users or data connectivity for CDMA users d) Neither java nor non java enabled mobile phones which have GPRS connectivity for GSM users or data connectivity for CDMA users 24 In SMS banking the daily /monthly limits are a) 5000/50000 b) 1000/5000 c) 10000/50000 d) None of the above 25 .For topping a mobile connection through SMS banking what is not necessary a) MMID of the beneficiary b) Mobile no. under SMS banking SMS (SMS<MBSREG>) has to be sent to a) 567636 b) 567656 c) 567676 d) 9223440000 28. of the beneficiary c) account no.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. of the beneficiary d) Amount to be transferred 27. PANCHKULA 23. 31. 1 c 6 a 11 b 16 d 21 d 26 c 31 b 2 a 7 a 12 c 17 b 22 a 27 d 3 b 8 c 13 d 18 b 23 c 28 d 4 b 9 d 14 b 19 b 24 b 29 c 5 a 10 a 15 c 20 e 25 A 30 a 451 . Transactions through IMPS (Interbank mobile payment service) do not involve a) Core banking b) National payment corporation of India c) RTGS network If already registered in other modules of mobile banking . Q. Q. Q. Q Ans. Ans.hence the customer is requested to delete the SMS sent as they may contain MPINs. PANCHKULA 29 30 . Q Ans.if one has to avail SMS Mobile Banking facility : a) It is necessary to deregister in other modules before registering for SMS Banking b) It is not necessary to deregister in other modules before registering for SMS Banking c)USSD and SMS Mobile Banking facility can be taken together. Ans. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. c ) Thev messages are communicated in an interactive session as in the case of USSD ANSWERS MOBILE BANKING Q. Ans. In SMS Mobile Banking a) The messages are encrypted b) The messages are not encrypted . Q. Each packet of PPK has ----no of kits a) 100 b)50 c)150 d)200 452 . One of the following requests through INB does not require manual intervention. a) Account opening b) DD issue c) Cheque book issue d)a/c enquiry 3. Profile password is set by the --a) customer b) branch c) CBD Belapur d) internet provider 4. INB customers can further enhance their security while doing internet transaction through ---a) SMS based password b) having 2 login passwords c) by going to internet kiosk d) by a secret question 6. Mode of delivery of user ID and password for internet banking can be a) through dispatch from the INB dept only b )through PPK directly to the customer only c) either through dispatch from INB dept or through PPK d) neither through dispatch from INB dept nor through PPK 7. What does PPK refer to? a) pre packed kit b) pre paid kit c) personal pack kit d) pre printed kit 8. PANCHKULA INB General 1. What does MIT refer to in case of INB ? a) Manual of information and technology b) Main internet technology c) Manual intervention transactions d) Manual information transaction 2. Profile password is meant for --a) Logging into internet d) increasing speed b) enhanced security c) giving status symbol 5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Internet Banking site of SBI is a) www. Transfer of funds in sbionline can be done using a) RTGS only b)GRPT and RTGS c) NEFT .com c) www.PPK has to be claimed by the INB officer in a) SBITIMES c) B@ncs 24 b) onlinesbi d) Branch admin interface 16.co.sbi.onlinesbi.Each PPK has 10 digit number where the first 5 digits stand for the packet Serial number and the next 2 digits represent Kit serial no b) circle code c) branch code d) account type code 10.GRPT and NEFT 14.One of the following functions in respect of internet banking are not Carried out at branch admin interface a)Reset of login and profile password b)Redispatch of id password c)reactivation of user id d)removal of posting restrictions 453 .in b) www.Internet service provider for internet banking for SBI is a) M/s Zee technology b) M/s Microsoft c) M/s Satyam d) M/s Infosys 11.One of the following is not true about the security features built into SBI’s Internet Banking site a) It has 128 bit SSL encryption b) provides for multiple users and user level security banking c) HPIN based password d) It has metal detectors 13.in 15. Internet banking site of SBI has been certified by a) Verisign b) Goodsign c)Satyam d)ISO 12.sbi.RTGS and GRPT d)ECS.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 9.org.com d) www.statebankofindia. in 21.sbi.sbiicm.co.co d)www. PANCHKULA 17.times consecutively a) 2 b) 4 c)5 d) 3 20.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.sbi.Each transaction done through onlinesbi generates a -----digit number a)6 b)7 c)10 d)16 18.The password of a user gets locked for a day on internet if entered wrong -----.in c)www.onlinesbi. a) INB Maker b) INB Authoriser c) INB officer d) None of the above KEY INB General 1 c 9 b 17 c 2 d 10 c 18 a 3 a 11 a 19 d 4 b 12 d 20 c 5 a 13 c 21 b 6 c 14 a 7 d 15 d 8 a 16 d 454 .onlinesbi.As per the bank’s single domain name policy branches/administrative units/ Application owners wanting to host their own banking site will register Their transactional site as subdomain of www.When a Username gets deactivated it can be reactivated in a)Branch admin interface b) online sbi c)B@ncs24 d) Sbitimes 19.in a) www.com and their Informational site as subdomain of b)www. The recently introduced simplified branch INB role holding for small branches pertains to branches a) With 3 officers b) With less than 3 officers c) does not depend upon the number of officers d) None of the above 22.org. Which of the following will not constitute a part of the arrangement in the recently introduced simplified branch INB role holding for small branches . PANCHKULA CINB 1. i) Form B1 is used for advising the customer his registration ID ii) Form B2 is used for registration of Branch INB authorizer a) Only i) is true b) only ii) is true c ) Both i) and ii) are true d) neither i) nor ii) is true 3.The access channel that is set for a khata user in CBS is a) 09 b) 04 c) 01 d)02 455 . Which type of CINB facility provides for enquiry rights only on all accounts across branches a) Vyapaar b) Vistaar c) Khata Plus d) Khata 6.In which of the following types of CINB facility it is possible to do full range of online transactions for corporates maintaining a/cs at multiple branches a) Vyapaar b) Vistaar c) Khata Plus d) Khata 7. Which of the following statement is true. Of the following types of forms used in CINB registration one of them is not matched properly. In case of which of the following types of CINB products amount per transaction cannot exceed Rs 50.Which one is it ? a) C1 is used for registration of CINB customer b) C2 is used for registration of regulator c) C3 is used for registration of administrator d) C4 is used for registration of maker 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.00 lacs a) Vyapaar b) Vistaar c) Khata Plus d) Khata 5.One of the following types of products is not available to CINB customers a) Khata b) Vistaar c) Vyapaar d) Vistaar plus 4.The type of CINB product that offers only enquiry rights at one branch only is a) Vyapaar b) Vistaar c) Khata Plus d) Khata 8. 456 .One of the following is not a type of user that can be created under CINB a) developer b) authoriser c) enquirer d) auditor 11.One of the following is not true about the role of uploader a)He participates in bulk upload of data as or salary payments etc b) He generates test file from the file structure set by regulator c) He approves the test file d) The setting up of uploader’s role is mandatory 15.One of the following is not a feature of the facilitiles available under CINB a) e-payments/e-receipts to and from registered users b) Bulk upload facility c) No check on access control and access rights d) Multiple level controls 12. A super enquirer is one a) who has unlimited power of transaction b) who has unlimited right of enquiry for all accounts of the corporate across branches c) who has unlimited power to control other users d) who has unlimited right to set limits on transactions 13.One of the following is not true about the rules or operating instructions Set by the corporate a)They define the power of the executives of the corporate to authorize the online transaction requests on an a/c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.One of the following functions can not be performed by the administrator a) He can manage users b) He can modify access rights c) He can perform transactions d) He can reset profile/transaction password of users 14. a) Over all control of internet banking system b) Implementation of security features for whole corporate c) Participates in internet transactions d) He can define which user can do what 10. PANCHKULA 9. A regulator’s role in CINB does not cover one of the following. 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.The maximum amount of draft that can be issued per transaction in case of Vistaar is a)Rs1.00cr 20.00cr d)Rs10.00cr b)Rs5.The administrator of the corporate prints the following form for getting the PPKs of other corporate users issued from the branch a)form C1 b)form C7 c)form C6 d)form C8 19.One of the following is not included in the role profile of INB officer a) obtains various forms from corporate customer for registration of CINB b)Creates regulator (for Vistar customer) c) authorizes various rules set by the corporate d)creates administrator for (Khata plus. c) INB rule authorizers approve the rules only if these are in keeping with the Mandate or board resolution submitted by the corporate d) It is not possible to change the rules once approved even when the corporate submits a fresh resolution.00cr c)Rs2. The facility through the Internet banking user makes payment after selecting the desired corp /Institution available under a link in the Internet banking website is a) e -collect b) i -collect c) i collection d) None of the above 22. PANCHKULA b)each of the INB Rule authorizer individually authorizes the rule formulated at the corporate end.Vistar and Vyapar customers ) 17.The preprinted kits to the users in case on CINB customer are given through a) B@ncs24 b)Branch Admin Interface c)Onlinesbi d)Sbitimes 21.While Creating a Regulator /Administrator in Vistaar /Vyapaar the registration of the mobile numbers of the functionaries is a) Mandatory b)Non Mandatory c) cannot be done d) None of the above 457 .The CINB user/ users created at the branch level are a)Regulator only b)administrator only c)neither regulator nor administrator d) both regulator and administrator 18. PANCHKULA 23. The E-Tax limit per transaction in the case of Vistaar is a) Rs 500 crore b)Rs 50.00 crores d) None of the above 24. The ‘mall on Mobile’ facilitywhich permits the booking of Railway tickets and purchases on mobile is called a) Grand Mall b)Ambiece mall c) ngpay d) None of the above KEY CINB 1 d 2 c 3 d 4 a 5 c 6 b 7 d 8 a 9 c 17 d 10 a 18 b 11 c 19 a 12 b 20 b 13 c 21 b 14 d 22 a 15 d 23 a 16 c 24 c 458 .00 lacs c) Rs 5.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. online trading a/c . and online trading a/c c) loan a/c . At present the 2 depositories are a) Integereated depository services limited and Reliance depository services limited b) Future depository services limited and Reliance depository services limited c) Combined depository services limited and Active depository services limited d) National securities depository limited and Central depository services limited 6.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA D mat 1. A DP i.A depository is an organization which holds a) loan documents in electronic form d) gold certificates in electronic form b) cash c) securities in an electronic form 4. demat a/c. ez-trade@sbi is a 3in 1 a/c because it provides an integrated platform of a) TDR a/c. demat a/c.Maximum no of demat accounts that an investor can open with a DP is a)unlimited b) 1 c)2 d)5 7.Along with proof of address it is mandatory to give -----for opening a demat a/c a) mobile number b) Pan card with photograph c) asset statement d) Passport 459 . and online trading a/c b) S/B / current a/c. and demat a/c d) PPF a/c. online trading a/c .ez-trade@sbi is provided by SBI in association with a) Relianceinfocom.e depository participant is an entity which a) acts as a agent of the bank and registered under companies act b) which acts as a agent of the Depository and is registered as such with SEBI c) which acts as a agent of the RBI and is registered under FEMA d) which acts as agent for financing and registered as such with SEBI 5. ICICI securities b) SBI Securities and NSDL c) Online SBI and Master securities ltd d) SBI Caps securities limited 3. and demat a/c 2. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. One of the following is not true in respect of DIS a) If demat a/c is in joint name DIS can be signed by any of the account holders b) DIS of another person should not be used as it will not be accepted c) It should specify the BO/client ID of the target a/c d) In case of exhaustion of DIS slips they can also be issued across counter to the investor for immediate use. PANCHKULA 8. 13. One of the following is not true about Dmat a/c a) In case of a joint a/c it cannot be operated on ’either or survivor ’basis as a bank a/c b) It cannot be operated on Power of attorney basis c) Names cannot be added or deleted in a demat a/c d) Securities can be transferred to another account with another DP maintained in the same pattern 11. For doing DP related work bank has set up a special cell which is ---a) LCPC c) DPCPC b) CPC d) DAC 14. The a/c opened by DP is given a number BO ID which stands for a) Beneficary owner identification number b) bilateral ownership indentity number c) Balance outstanding indentity number d)Benefits outstanding identification number 10. ez instructions are meant to provide a) standing instructions to branches for transfer of funds b) instructions for issue of draft through onlineSBI c) online instructions for transfer of a/c d) for issue of delivery instructions and pledge instructions through onlineSBI 460 . Minimum balance of securities to be kept in demat a/c is a) 5 b) 3 c) Nil d)1 9. For delivery of shares an investor is given a DIS booklet where DIS stands for a) Demand instruction slip c) Delivery instruction slip b) dedicated investment slip d) dated investment slip 12. To convert shares in physical form to electronic form . a) Freeze his a/c b) change signature in his a/c c) convert shares in electronic form into physical form d) deposit all his securities whether in single or different names in a/c in single name only ASBA facility through SBI online refers to a) A simple online application for IPOs b) An application where only a lien for the given amount is created in the account. An investor can do any of the following in respect of his demat a/c except 19. then while applying for dematerialization the investor has to submit---. DRF stands for a) Dealing request form c) Data request form b) Duplicate request form d) Demat request form 17.Hence the customer continues to earn interest and his account will be debited only on allotment of the shares. c) None of the above KEY D mat 1 b 9 a 17 a 2 d 10 b 18 d 3 c 11 c 19 b 4 b 12 a 5 d 13 c 6 a 14 d 7 b 15 b 8 c 16 d 461 .investor has to fill -----type of form a) CDF b) DRF c)DTF d)CRF 16.form a) Transposition cum demat form c) transition cum demat form b) transfer cum demat form d) trading cum demat form 18. PANCHKULA 15. When the names on the physical certificate and in demat a/c are the same but the sequence is different.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Which of the following is true i) Minimum amount that can be remitted through RTGS in case of R41 transaction is Rs2. PANCHKULA RTGS 1.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. UTR number refers to a) Universal transaction reference c) Universal transfer reach b) Unique transfer reference d) Unique transaction reference 7.RTGS stands NEFT GRPYT for a) Real trade gross settlement c) Real transaction gross settlement b) Real time gross settlement d) Real track gross settlement 2.One of the following is not true about RTGS a) It is electronic transfer between a/cs in different banks b) It is made secure with digital signature and public key infrastructure for encryption c) It is maintained and monitored by SBI d) Interbank fund transfer is online and realtime 3.00lacs ii) Minimum amount that can be remitted through RTGS in case of R42 transaction is Re2.00 only i) is true b) only ii) is true d) both i) and ii) are true c) neither i) nor ii) is true 5.Which of the following is true i) R-41 transaction type is meant for customer to customer transaction ii) R-42 transaction type is meant for interbank transactions only i) is true d)neither i) nor ii) is true b) only ii) is true c) both i) and ii) are true 4.Every RTGS message is assigned a UTR no comprising of ------characters a) 17 c) 16 b) 11 d) 15 462 . IFSC in respect of RTGS/NEFT stands for a) Indian financial system code b) international financial system code c) Indian financial sevices code d) international financial services code 6. 00lacs c)no limit d)Rs15.00lacs b) Rs10. maintained at Payment systems group Global IT centre CBD Belapur. 11.IFSC code has ------no of characters a) 10 b)11 c) 16 d)15 12. DAU.00lacs KEY RTGS 1 b 9 c 2 c 10 a 3 c 11 b NEFT GRPYT 4 d 12 c 5 a 6 d 7 c 8 a 463 . PANCHKULA 8. NEFT stands for a) National Engineered financial transaction c) National electronic fund transfer b) New electronic financial transaction d) New electrical fund transfer 10.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.Maximum amount that can be sent through RTGS and NEFT is a)Rs5. One of the following is not true about the features of NEFT a) Remittance can be in rounded figures only b) It operates on deferred net settlement basis where settlement is done in batches c) There is no stipulation of minimum or maximum amount to be sent through NEFT d) It can be used for only Indian rupee remittances among participating banks in the country. refers to a) Dedicated accounting unit c) Distance account unit b) Dealer account unit d) dependable accounting unit 9. If an user requires any change in hardware or software settings whom he/she should contact a) IT Head b) Head of Department c) System Administrato d) Supplier of HW/SW 3.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. whom shall he she approach for approval a) Head of Department b) System Administrator c) IT-Networking department d) Information Security Department 4. which measure is most suitable a) Shutdown the desktop b) Lock the keyboard/mouse c) Enable the screensaver with password d) Power off the monitor 5. How can a user protect sensitive data on laptop in the event of loss of laptop a) By creating hidden files/folders b) By enabling Boot level power-on password c) By enabling screensaver d) By using encryption 464 . PANCHKULA INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT . Who is responsible for security of Desktop/Laptop/Server a) System Administrator b) User c) of Department d) Security Officer Head 2. To prevent unauthorized access while desktop is unattended. If an user wants to connect modem to his/her machine to access external network. What an user should do when auto virus scan is affecting system performance a) Contact the System Administrator b) Stop/Disable the virus scan c) Call the HW/SW vendor d) Remove the antivirus from the system 6.1 1. An user should share password of his desktop with whom a) Controller b) System administrator c) Colleagues d) None 9. PANCHKULA 7.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A good password is a) Name/short form of name/initials b) Names of family/friends/colleagues/institution c) Combination of alphabets and numbers d) Combination of alphabets. Which is a good practice a) Changing passwords frequently b) Keeping a written password somewhere c) Entering password when colleague is watching d) Keeping simple words as passwords 11. who is responsible a) The person who has misused b) The user whom the desktop belonged to c) The department where the desktop is located d) IT-Networking department 12. In the event of loss of laptop whom should be contacted immediately a) Police station b) Controller & Information Security Department c) Insurance Company d) Bank’s Security Officer 8. If Internet is misused from an user’s desktop. Which one is not suggested while enabling a browser a) Set browser security setting to medium b) Configure browser to remember web application passwords c) Enabling ID displays in web applications d) Maintaining history of URLs 465 . numbers and special characters 10. is more secure a)https:// b) https:// c)htpps:// d)https:// 15. deployment and support of an application a) Development team c) Steering Committee 17. which one is not recommended a) Delete old mails b) Download old mails in the machine c) Open a new mail account d) Request for increase in mailbox storage 14. b) Maker-checker d) Least privilege An application need not display which information. development. b) Information Security Department d) Application owner Application should ensure that all transactions with financial implication should have a) One person as the requestor and approver b) Separate requestor and approver c) Approval of Systems and Procedure Dept.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. If an users storage space is full in his/her mailbox. on completion of a successful logon a) User-Id b) Date and time of the previous successful logon c) Details of any unsuccessful login attempts d) Name of the application 466 . Application should have the provision for allocating access rights based on the principle of a) First come first serve c) Default 19. d) Approval of Information Security Department 18. Who is supposed to be responsible for application security in all activities related to design. Which of the undermentioned is a good practice to prevent revelation of sensitive information a) Reading confidential documents in public places b) Working on laptops in public places c) Not answering to queries over phone to unverified persons d) Providing information to vendors/suppliers 16. PANCHKULA 13. A site address which starts with -------. How should the data be transferred between the desktop and LAN a) By connecting the desktop to the LAN b) By using a modem for dial-up connection to the LAN c) By using removable media like Floppy/CD d) None of the above 24. which is not connected to the LAN in Branch. Who is responsible for selection of encryption technology for Data security a) Head of department b) Head of IT department c) Information Security Department (ISD) d) Application owner in consultation with ISD 21. Internet access should be provided only for users a) To send / receive mails b) With business needs c) To browse various sites d) To download files/data 22.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. as advised by ISD b) ISD c) Service Provider d) System Administrator 25. Internet connection is enabled on desktop. Which device should be installed to monitor the traffic from external networks a) Switch b) Router c) Firewall d) Intrusion Detection System 467 . Who is authorized to block ports through firewall a) IT-Networking dept. The account and password for Internet access will be communicated to end user by a) Head of department b) IT-Networking department c) Information Security Department d) System Administrator 23. PANCHKULA 20. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. Ans. Ans. Ans.1 Q. Q. 1 b 11 b 21 b 2 c 12 b 22 b 3 c 13 c 23 c 4 c 14 a 24 a 5 a 15 c 25 d 6 d 16 d 7 b 17 b 8 d 18 d 9 d 19 d 10 a 20 d 468 . PANCHKULA ANSWERS INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT . c. b. and d g) a. How can you prevent intruders from accessing your wireless network? a) Encrypt network traffic with WPA or WEP b) Restrict access to trusted MAC addresses c) Both 5. and c h) b. a) True b) False 469 . True or false: If you have a firewall on your network you don't need to turn on Windows Firewall. c. a) True b) False 6. or company name 3. b. and d 2. True or false: Small businesses are not targets for hackers. PANCHKULA INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT-2 1. user name. Which of the following is an example of a strong password? a) Password b) J*p2le04>F c) Your real name. What are the three most important things you can do to secure desktop PCs? a) Turn on Automatic Updates b) Turn on Windows Firewall c) Install antivirus software d) Remove the hard drive f) a. and d i) a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. True of false: If you set your antivirus software to auto-update then you don't need Windows Automatic Updates. a) True b) False 4. a) False: Nothing I do on my computer matters to anyone b) True: My computer may disrupt services. 12. e. What are the possible consequences of someone breaking into my computer? a) I may have files deleted from my computer b) I may have personal communications exposed c) I may have my network connection cut off d) My monitor may shatter e) My computer may be used to commit a crime f) My computer may be used to adversely affect the operation of my neighbors' computers g) All of the above. b. b. h) a. What product can be used to update all PCs on your network? a) Software Update Services b) Internet Information Server c) Bluetooth Networking d) Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer 9. What is "phishing?" a) "Spoofed" e-mails and fraudulent websites designed to fool recipients into divulging personal financial data such as credit card numbers. and f i) a. b) Every other day d) Monthly The way I operate my computer affects other people. PANCHKULA 7. What method(s) can be used to protect sensitive data from prying eyes? a) Passwords b) File permissions c) Encryption d) All of the above 10. and f 470 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. c. account usernames and passwords b) A type of computer virus c) An example of a strong password d) None of the above 8. spread viruses. d. How often should you perform an incremental backup? a) Daily c) Weekly 11. or be used to perform a computer crime. Why might someone break into my computer even though I have nothing of value on it? a) Because someone doesn't like me b) To use it to perform a crime c) Random vandalism d) For fun e) To use it to distribute pornography. videos. b) No. Which of the following are strong passwords: a) Administrator c) c0mputer e) $ecurity g) My dog's name 17. put it in an envelope and send it by mail c) Tell him/her the password and change it the following day d) Send him/her the password via email 471 . I need to make sure both my anti-virus software and operating software are up to date.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. I have to be a responsible member of the networked community and am bound by the George Mason Responsible Use of Computing Policy. f) All of the above 15. I have to be a responsible member of the networked community. b) No. You just got a brand new computer and it has anti-virus software installed. Are you free to do whatever you want with your network-connected computer? a) Yes. music. They wouldn't sell me something unsafe. d) Both b and c. c) No. which includes being aware of the Wireless Network Policy. what would you do? a) Refuse and report immediately b) Write the password on a piece of paper. It’s my personal computer and I can do what I please. Is it safe to use on the Internet? a) Sure. b) Bob d) %4Btv f) $jelF2bb If you ever receive an unsolicited telephone call from someone claiming to need your password. 16. PANCHKULA 13. and software. 14. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.com d) When you know the sender 20. or private conversations. 472 . e) Both c and d. Of the following choices. Which of the following behaviors are considered inappropriate use? a) Sending email messages to harass or intimidate people b) Sharing passwords c) Sharing or using unlicensed. Which is the best way to protect the sensitive data in your computer when you go out for lunch? a) Turn the monitor off b) Activate the screen saver c) Lock your computer with password d) Close all programs 19.exe or . credit card information. c) Enjoy the freedom of connecting to the Internet without hassling with cables and/or concern that the service provider will be billing your account for this special service d) Encrypt the information that you are transmitting over the network to protect your data from being exposed to hackers. When connecting your computer to wireless network you should: a) Feel secure enough to send sensitive and confidential data. which indicates when it is safe to open a file attached to an e-mail? a) When you know the sender. the attachment is expected. and it is not unusual in any way. copyrighted software or multimedia outside their fair use provisions d) Trying to infect people with viruses or scanning computers you don't own e) Eavesdropping on others' activities by examining their computers or by using technology to access third-party communications f) Operating a computer with out of date operating software g) All of the above 21. b) When the e-mail is only sent to you c) When the attachment is not an . b) Lose sleep wondering whether using wireless access will allow strangers to login to your computer and the data stored on your hard drive. PANCHKULA 18. password(s). such as your social security number. Q. Ans. 1 f 8 a 15 d 2 b 9 c 16 f 3 b 10 a 17 a 4 c 11 b 18 c 5 b 12 h 19 a 6 b 13 b 20 g 7 a 14 f 21 e 473 . PANCHKULA ANSWERS INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT . Ans.2 Q. Q. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 474 . 2. 10. 11. New systems are generally up to date and reasonably safe to connect immediately to the Internet. you'll never get a virus. You can always avoid fake websites by typing the address in (avoiding email links). they can also severely reduce the performance of your computer and cause numerous other problems. Deleting files and then emptying the recycle bin makes it impossible for someone to recover the information in those files. If you don't open an infected email attachment and don't browse unknown websites. 7. Antivirus programs that do a scheduled scan once a day provide adequate protection from viruses. 6. 12.Chat rooms and the Internet have become the primary way that sexual predators find victims today.Teens suffer much higher rates of identity theft than adults. 8. A software firewall provides adequate protection for a cable or DSL line. It's ok to leave your wireless network unencrypted as long as you have firewalls on all your computers. There are many viruses that can't be cleaned by even the best antivirus programs. 5. 9. Most cookies do not contain any personal information and are not nearly the privacy risk that many people believe.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 3. and identify a secure connection by the "lock" symbol in your browser status bar. 4. PANCHKULA INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT-3 SAY TRUE OR FALSE 1.Adware and Spyware not only compromise your privacy. FALSE. FALSE. Adware and spyware may severly reduce the performance of your computer. FALSE. 2. FALSE. 475 . 9. FALSE. But the reasons are not technological! 4. and the damage irreperable short of reformatting and reinstalling your system software. 11. Typing an address in manually (avoiding links in email messages) and using the lock symbol to identify a secure connection works . 12.but only on a clean system.FALSE FTC surveys suggest about 5% of adults suffer some form of identity theft each year. Viruses can be virtually impossible to clean.. 6. Cable/DSL users should not rely on software firewalls..FALSE Assaults due to meetings in chatrooms are relatively uncommon and represent a small percentage of attacks against young people.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Your router is at threat and anybody can do anything to it. FALSE. FALSE. FALSE. 10. 5. I've found about 30% of teens have suffered identity theft. 7. 8. These cannot be trusted on a system infected by a virus or spyware. A Vulnerable system can become infected even if you don't open attachments or browse the web. FALSE. 3.FALSE. Cookies rarely contain personal information and are much less scary than people think. Deleting files and emptying the recycle bin does not really delete files. New systems are almost always vulnerable and typically need major updates before they should be connected to the Internet. You also need real time scanning: a critical feature that can prevent a major infection (and one missing from many free antivirus programs). PANCHKULA KEYS TO INFORMATION SECURITY ASSIGNMENT-3 1. Internet Banking. Phone Banking & Home Banking c) ATMs. Introduction of alternate channels will lead to i) reduction in transaction costs ii)Availability to customers 24X7 476 . Internet Banking. In order to face the competition and come up to the customers’ expections BPR has been introduced. Call Centres.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. new technologies and obsolete processes the key objectives of the BPR are a) Enhanced customer service levels by shortest waiting times. In fact BPR stands for : a) Basic Procedural Re-adjustment b) Business Process Re-engineering c) Best Possible Re-structuring d) Behaviour Processes redefined 3. shorter process times and officering wider range of channels to choose from b) Tangible improvement in bottom line through increase in revenues and through new sales units. The radical changes being introduced under BPR are expected to result in significant improvements on multiple fronts. Phone Banking e) ATMs. c) Reduction in cost by improved processes d) Reduce transaction processing errors and customer complaints e) All of the above 6. BPR has been introduced because of a) Environment has changed b) Customer Expectations c) Competitive Pressure d) Processes have remained the same over the years e) All of the above 5. PANCHKULA 1. Credit cards. a) ATMs. BPR ASSIGNMENT The alternate delivery channels as proposed under BPR are …. Internet Banking. Phone Banking & Home Banking b) ATMs. The Core Process Redesign under BPR would lead to : a) Process of Redesigning bank’s logo b) Simplified processes for customer and staff c) Redesign the process of promotion d) a & b above 4. customer expectations. Keeping in view the environmental changes. Internet Banking. Phone Banking & Home Banking 2. A large number of non customer facing actilvities are being simplified and moved out the branches. b) ii) only c) both i) and ii) d) neither i) nor ii) A large number of radical changes are being incorporated under BPR which will lead to tangible improvements. which means: a) Compilation of data about marketing strategies b) Effective targeting of potentially rewarding customers c) Collation of data about other banks d) None of the above 9. One of the key changes launched under BPR are central processing cells. One of the Non customer facing activities being moved out of the branches to the extent of 95% is : a) Savings Account opening b) Cheque clearing c) Loan processing d) Draft Issuance 12. One of the key improvements under BPR will be : a) Greater customer convenience & less pressure on the branches b) Providing relief to the staff due to shortage of staff c) It will be accompanied by Police Escort d) No escort is required 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Out of the seven key initiatives being launched under BPR one of the key initiatives is Database marketing. Full form of SSB in Core SSB model of branch is a) Self servicing branch b) Standard and service branch c) Sales and service branch d) Sale and Super branch One of the following is not true about the functions performed by core SSB a) b) c) d) 11. PANCHKULA a) i) only 7. It accepts cheques for deposit It grants loans against fixed deposits It conducts pre-sanction in case of business loans It keeps articles in safe custody. The objectives for creation of Central Processing Cells is a) Skill pooling c) Automation b) Standardization of process d) All of the above 477 . 10. it has been decided that National Cash Monitoring Cells will be established at ……. Document Archival Centres have been created which will function as a) Centralised Document Execution Centre b) Centralised Document Printing Centre c) Centralised Record Maintance cell d) Centralised Document Centre for closed accounts 17.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 13. Accordingly. Under BPR Centralised processing cells are being established at various centers. One of the following is not a key principle in branch redesigning under BPR a)Clear communication of role b)increased focus on sales c)Increasing working hours d) Non customer facing activities migrated out of core 15. Two other variants of a Core SSB branch under redesigned branches are a) Core SSB with Mass module and core SSB with special module b) Core SSB with Mass module and core SSB with affluent module c) Core SSB with C&I module and core SSB with special module d) Core SSB with Affluent module and core SSB with SME module 14. relationship managers have been provided for a) Personal banking only b) Medium enterprises only c) both Personal banking and medium enterprises d) neither Personal banking nor medium enterprises 19. The Key features of BPR are a)Branch redesign c)LCPC 18. b)Alternate channels d)All of the above Under BPR. 478 . Functions related to a/c opening carried out at Liability CPC does not include a) Scanning of signatures b) acceptance of cash c) completion of remaining a/c opening formalities d) printing and dispatch of welcome letters to customers 16. As per BPR. The 3 slits in the Drop box for deposit of instruments are color coded for easy identification. b)He will provide• basic product information and brochures to customers coming for a general enquiry. The Grahak Mitra has been introduced with the following objective a) He will provide first level assistance to customers visiting the Branch. a) send back an application for correction b) do analysis of balance sheet c) reject a loan application d) tick documents from Checklist submitted In the cases of branches linked to Centralised Clearing processing cells The instruments drawn on the branches are a) Paid at the branches b) paid at CCPCs c) can be either a or b 22. c) He will help the customers not well-versed with alternate channels to use them. b) Arranging for transportation of cash with outsourced vendors or within SBI. c) To relieve the branch managers.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.The different colours are a) Red for instruments to be paid at the branches b) Blue for Local clearing cheques c) Yellow for outstation instruments d) all of the above 23. d) All of the above 479 . In SMECC work flow it is not possible to 21. d) He will guide the customers with complex transaction needs to proper officer/counter e) All of the above 24 The purpose of setting up of CAC(Currency administration cell) is : a) To improve efficiency levels with respect to reporting and interactions with RBI. cash officers and cashiers at the branch from time consuming remittance related activities. PANCHKULA a) Mumbai b) All the metros c) New Delhi d) Nagpur 20. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans. Ans. Ans. 1 a 8 b 15 b 22 d 2 b 9 c 16 c 23 e 3 b 10 c 17 d 24 d 4 e 11 b 18 c 5 e 12 d 19 a 6 c 13 d 20 b 7 a 14 c 21 B 480 . Q. Ans. PANCHKULA ANSWERS BPR ASSIGNMENT Q. Q. Q. All Mutual Funds must be registered with ______ who regulates Mutual Funds business in India. commercial and professional standards for Mutual Funds. is a joint venture of SBI & world leading Fund Management Company SGAM (Societe Generale Asset Management) in the ratio of ____ % and ____%. Investor can sale/purchase to/from the Mutual Fund at all times at a price based on ___________ . 70 d) 63 . 60 c) 30 . a) book c) further invest b) buy/redeem d) choose 6. a) RBI zc) AMFI b) SBI d) SEBI 4. Which of the following is not one of the categories of Mutual Fund ? a) Liquid Fund c) Multi Level Fund e) Sectoral Fund b) Debt Fund d) Equity Fund f) Balanced Fund 5. PANCHKULA MUTUAL FUNDS ASSIGNMENT. a) 50 . In an open ended Fund. SBI Fund Management Pvt. In the context of Mutual funds. 50 b) 40 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ltd. a) Market price c) Offer price b) declared price d) Net Asset Value(NAV) 7. a) issue c) public issue b) offer d) Initial issue 481 . a) RBI c) AMFI b) MF Regulatory Authority d) SEBI 3. ________sets ethical. a /an _______document is a prospectus in which complete details of new schemes are declared. In an close ended Fund. Investor cannot ______units through Mutual Fund as these are listed in stock exchange.1 1. 37 2. . of units of the Fund Market value of securities / Total No. of units of the Fund Market value of Assets – Liabilities (Market value of Assets – Liabilities)/ Total No. Which of the following fund does not fall under the category of Debt Fund? a) Magnum Income Fund c) Magnum Monthly Income b) Magnum Gilt Fund d) Magnum Balanced Fund 14. a) 10.35 10. Which of the following fund does not fall under the category Liquid & Short term a) Magnum Insta cash fund. In SBI LIFE Maha Anand medical examination is compulsory for a person of …… years age . Redemption/ Sale of mutual fund units would attract a Long term capital Gains Tax of ……… % if they are held for a period of more than one year. The asset .65 c) 25.% in large caps a) 40-50 c) 30-40 b) 50-60 d) 65-70 11.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) 30 b) not requried c) 40 d) 60 12. Net Asset Value of a mutual fund represents: a) b) c) d) Assets/ Total No. Which of the following fund does not fall under the category of Equity ? a) Magnum Index Fund c) Magnum Tax Gain Scheme b) Magnum Multiplier Plus d) Magnum Income Plus 15. PANCHKULA 8. of units of the Fund 9.% since it’s inception . c) no tax b) 20 d) 15 482 . c) Magnum Institutional Income Fund b) Magnum NRI d) Magnum Mid Cap Fund 13. The SBI Magnum Contra Fund has given a return of ……. b) 36.87 allocation in SBI Magnum Contra Fund is ………. a) 16.87 d) 26. 17.. The Bench Mark for comparing the performance of Magnum Gilt Funds is …… a) BSE SENSEX b) NIFTY c) MID CAP INDEX d) I.Sec . Li-BEX INDEX Key to Mutual Funds Assignment .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Magnum Gilt Fund makes its investments in ………….1 Q Ans Q Ans 1 d 10 d 2 d 11 b 3 c 12 d 4 c 13 d 5 b 14 d 6 d 15 c 7 b 16 d 8 d 17 d 9 d 483 . PANCHKULA 16. securities a) Large caps c) mid caps b) blue chip companies d)Govt securities issued by central/ state govts. 6% c. c. 5% d. a mutual fund is constituted as: a. c. c. Liquidity risk Default risk The maximum load that can be charged by the Asset Management Company for paying initial issue expenses is: a. 15 60 Diversified debt funds are most affected by: a. d. PANCHKULA MUTUAL FUNDS ASSIGNMENT. b. c. Directors of the AMC The trustees 40 30 b.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d.2 1. a. Investment company None of the above The AMC The mutual fund/ trust b. c. c. 2. 8% 484 . Which of the following can an existing mutual fund investor sue? a. Which of the following is not the object of AMFI? a. Networth to be more than capital investment Sponsor should contribute 40% of net assets Sponsor should ensure that 20% of fund’s assets to be invested in sponsor’s company The health of a Mutual Fund can be known from: a. Annual / half-yearly report Newspapers If a security is thinly traded. d. 8. d. b. it implies that the security has not traded on any stock exchange for the last _____ days. c. 7. Offer document NAV In India. 6. To promote interest of mutual funds To create ethical practices amongst mutual funds To regulate norms governing mutual funds To increase awareness of mutual fund Reinvestment risk Interest rate risk b. Which of the following is not a criteria for a sponsor of a Mutual Fund? a. b. Trust Company b. 3. 7% b. d. d. 5. 4. c. 1993 1996 b. Initial issue expenses for an open end fund can be amortised over a period of : a. b. 5 years d. 1987 1998 Which class of investors is not allowed to invest in Indian mutual fund? a. d. c. Which was the first Indian offshore fund? a. MEP 91 None of the above 16. India infrastructure fund b. FII Indian resident 11. India growth fund. Which was the first diversified equity fund in India? a. Gilt funds have the least credit risk among various types of funds Gilt funds NAV will not fluctuate irrespective of interest rate movements Gilt funds would not face the risk of default unless the Govt. b. Foreign national NRI b. c. 10 years based of WNA b.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. defaults on its payments Gilt funds are ideal for investors who look for highest safety of principal amount 13. c. Mutual fund can borrow: a. Consumer court AMFI b. c. d. 12. d. 6 years 15. PANCHKULA 9. c. d. 4 years c. c. Mutual Fund Investors can address their complaint except to: a. d. Mastergain 92 Mastershare b. SEBI Sponsor Which of the following statements is false: a. 10. d. SEBI regulations for mutual funds came into force in: a. In order to meet redemption units/dividends or interest payouts For a maximum duration of 6 months Upto a maximum of 20% of the net assets All of the above 14. India fund none of the above 485 . d. load. For evaluating funds. the fund is very active in the market transaction costs are high a high risk is involved as per the investment objectives all of the above 19. In the context of a mutual fund. & money market funds. 1993 1995 18. d. Equity. SBI MF c. b. 15% of the NAV of the receiving scheme c. c. Equity. The Mutual Fund Offer document as per trust deed is issued by: a. Mutual funds can be broadly typecast on the basis of nature of investment into: a) b) c) d) Equity. Both (a) & (b) 23. Private sector funds were granted permission to enter the mutual fund industry in a. a high portfolio turnover means: a. & load funds. 1992 1988 b. d. Must posses a sound track record of over 5 years. bond. 15% of the NAV of all schemes of the fund 21. open-ended.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The first non-UTI mutual fund was: a. 486 . AMC in the name of the trustees d. & tax-exempt funds. Sponsors c. 5% of the NAV of the transferring scheme b. LIC MF Indian Bank MF 22. Trustees 20. AMC b. a sponsor of mutual fund a) b) c) d) Must contribute at least 40 % of the net worth of the assets management company. PANCHKULA 17. Equity. bond. Canbank MF b. Must contribute at least 51 % of the net worth of the asset management company. Under SEBI regulation. c. d. 5% of the NAV of all schemes of the fund d. & closed-ended funds. The maximum limit of inter-scheme investments by a fund is: a. the preferred benchmark would be the: a) c) BSE Sensex BSE 200 b) d) S&P CNX Nifty S&P CNX Sectoral Indices 24. 2 Q Ans Q Ans 1 c 13 d 2 c 14 c 3 B 15 C 4 a 16 b 5 d 17 b 6 c 18 d 7 c 19 a 8 b 20 c 9 c 21 a 10 a 22 d 11 a 23 d 12 b 24 a 487 . PANCHKULA Key to Mutual Funds Assignment .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Should be higher then 93 % of NAV in a closed-ended fund Should be higher than 95 % of NAV in a closed-ended fund Can be 96 % of NAV Can be 90 % of NAV In the growth option offered by mutual funds. PANCHKULA MUTUAL FUNDS ASSIGNMENT.3 1. A mutual fund’s NAV is not affected by: a) b) c) d) 2. Companies Act only. Repurchase price of a mutual fund unit a) b) c) d) 6. capital appreciation Reinvestment of dividend which is like compounding Interest received on the fund's assets None of the above 488 . The performance of the stock market as a whole The performance of other mutual funds The returns given by other comparable financial products The change in wholesale price index Aggressive growth funds invest in a) b) c) d) 5. Shares of companies that produce defense-related equipments. Companies Act & sometimes Indian Trust Act. Which of the following is of no relevance in evaluating a mutual fund's performance a) b) c) d) 4. Shares of blue chip companies that are recognized as market leaders. India Trust Act only. Technology stocks.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Indian Trust Act & sometimes also by companies Act 1956. Price of the unit quoted in the exchange Valuation of fund’s investments Sale of new units Redemption of unit The mutual fund trust is governed by a) b) c) d) 3. Less researched & speculative shares. the number of units held by an investor increases because of : a) b) c) d) Growth in net asset value i.e. Which of the following is right? A mutual fund may not: a) Invest in other mutual fund b) Invest in mutual fund schemes floated by the same asset management company c) Invest more than 5 % of NAV of the scheme in unrated debt instruments d) Invest in unlisted shares more than 10 % of NAV in a closed-ended fund 11. Are schemes where maximum returns are assured 10. Index fund is expected to carry which of these risks? a) c) 8. A security is a “non-traded” security if it is not traded in the stock exchange for a) b) c) d) 9. b) d) Sector specific risk.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Share specific risk. Do not carry any risk. Default risk. Which of the following is true? a) b) c) d) Sector fund is less risky than index fund Index fund is more risky than underlying index Balanced fund is more risky than gilt fund Money market fund is more risky than balanced fund 12. PANCHKULA 7. 45 days prior to the date of valuation 60 days prior to the date of valuation 30 days prior to the date of valuation 06 months prior to the date of valuation Assured return schemes: a) b) c) d) Are equity funds. Are funds where minimum returns are guaranteed by the sponsor. Turnover rates would be most relevant to analyze the performance of : a) Equity funds c) Debt funds b) d) Growth funds Value funds 489 . Overall market risk. A high turnover rate for a fund indicates: a) High transaction costs c) High returns to the investor b) d) Greater efficiency A rising market 17. PANCHKULA 13. As per SEBI. A sector fund is a: a) Low risk fund c) High risk fund b) d) Moderate risk fund Low-to-moderate risk fund 18. Which of the following transaction costs are not quantified in the offer document a) Brokerage commissions c) Custodian’s fees b) d) Dealer spreads Registrar’s fees 19. mutual funds can borrow for short term to the extent of a) Total net assets c) 25% of net assets b) d) 50% of net assets 20% of net assets 490 . Unit Trust Of India is a special mutual fund because a) It was set up before SEBI was established b) It was set up under an act of a parliament & therefore enjoys special status c) It is a public sector financial institution d) It is owned by RBI. the return on investment earned by the unit-holders: a) b) c) d) Increases Decreases Is unaffected Sometimes increases. which is not under SEBI jurisdiction. Because of the entry/exit loads charged by the MFs. The rate of interest paid by a company on debentures issued by it depends on: a) The stock market situation c) The company's credit rating b) d) SEBI guidelines The amount of money being raised 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 20. An asset management company & its directors must ensure that the investment of fund is in accordance with a) b) c) d) Trust deed SEBI Regulations SEBI Regulations & the trust deed The need to furnish maximum returns of the unit-holders 15. sometimes decreases 14. Securities. which have no. Dated securities are a) b) c) d) Bond issued by corporate with a specific date for redemption. Treasury bills with a specific date for redemption. PANCHKULA 21. Government paper with maturities longer than one year. Key to Mutual Funds Assignment.3 Q Ans Q Ans 1 a 12 a 2 b 13 b 3 d 14 c 4 a 15 c 5 c 16 a 6 b 17 c 7 d 18 b 8 b 19 b 9 c 20 d 10 d 21 b 11 c 22 c 491 . risk whatsoever.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. A bond with a coupon rate of 9 % when interest rates for similar maturities are 11 % will sell a) b) c) d) Above par Below par At par At a price which is not related to interest rates for similar maturities 22. . of the share of SBI in the joint venture with Cardif S A..? a) 74 c) 50 4) b) 76 d)51 A person professionally trained in the mathematical and technical aspects of Life Insurance. PANCHKULA SBI LIFE AND GENERAL INSURANCE 1) SBI General Insurance is a joint venture with which of the following? a) IAG Australia c) Sosciete General Asset Management b) Cardiff S A d) None 2) SBI Life is a joint venture with which of the following? a) IAG Australia c) Sosciete General Asset Management 3) b) Cardiff S A d) None What is %. a) The employee c) Both jointly 6) b) The employer d) Nominee What is meant by mortality in an insurance policy? a) The probability of disability of a life or a group of lives b) The probability of death of a life or a group of lives c) The probability of death and disability of a life or a group of lives d) The probability of death or disability of a life or a group of lives 7) What is meant by morbidity in an insurance policy? a) The probability of disability of a life or a group of lives b) The probability of death of a life or a group of lives c) The probability of death and disability of a life or a group of lives d) The probability of death or disability of a life or a group of lives 492 ... Pensions and related fields is called as a ….STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a) Actuary c) CIF b) Fund Manager d) Associate 5) The Key Man Insurance Policy is owned by and payable to …. 1. PANCHKULA 8) In which of the following policies. with the twin benefits. no surplus earnings are distributed by the co. a) Smart Elite c) Unit plus Super b) Smart Performer d) Smart Scholar 13) What are the minimum & maximum ages at entry in “Unit plus Super? a) 18 &65 years c) 19 &65years b) d) 7 &65 years 20 &65 years 14) What is the maximum age at maturity in “Unit Plus Super’ ? a)65 years c)55 years b) 75 years d) 60 years 15) What is the maximum age at maturity in “Smart Elite? a) 65 years c) 75 years b) 60 years d) 55 years 493 . to the policy holder &the premium is as closely as possible to the cost of insurance? a) Non participating policies c) Single premium policy b) Salary saving insurance d) Term insurance 9) Which of the following policies provide life protection only for a certain period of time without any returns if the insured survives the term? a) Non participating policies c) Single premium policy b) Participating life insurance d) Term insurance 10) Which of the following policies may be kept in force for a person”s whole life and which pays a benefit upon his death whenever that be? a) Endowment c) Whole life b) Annuity d) Money Back 11) Which is the new ULIP policy of SBI life.50 Lacs & minimum single premium of Rs. with a minimum annual Premium of Rs. higher than the highest of the daily NAV Guarantee and the prospect of the market upside? .00 Lacs? a) Smart Elite c) Unit plus Super b) Smart Performer d) Smart Scholar 12) Which is the new ULIP policy of SBI life.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2. 00 Lac? a) Smart shield b) Saral shield c) Saral life d) Smart Elite 20) In which plan. Tractor loans& Personal loans? a) Dhana Raksha Plus b) Dhana Rasi c) Swarna Ganga d) Group Swadhan loans.50 Lac& 24. PANCHKULA 16) What is the maximum age at maturity in “Smart Performer? a) 65 years c) 55 years b) 60 years d) 75 years 17) Which group policy of SBI Life is meant for covering Housing loans. 25. with minimum & maximum sum assured of Rs. Vehicle 18) Which is the SBI Life’s traditional non-participating pure term plan. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans 1 A 11 A 2 C 12 C 3 A 13 C 4 A 14 D 5 C 15 A 6 B 16 D 7 A 17 A 8 A 18 A 9 D 19 C 10 B 20 D 494 . Q. part of the sum assured is paid to the policy holder at regular intervals? a) Joint life Annuity b) Annuity c) Whole life d) Money back Answers SBI LIFE AND GENERAL INSURANCE Q. 7. with a minimum sum assured of Rs.00 Lac? a) Smart shield b) Saral shield c) Saral life d) Smart Elite 19) Which is the SBI Life’s traditional non-participating pure term plan. 49% c. 2009-2014 d.Chile 8.5 29. d. 32 30. b.China Brazil .India . 39% b. 2010-2015 b. Shri Pranab Mukherjee d. 69% 495 . 2008-2013 6.R Narayanan b) Shri K.India . The 13th Finance Commission is headed by a. As per the recommendation of the 13th Finance Commission.China c.R Narayanan b. Rs. 31. the States will be entitled to a share of ______% in Central Tax Revenue.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d.5 b. Burma . Shri Vijay Kelkar 7. Shri K. The tenure of the 13th Finance Commission is a. 2011-2015 c.1/- b) d) Rs. Burma .Russia . a.Indonesia .10/Rs. The Present National Security Adviser to the govt of India is a) Shri K. In which denomination of Currency notes RBI has proposed to issue polymer notes? a) c) 2.Russia . c. PANCHKULA AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT .India .1 1. 59% d. BRIC economies refer to a.5 5.Russia .China Government of India has allowed Foreign Direct investment in Insurance Sector upto : a. Brazil .P S Gill c) Shri Shiv Shankar Menon d) None of the above 4.5/Rs. Shri Manmohan singh c.2/- -------------has been awarded the Best Bank of 2010 by the Business India a) c) Bank of Baroda SBI b) d) ICICI BANK HDFC BANK 3.Russia . 11. c. c. c. Sh. London Geneva New York Geneva b. 14. Headquarters of World Trade Organisation (WTO) is located at: a. Tokyo d. c. New York Washington The headquarter of ‘Asian Development Bank’ is situated at: a. c. Berlin London b. G. d. Kualalumpur Seol b.C. Damodaran b.Bajpai Sh. 13. d.N. London Berlin New York Geneva b. Lisbon Frankfurt 496 . 10. d. d. To check the illegal method used by companies to promote sale of their shares. Why is ‘Circuit breaker’ used in share market? a. M. Sh. c. c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d. b. 15. To retain foreign investors in market. To check heavy fluctuation in share market. c. a. To check the excessive sale of any one share. London Washington. U. 16. 80% 63% The headquarters of International Monetary Fund is located at : a. 70% 54% Headquarters of International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) is located at: a. d. Manila Who is the present Chairman of SEBI ? a. Rajendra Panwar Sh.D. PANCHKULA 9. What is the proportion of the total oil consumption imported by India? a. d. b. b.K Sinha The headquarters of the European Central Bank (estd. 1998) is located at: ______. 12. b. is the Chairman of Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs? a. Damodaran 21. Paul Wolfowitz d. 19. Wolfensohn b. P. HDFC Bank 22. ICICI Bank d. c.B. 18. Name the world’s largest provider of financial information: a. Chidambaram James D. Montek Singh Ahluwalia Who is the President of ‘World Bank’? a. Who among the following. Robert B.Manmohan Singh Sh. The The present Chairman of IBA belongs to a. M O Mallya M. Arjun Sen Gupta Sh. d. Domonique strauss Kahn c. Sh. Paul Wolfowitz Lee Sian Loo The Managing Director of IMF who had to recently vacate office following allegations of impropriety was a. Wolfensohn Robert B.Pratip Chaudhri Sh. 24.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 23. d. Sh. Sh. c. PANCHKULA 17. SBI b. Wall Street Journal Reuters Group plc. c. Sh. c. d. Mumbai Kolkata b. Indore Mumbai New Delhi Chennai b. Zoellick 497 . Press Trust of India Associated Press of America Office of the Intellectual property Appellate Board is being established in India at: a. Rao Who is the present Chairman of IBA? a. d. M. 20.N. d. b. Ahemdabad None of the above. OBC c. b. Where is the National Board of Trade located? a. James D. Zoellick b. c. c. d. Ans 1 a 13 d 2 a 14 d 3 c 15 d 4 a 16 d 5 a 17 a 6 d 18 c 7 a 19 c 8 b 20 b 9 c 21 b 10 b 22 b 11 c 23 C 12 c 24 d 498 .1 Q. PANCHKULA KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Q. 00 Rs 500000.00 Rs 170000.0% c) 14.00 Rs 180000. Rs 180000.2 1.00 Rs 170000. the Income tax exemption limit for Senior citizens above 80 years is a) b) c) d) 4.00 Rs 190000.00 Rs 250000. the Income tax exemption limit has been raised from Rs 160000.00 Rs 200000.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the Income tax exemption limit for senior citizens has been raised to a) b) c) d) 3. The size of the black money in the Indian economy is estimated at ………………… per cent of GDP by the Central Statistical Organisation? a) b) c) d) 40% of GDP 34% of GDP 29% of GDP 45% of GDP 499 . As per Budget proposals for the year 2011-12.00 As per Budget proposals for the year 2011-12. As per Budget proposals for the year 2011-12.00 Rs 190000.00 Rs 170000.5% d) 15.0% 5.00% b) 14.00 As per Budget proposals for the year 2011-12.00 to a) b) c) d) 2. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT . the defence allocation of Rs 164415 cr involves a hike of a) 11. Rs 180000.00 Rs 190000. Britain. South Africa Agreement None of the above In Eleventh Five Year Plan. Faster & More inclusive growth Growth with Financial inclusion Inclusive growth Wider employment opportunities GDP growth rate for the Eleventh Five Year Plan has been fixed: a) b) c) d) 8% 9% 10% 11% 8. Objective of the Eleventh Five Year Plan is : a) b) c) d) 7.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. I. PANCHKULA 6.S. Brazil. b) 5% d) 7% Which International Orgainisation has committed to help India in implementing ‘Mission Clean Ganga’ to clean the river Ganges to the tune of USD 1 bn? a) IMF b) Asian Development Bank c) World Bank Who is the wealthiest person on earth as per the Forbes List of Billionaires 2010? a) Bill Gates of US b) Carlo Slim Helu of Mexico c) Warren Buffet of US d) Mukesh Ambani of India 500 .A. South Africa Agreement India.B. Brazil South Africa Trilateral Co-operation Forum India. The Eleventh Five Year Plan pertains to the period a) 2007-12 b) 2010-15 c) 2004-09 d) None of the above 9. the objective of agriculture Growth is: a) 4% c) 6% 11. 12. stands for: a) b) c) d) 10. India. The aggregate exposure of a bank/consolidated bank to the capital market in all forms (both fund based and non-fund based) cannot exceed _____________% of its net worth as on March 31 of the previous year : a) b) c) d) 20% 30% 40% 50% 501 .. Foreign banks are at present required to make good the shortfall in achievement of the stipulated targets/sub-target by depositing an amount equivalent to the shortfall with SIDBI for a period of : a) 1 year b) 2 years c) 3 years d) 4 years. to enter into General Insurance business.00 lacs 15.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. SBI is planning for a tie up ……………………….80 lacs b) Citizens over 80 years of age to have exemption limit of Rs.2. The rate of Interest on Savings bank account is regulated by: a) By respective bank b) Indian Banks’ Association c) Reserve Bank of India d) None of the above 17. Which of the following is not true regarding personal taxation measures in the Union Budget for 2011-12? a) Exemption limit enhanced from Rs.5 lacs c) Senior citizens qualifying age reduced to 60 from 65 d) Women tax exemption limit enhanced to Rs.60 lacs to Rs.1. 18. a) b) c) d) Insurance Australia Group AIG Societe General GE Capital Insurance 14.1. The size of the black money in the Indian economy is estimated at ………………… per cent of GDP by the Central Statistical Organisation? e) 40% of GDP b) 34% of GDP c) 29% of GDP d) 45% of GDP 16. PANCHKULA 13. Who is the present Telecom Minister? a) A Raja b) Sachin Pilot c) Kapil Sibal d) Manmohan Singh 20. Q. 74% d. 61% c. Ans 1 d 11 c 2 b 12 b 3 b 13 b 4 a 14 d 5 b 15 a 6 a 16 c 7 c 17 c 8 a 18 c 9 a 19 c 10 a 20 c 502 . 51% b.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA 19. Ans.2 Q. a. 100% KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . Ceiling of composite Foreign Direct Investment in the Telecom Sector has been fixed at _______ %. 500 billion b) Rs. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) will come in to effect from a) March 2015 b) March 2016 c) April 2012 d) April 2013 6 Committee on Financial Inclusion was headed by…………………… a) A K Puri Committee b) Ashok Narain Committee c) Uday Parekh Committee d) Dr C Rangarajan 503 .30 lacs b) From Rs.25 lacs c) From Rs. Lacs a) From Rs.20 lacs to Rs.20 lacs to Rs. Priority sector home loans limit has been proposed to be increased from Rs………. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT .200 billion c) Rs. a) Axis Bank b) HDFC Bank c) ICICI Bank d) Punjab National Bank 5.28 lacs d) From Rs.400 billion d) Rs.600 billion 4. Disinvestment target for 2011-12 has been fixed at ……………………… a) Rs.3 1. Special Economic Zone (SEZ) Act was passed in the year: a) 2000 b) 2002 c) 2004 d) 2006 3. RBI has recently approved merger of Bank of Rajasthan with…………………….STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.30 lacs 2.20 lacs to Rs.25 lacs to Rs. PANCHKULA 7.. Maha Ratna status has been given to which of the following PSUs? a) SBI b) NABARD c) SAIL d) MMTC 11.00 bn .2 position in the list of world’s 10 biggest sustainable value creators prepared by Boston Consulting Group? a) TATA Group b) ONGC c) SBI d) Reliance Industries 9. The committee to probe in to the irregularities of Common Wealth Games 2010 was headed by a) V K Shunglu b) Pragat Singh c) Shantanu Chopra d) Ashok Narain 8. a) USD 297.10 bn c) USD 292. in Dec 2010.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. As per the Economic Survey 2010-11 the forex reserves of our country increased from USD 279.4 bn in Apr 2010 to USD …………….25 bn d) USD 295. “Aadhaar” is a) Unique Identification number (UID) b) A Central Government scheme to Provide Basic Amenities in Rural Area c) A Government of India scheme to Provide Basic Amenities in Rural and Semiurban Area d) A Government of India scheme to Provide Basic Amenities for urban poor 10. 504 .3 bn b) USD 300. Which Indian company is placed at No. The 16th Global Climate Summit held in Dec 2010 in ………………….. has become the world’s biggest Bank. Services as bankers to an issue. PANCHKULA 12. With assets of USD 3. Courier services sponsored by bank networks...23 trillion ………………. a) International Year of Astronomy b) International Year of Chemistry c) International Year of Medicine d) International Year of Peace 15. Definition of Banking & other financial services is now expanded to include: a) b) c) d) Money transfer services. Mexico d) Toronto Canada 14. a) London UK b) Washington USA c) Cancun. a) Sumitomo Bank b) BNP Paribas c) American Express Bank d) Douche Bank 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Which social networking site has become the most visited web site in the US for the first time surpassing Google? a) Twitter b) Facebook c) Ace Network d) Yahoo 17. a&b 505 . The United Nations has decided to observe 2011 as ………………………. What do you understand by the term ‘repo rate’? a) Rate at which RBI borrows from Banks b) Rate at which RBI lends to Banks c) Rate at which RBI invests in capital market d) Rate at which repository interest is maintained 13. Ans. who passed away recently.Anand Pai. to look into the customer service of Banks . Shri. a) C Rangarajan b) M Damodaran c) Bimal Jalan d) A C Sharma 20. a) b) c) d) 19. Increased by three months. Reduced to three months. Q. Ans 1 b 11 a 2 c 12 b 3 c 13 c 4 c 14 b 5 d 15 b 6 d 16 b 7 a 17 d 8 d 18 a 9 a 19 b 10 c 20 a 506 .. fondly known as Uncle Pai is the founder of a) Amar Chitra Katha & Tinkle b) Why? What? & How? c) Fairy Tales & Chithra Katha d) Champak KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . Three months for assessments & four months for reassessment. RBI has recently set up a panel headed by ………………………….STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.3 Q. Now removed altogether. The time limit for completion of assessment / reassessment of tax by Income Tax Department is _____________ . PANCHKULA 18. Idea Cellular .4 1 Retail investor can now invest through the initial public offer up to Rs. a) Rs 600 c) Rs 500 b) Rs 800 d) Rs 700 507 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT . SBI is planning to open another -----------. Government of India .branches abroad a) 10 b) 15 c) 20 d) 30 4. Which state is the first state to pass a law for the regulation of MFI s? a) UP b) AP c) MP d) HP 6. the Cell phone company has been appointed as Business Correspondent by which Bank? a) HDFC b) ICICI Bank c) Union Bank d) Axis Bank 7. b)150000 d) 250000 SEVERSTAL is the mining giant of which country a) Germany c) USA b) China d) Rusia 3. The present SLR ………% a) 21% c) 24% b) d) 22% 25% 5. a) 100000 c) 200000 2. Stimulus package is announced when there is? a) Inflation c) Boom b) Stagflation d) Recession 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.crores for non-compliance of subscriber verifaction Process.acting tough on various telcom operator has imposed Fine to a tune of Rs ----------. a) 54527 c) 58987 b) 55687 d) 61258 14.million tones a) 175 c) 235.7 16.Rs. a) c) Hyderabad Pune b) Bengaluru d) Delhi 10 Finance Minister of the year for Asea award has been conferred on a) c) Thomas Isaac Manish b) Brett Azuma d) Pranab Mukerjee 11 Foreign nation can now remit ----% of their salary earned in India to their country a) 100% b) 75% c) 50% d) 25% 12.The size of the economy is projected at -----.25% 13The per capita Income of country is …….. The out put of pulses & grains for 2010-2011 stood at ----. PANCHKULA 9. The 20Th edition of international World Web Conference held on 28Th March 2011 at.Jalan committee report is about a) banks b) Stock Exchanges c) Financial Institutions d) Education 508 .8 b) 200 d) 244.5% d) 8.% a) c) 7% 8% during 2009-2010? b) 7. The GDP of the country registered a growth of …….STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.crores a) 7256571 c) 7255870 b) 7555870 d) 7758780 15. H.The current account deficit o f the country as at September .5 19. Y.9 b) d) 32. The union Cabinet has approved a Bill which seeks to increase the Authorised capital of SBI to Rs ------------.23 c) 34.crores a) Rs 5000 c) Rs 6000 b) Rs 8000 d) Rs 10000 18.2010 in Billion is a) 30.Malegoan committee was appointed to study the issues & concerns of a) Micro Finance c) Agriculture b) SME d) Trade 20 AT what rate MAT is charged? a) 10% c) 18.5% 21 Over all coropate tax proposed in India is ……% a) 20% b) 22% c) 25% d) 30% 22 The Direct Tax Code is expected to become law effective form…… a) 2011 c) 2013 b) 2012 d) 2014 23 Which of the following have been awarded the Navratna Status recently a) RINL c) SAIL b) ONGC d) NTPC 24 Banks in India have switched to Base Rate System from …… a) Cash Reserve Ratio c) Bank Rate b) Statutory d) Benchmark Prime Lending Rate 25 Who is the president of G-20? a) Obama c) David Cameroon b) Man Mohan Singh d) Nicolas Sarkozy 509 . PANCHKULA 17.5 36.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5% b) 15% d) 20. PANCHKULA KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . Ans. Q.4 Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans Q. Ans 1 C 11 A 21 D 2 D 12 C 22 B 3 D 13 A 23 A 4 C 14 A 24 D 5 B 15 D 25 D 6 D 16 B 7 D 17 A 8 D 18 C 9 A 19 A 10 D 20 C 510 . PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT NO 5. a) Sri O. 6. 2% 4% Infrastructure Bonds have a lock in period of -----years a) 5 c) 15 7.Bhat c) Sri Azim Prem Ji b) Sri Mukesh Ambani d) Sri Ratan Tata 2.5% c) 9.255 8.P. India travel card has been introduced by a) Axis Bank c) ICICI b) d) Syandicate bank Indian Bank 4.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. The cenetral bank of China is called a) Bank of china c) HSBC b) Peoples’ bank of china d) Shanghai Bank 3. 1.755 Which Indian banks are treated as Foreign entities? a) Axis Bank & HDFC c) City Bank & HSBC b) ICICI & HDFC d) PNB & ICICI 511 .75% d) 9. b) d) b) 8. b) 10 d) 7 Mini Navratna have a autonomy up to Rs. Receipent of “ENTREPRENEUR EXTRAORDINAIRE” life time achievement award in 2009 is. What is the rate of interest subvention proposed in 2011-2012 Budget to futher incentivise prompt repayment by farmers? a) 1% c) 3% 5. a) c) 500 700 b) 600 d) 800 What is the maximum interest paid on infrastructure bonds? a) 8. v d) The ABN & Scotland 17.P.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. How many listed company are there in the country . a) 2500 b) 3000 c) 3500 d) 4500 14.korea a) c) Yuan WON b) Dinar d) Dollar 512 .V has been changed to a) The Royal banks of Scotlad N. Berclays Bank belongs to a) UK c) USA 15. What is the dis-investment target of the government during 2010-11 in Crore a) c) 10. PANCHKULA 9. The Currencyof S. a) c) NABARD was formed in the year …… 1980 1982 b) 1981 d) 1983 13.V.Morgan Chase Bank is from a) Germany c) USA b) UK d) France 16. c) The ABN ltd b) The Royal Bank of Ireland N. b) Germany d) France J. a) c) 11 20000 50000 b) 40000 d) 60000 Which is the second largest commercial Bank in private sector in India ICICI AXIS bank b) HDFC d) Bank of Rajasthan Which bank has merged with ICICI last year . a) Bank of Maharastra b) Bank of Rajasthan c) Bank of Maholi d) Bank of Madhurai 12. The name of ABN Amro Bank N. extended to units in the MSE sector a) Rs 10 lakh b) Rs 15 lakh c) Rs 5 lakh d) Rs 7 lakh 23 Who is the present Chairmen of SEBI a) U.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.5 513 . the minimum public holding of at least ----% a) 10% c) 20% 21 a) c) 22 b) 15% d) 25% Wal Mart is a Multi brand retail of …… in India UK France b) USA d) Germany Banks are mandated not to accept collateral security in the case of loans Up to --------------.Nayer d) Nalin Mehta b) LIC d) Reliance PPF Schemes offer a rate of interesr of ------% p.Mutual Fund a) SBI c) ICICI 25 b) P.5 d) 9. b) Spurthi d) Swayam Krushi The minimum application amount for retail investors in IP is Rs.Sinha c) Bijoy Ghosh 24 SIP in gold has been introduced by -------. PANCHKULA 18. Which is the largest Micro Finance Company in the country a) Share c) Spandana 19.K.a a) 8 c) 9 b) 8.A. a) 10000 b) 15000 c) 20000 d) 25000 20 To be listed in the stock exchange. Ans 1 D 11 B 21 B 2 B 12 C 22 A 3 A 13 D 23 A 4 C 14 A 24 D 5 A 15 C 25 A 6 A 16 A 7 D 17 C 8 B 18 A 9 B 19 A 10 B 20 D 514 . Q.5 Q. Ans.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Ans Q. PANCHKULA KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . b) Dieter Zetsche d) Raymond Davis SBI Bonds got a rating of “AAA” by CRISIL & CARE which indicate highest a) Liquidity c) Return 3. PANCHKULA Assignment no 6 1. Who is the governor of Bank of England? a) Marc Listosella c) Mervyn King 2.Badshaw b) 2011 d) 2013 b) Sasi Mukund d) Albert Tauro 6.Nair c) E. Carbon credits are awarded to countries or groups that have reduced their a) c) CO2 Advances b) Green house gases d) SDRs 515 . b) Safety d) Solvency b) d) 40100 55100 Goods & Services tax will be effective from 1st April--------a) 2010 c) 2012 5.E.75% b) 7. G.V.5% d) 8% 9.Sinha who has been appointed as chairman of SEBI was formerly Chairman & Managing director of a) Kotak securities ltd c) UTI b) Mahindra Sathyam d) HDFC 8.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.D.2% c) 7. U.P of India for 2009-10 has grown at ……. ANZ Bank pertain to which countries? a) England & USA c) Australia & Netherlands b) Australia & Newzeland d) Australia & Nizeria 7. The budget allocation for MGNREG during the current fiscal 2010-11 in crores a) 30100 c) 50100 4. CMD of Union Bank of India a) M.K.% a) 7. the bench mark measure of----. The bond issue(Feb 2011) of the SBI was for Rs.Bank a) SBI c) IDBI b) ICICI d) Indian Bank 14.K. The famous Hyundai and Samsung names are ----.------crore from the retail investors a)1000 c)2500 b)2000 d)3000 17. The financial inclusion target has to be met by banks by a) 2011 c)2013 b)2012 d)2014 18. The S & P 500.Advani b) Yashwant Sinha d) Shusma sinha 15. PANCHKULA 10. At present finance companies are required to maintain a CAR of----% a) c) 10 12 b) 11 d) 13 13. Who is the chairman of the parliamentary standing committee on finance? a) Paranb Mukerjee c) L.shares a) India c) USA b) Europe d) U. Present limit on FDI in Insurance Sector is------% a) c) 15 22 b) 18 d) 26 11 Large NBFCs which are taking deposits from the public have to maintain higher CAR of----% a) 10 c) 12 b) 11 d) 13 12.firms a) Japan c) China b) South Korea d) Singapore 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Banking for all is the tag line of ---.K 516 . 7. Minimum capital adequacy ratio (CAR) of the banks should be ---. the RBI has raised the policy rates for the 10th time in 15 months .strength a) Financial c) Solvency b) Liquidity d) Profitability 20.district of A.25 c) 25. Bank on Bike service was launched on a pilot basis in --. 7. 7. b) Mobile Banking d) Gold Banking b) Personal loan d) Debit Card In it’s latest Credit Policy announcement in June 2011.1540 crores to education foundation a) Grandhi Mallikharjuna Rao b) Anil Ambani c) Azim Premji d) Ratan Tata 24.P a) Medak c) Nalgonda b) Rangareddy d) Mahabubnagar 22. a) 8 c) 10 b) 9 d) 11 21.. PANCHKULA 19. METAGRID is the software of a) Credit card c) Insurance 25. SONAGHAR is a a) Credit card outlet c) car loan outlet 23. b) Housing loan outlet d) gold banking outlet Who among the following industrialists pledged a whopping Rs. 7..% a) 25.The repo rate has been hiked by ….50 d) 25.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.75 b) 25.00 517 .Tier-1 Capital is the core measure of a bank’s----.% with a Tier-1 CAR of at least 6%. Basis points and at present is ……. State Bank freedom is ----------a) Home loan product c) Mobile Banking Service 26. 50 c) 8.50 b) 25.6 Q. % a) 25.25 d) 25.00 KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . a) 8. Ans 1 C 11 D 21 A 2 B 12 C 22 D 3 B 13 C 23 A 4 C 14 B 24 D 5 A 15 B 25 C 6 B 16 B 26 b 7 C 17 B 27 c 8 D 18 C 28 a 9 B 19 A 10 D 20 B 518 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 6.75 b) 8.75 28. Q. %.00 c) 25. Basis points and the present rate is …. 6. 6.25 d) 8. PANCHKULA 27. The rate for Marginal Standing facility at present is ……. The Reverse repo rate has been hiked by …. Ans. 6. Ans Q. d. 5.Queries related to P segment loans 519 . ATM / Mobile / internet banking related queries d.NPAs and Special Mention accounts b. One day to two days One day to seven days Maximum interest rate which can be allowed in call money market is: a. 4. 25 40 6. 7. borrowings by a scheduled commercial bank should not exceed: ____________. c. lending of scheduled commercial banks should not exceed _______ % of their owned funds on a fortnightly average basis. c. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT-7 1. 2.00lacs 8. NBFCs have to be registeed with ----------a)Nabard b)Sebi c)Ministry of finance d)RBI 7. One day to fifteen days One day to seven days 5% 10% b. In Call Money market. Call Money funds are lent with a maturity of: a. d. Customer grievances c. 3. 1cr b. One day to three days One day to a fortnight 100% of owned funds 2% of aggregate deposits as at end of previous financial year higher of ‘a or b’ ‘a or b’ whichever is less. Recently. b. d.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. b. Under Notice Money Market funds are transacted for a period of :___ a. One day to three days Two days to fourteen days b. 2cr c. 3cr d. SBI has opened two call centres at Gurgaon and Chennai to deal with a. a. d. c. d.5% no ceiling In Call Money market. 5. c. a. c. 20 30 b. For certificate of registration minimum net owned funds for new NBFCs should be Rs-----a. c. 42 of Banking Reg. a. a. b. 49 of RBI Act. Swavlamban b. Provision relating to Bank Rate is contained in: a.P. Damodaran c.Act SLR is maintained by scheduled commercial banks under Section _________ . M. Cash Reserve Ratio is maintained under the provisions of: ____________.Shetty 12.B.NCR 10. c. Section 24 of Banking Reg.P. National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) c.Atam Samaan 11 A High powered committee constituted by the RBI on the required changes in existing policy framework and prevalent practices of customer service in banks was headed by ________. IDRBT d. a. Act Section 24(2) of Banking Reg. 13. a. PANCHKULA 9. ATMS linked to the National Financial Switch (NFS) network are managed by _____. Bimal Jalan d. A special campaign for financial inclusion to bring banking to the masses launched by the Government of India is ______. d. Sec 42 of RBI Act Sec 49 of RBI Act Sec 42 of Banking Regulation Act None of the above Section 49 of RBI Act Section 42(1) of RBI Act b. b. a. Aadhar c. c. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) b. d. 42(1) of RBI Act. Act 24(2A) of Banking Reg. 14. Act 520 . Bhatt b.Swabhiman d. d.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. O. c. Environment Hub of SBI d. Who is our Technology Service Provider for processing of Merchant Acquiring Business Transactions? a. Eco-friendly Charter b.2011-12 b. . Which amongst the following taxes is not imposed by Central Government : a) Corporate Tax b) Tax on Income other than Agril. a. a. Green banking cell c.b. Recently a self-service banking centre has been opened by our Bank to increase customer convenience and provide 24/7 access to banking in _____ a. Average balance on a fortnightly basis Daily minimum Balance Monthly average balance Average weekly balance 17. SBI Cards Payments Ltd d. CRR balance is maintained by banks with RBI daily on the basis of:______. Pune c.Mumbai 19. Mumbai. PANCHKULA 15. To streamline various ‘Green Banking’ initiatives. d. Banagalore d. 2014-15 16. Hyderabad b. a. b. c-Edge Technologies c. 2012-13 d.New age technology 521 . our Bank has set up ‘_____’ at Credit Policy & Procedures Department. PRIZM Payment Services Private Limited (PPSPL) . c) Custom duty d) Land duties 20. Twelfth five year plan starts from _____.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 2013-14 c.Financial inclusion cell 18. Corporate Centre. Ans 1 c 11 b 2 c 12 b 3 d 13 c 4 c 14 d 5 b 15 c 6 d 16 a 7 c 17 c 8 a 18 a 9 b 19 d 10 c 20 a 522 . PANCHKULA KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT .7 Q. Ans. Q.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d. SBI won _________ Award under the IBA Banking Technology Awards 2010. c. c. Call Money Inter-Bank Deposit b. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT . c. the Government has proposed in budget 2011-12. to set up _______ under the SARFAESI Act.Central electronic registry d. c. To prevent frauds in loan cases on the same immovable property. b. Securitization Factoring Which of the following is not a term. These are known as: a.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. d.April 2011 d. which is used in the context of Asset Liability Management? a. Capital Fund Interest rate risk Government of India has decided to roll out Direct Tax Code wef _____. Borrowing by banks from other banks / FI s in the call money market beyond 14 days is classified as: a. d. Best Risk Management Best Customer initiative Best Mobile Banking Best internet banking There are certain financial contracts outlining an exchange of payments linked to the performance of a specified underlying credit sensitive asset or liability.trust monitoring cell 2. 3. Fraud Monitoring Cell b. 5. d. a. a. Housing Ombudsman Scheme c. January 2012 c. July 2011 6.8 1. Derivatives Leasing Maturity Buckets Residual Maturity b. Medium Term Borrowing None of these 523 . b. 4. April 2012 b. 2002. a. d. C. a new product launched by SBI Life in place of Dhanaraksha Plus is ______ a. a demand loan agreement a bill of exchange 5 lac 25 lac b. 15 days 3 months 524 . 10 lac none of the above To cover home loan borrowers. c. a cash credit agreement a Usance promissory note What is the minimum denomination amount for a commercial paper? a. Commercial Paper can be issued for a minimum period of:_____________. a. Gurgaon c. 12. 1 crore Rs. SBI Home Suraksha b. c.Hyderabad 13. 8. b. d. SBI life Puran suraksha 10. State Bank Academy. d. d. Indore b. 3 crore Rs. 11. 9. All India Financial Institutions Commercial Banks The Tangible Net Worth of a company (as per the latest audited balance sheet). b.SBI life-Rin raksha c. Rs. a. 7 days one month b. for being eligible to issue Commercial Paper. State Bank Foundation Institute. Which among the following represents the basic nature as an instrument for a commercial paper issued by a company? a. SBIICM d. c.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. SBI Life Home Suraksha d. b. Who among the following cannot issue a commercial paper? a. 5 crore A “Centre for Advanced Quantitative Finance” for imparting training on quantitative finance for handling risks has been established in our Bank at ______. Companies Primary dealers Rs. d. should not be less than: a. State Bank Staff college . 4 crore b. PANCHKULA 7. 16.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. 1 lac In case of maturity day of a CD being a holiday. a. 3 months b. discount to the face value d. Rs. Housing Loans up to Rs. 20. c. Preceding Day Succeeding Business day 525 . Succeeding day Preceding Business day b. d. 12 months 3 months maturity value of the certificate b. 18. 12 months A Certificate of Deposit is issued by a bank at: ______________. b. its payment is required to be made on: a. Rs. 6 months c. PANCHKULA 14.100 lac b. a. 17. A Certificate of Deposit can be issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank for a minimum period of : ___________. a. The minimum amount of a certificate of deposit can be :_________.50lacs 19. c. a. d.10 lac Rs. one month 7 days A certificate of deposit can be issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank for a maximum period of: _________.30 Lacs d. d. a. b. 25lacs c. face value premium to face value As per Budget 2011-12. 3 years d. 15. d. _______ will be categorised under priority sector. Commercial Paper can be issued for a maximum period of: a. 6 months 3 years 3 months 15 days b. c.5 lac Rs. c.20 Lacs b. STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. PANCHKULA KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT . Ans. Q.8 Q. Ans 1 c 11 c 2 b 12 d 3 a 13 a 4 b 14 a 5 a 15 d 6 c 16 d 7 d 17 c 8 a 18 b 9 b 19 d 10 d 20 c 526 . NBC = Total advances – Refinance obtained from SIDBI/NABARD. NBC = Total advances – Advances given against FCNR/FCNB/NRI deposits Which of the following cannot be called a debt instrument as referred in financial transaction? a.. When the receivables of various loans and obligations are put together and distributed or liquidated to various investors having liquid funds. The definition of Net Bank Credit (NBC) is:a. c. factoring liquidation Indian Financial Network Inland Financial Network b. certificate of deposit c. 50% 100% 527 . d. the process is called: a. a. c. NBC = Total advances – Claimed lodged with DI & CGC d. 5. d. c. b. bond d. 4. d. PANCHKULA ASSIGNMENT-9 1. b. 25% 75% b. commercial paper Tier I capital fund Tier III capital fund b. leasing securitization VSAT based communication system which is used for financial transactions between banks. d. BASEL–I. 6. b. stock 3. c. Tier II capital fund b and c Under the capital adequacy ratio requirements. Internet Financial Network International Financial Network In the context of Capital Adequacy Ratio. the subordinated debt is a component of: ______________ . NBC = Total advances – Provisions made for NPAs c. a. INFINET stands for: a. 2.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. the Tier II capital shall not exceed ______% of Tier-I capital. Registrar of Companies RBI b. Payment of Govt. which have to be started from scratch including the provision for infrastructure 528 . Trading at Stock Exchanges c. Which of the following committees has given its recommendations for financial inclusion a)Kelkar committee b)Rangarajan Committee c)Rakesh mohan committee d)Sinha committee 10. the process is called: a. a. re-mutualisation de-materialization b. PANCHKULA 7. c. New projects. Negotiated Dealing System relates to: a. de-mutualisation re-materialization 13. Project financed by way of agricultural resources d. When an existing non-profit organization is converted into a for-profit company. The term ‘Green Field Projects’ in the context of project financing means a. 8. 11. Settlement of security dealings d. Securities b. Not Transferable Instruments. d.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. a. d. Trading at stock markets b. Rolling settlement is the system relating to: a. 91 days and 182 days 91 days and 364 days 9. 14 days and 91 days 14 days and 182 days b. SEBI IRDA Government of India issues treasury bills for a maturity period of ____________. c. none of the above 14. Projects installed in Green Field b. Trading in Govt. c. d. Negotiable Instruments being Usance Promissory Notes b. c. Non-negotiable Instrument c. 12. Project relating to agro-based activities c. Quasi Negotiable Instruments d. Securities a and b Treasury Bills are:___________ . Settlement of dues by Borrowers In banks d. Who is to issue a registration certificate to set up Asset Reconstruction Company? a. Investment Depreciation Reserve Investment Provision Reserve Assets of Balance Sheet Paid up Capital Tier II of Capital Fund Reserve under Tier I of Capital Fund The trade organization established for facilitating international trade in South Asian countries. SAFTA Singapore Agreement What does the term ‘Over geared Company’ mean? a. Projects aiming at modernization. 19.STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Investment Reserve d. Q. As per RBI directives. PANCHKULA 15. CAMELS CACS SAARC Trade Agreement DAKSHESH b. expansion d. Projects involving high capital input 16. c. 18. Investment Fluctuation Reserve b. 20 CAMEL RFIA Investment Fluctuation Reserve is part of:______________. which is known as: a. RBI’s model for rating of Indian banks is known as: a. 17. Company doing over trading KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT 9 Q. Company doing extremely well Company running satisfactorily b. Company deeply in debt d. is known as:__________. c. Projects in Towns & Cities b. c. d. c. b. Ans 1 d 11 a 2 c 12 b 3 c 13 b 4 a 14 d 5 b 15 c 6 d 16 a 7 c 17 a 8 d 18 c 9 b 19 b 10 b 20 b 529 . Projects relating to activities other than agriculture c. Ans. b. b. the banks are required to create a reserve in respect of their investments in securities under SLR or otherwise. a. a. The term ‘Brown Projects’ means: a. d. d. diversification. Mallaya c)V. The new chairman of IBA is a) D.------. .00lacs b)Rs 20. B.00lacs c)Rs30. State Bank Leadership Institute has been set up in a) Bhopal b) Indore c) Jaipur 2. First Bank in the country working as Registrar of UIDAI---a)RBI b)PNB c)SBI 7. .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER. Under Financial all villages with a population of 2000 have to be covered by banking services by the end of financial year a) 2013 b)2012 c)2015 3.N. a)Airtel b)BSNL c)Reliance 6.10 1.K. SBIs first Ultra HNI branch opened in---------a)Mumbai b)Calcutta c) Hyderabad 9.D.Subarao b)Syamal Banerjee c)B. Srikrishna 4.00lacs 8.Financial sector legislative reforms commission is headed by a) D. PANCHKULA AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT .Bhalla b)D.and SBI have formed a joint venture with an investment of Rs100cr to reach out to unbanked areas. . IFRS stands for -------------a)Indian Financial reporting standards b)International Financial reporting standards c)Indian Fiscal reporting standards d)International Fiscal reporting standards 530 . Ceiling amount for referring cases for compromise settlement of dues of banks using LokAdalat has been increased from Rs10. Kohli 5.00lacs to ------a)Rs 15. SBI does not have 100% stake in which of its subsidiaries a)State Bank of Mysore b)State Bank of Hyderabad c) State Bank of Patiala KEY TO AWARENESS OF BANKING FINANCE & ECONOMY ASSIGNMENT .SEBI has recently made ASBA compulsory for which class of customers a) all individuals b)all non retail investors c) all corporates 14.Which of this is not a core sector a)cement b)finished steel c)pharmaceutical 15. PANCHKULA 10.SBI’s recently opened ATM in Nathu la pass is in ------circle a)Bengal b)Chandigarh c)North East 12.SBI has recently tied up with Reliance Communication for a) Internet services b) mobile banking c)telephone for employees 13.The new name for IFRS in India is a)IndAS b)INFS c)INdRS d)InaS 11.10 1 2 3 4 5 c b c b a 6 7 8 9 10 c b c b a 11 12 13 14 15 a b c c a 531 .STATE BANK LEARNING CENTER.